diff options
| author | nfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org> | 2025-01-22 23:53:19 -0800 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | nfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org> | 2025-01-22 23:53:19 -0800 |
| commit | 0296047c3656986486379e051fe2b62ef8b6d8e5 (patch) | |
| tree | 3486b9d4589c3a37ff42511fd83036a6fbe0a292 /old | |
| parent | 1d374d8e2d88ae33955b10e9ac370555ae783958 (diff) | |
Diffstat (limited to 'old')
| -rw-r--r-- | old/65528-0.txt | 4978 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/65528-0.zip | bin | 77526 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/65528-h.zip | bin | 232702 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/65528-h/65528-h.htm | 6206 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/65528-h/images/cover.jpg | bin | 152171 -> 0 bytes |
5 files changed, 0 insertions, 11184 deletions
diff --git a/old/65528-0.txt b/old/65528-0.txt deleted file mode 100644 index d2b82bd..0000000 --- a/old/65528-0.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4978 +0,0 @@ -The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Island Trapper, by Capt. Chas. Howard - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and -most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms -of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at -www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you -will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before -using this eBook. - -Title: The Island Trapper - or The Young White-Buffalo Hunters - -Author: Capt. Chas. Howard - -Release Date: June 6, 2021 [eBook #65528] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: UTF-8 - -Produced by: David Edwards, Susan Carr and the Online Distributed - Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (Northern Illinois - University Digital Library at http://digital.lib.niu.edu/) - -*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE ISLAND TRAPPER *** - - - - - THE ISLAND TRAPPER; - - OR, - - THE YOUNG WHITE-BUFFALO HUNTERS. - - BY CAPT. CHAS. HOWARD, - - _Author of the following Pocket Novels_: - - 5. THE ELK KING. 50. THE WOLF QUEEN. - 52. THE MAD CHIEF. - - NEW YORK: - BEADLE AND ADAMS, PUBLISHERS, - 98 WILLIAM STREET. - - - - - Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1873, by - FRANK STARR & CO., - In the office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington - - - - - CONTENTS - - PAGE - I. THE YOUNG ADVENTURERS. 9 - II. THE GOLD GIRL. 17 - III. THE VENGEANCE-HUNTER. 23 - IV. CHARLEY SHAFER’S RIDE. 31 - V. RIFLE, FIRE AND LASSO. 37 - VI. WHITE LASSO’S CAPTURE. 45 - VII. TREASON. 51 - VIII. AN UNEXPECTED ACCUSATION. 58 - IX. “YOU’VE GOT MY HORSE.”. 65 - X. SHOT BY HIS OWN RIFLE. 72 - XI. A VOICE IN THE NIGHT. 79 - XII. THE BLOW FOR FREEDOM. 85 - XIII. THE SWOOP OF THE AVENGER. 89 - XIV. TECUMSEH’S VICTORY. 93 - - - - - FRONTIER SHACK, - - THE ISLAND TRAPPER. - - - - - CHAPTER I. - - THE YOUNG ADVENTURERS. - - -“Whoa!” - -The Command was spoken in a low tone to a majestic iron-gray horse. - -Instantly the fore-feet were plunged into the loose earth, and the -animal became as stationary as a bronze statue. - -“Dash me! if I didn’t hear music. Tecumseh, ye heard it, too, for I -saw ye prick yer ears before I told ye to stop. Where is the white -man who has the audacity to be musical in the Pawnee country? Dash -me! I’d like to see him; I’d like to take ’im back to the States -and present ’im to Mr. Barnum. Listen! there it goes again. Music, -certain, no mistake, and it sounds like that which I’ve heard on -Broadway, comin’ from the dirty hand-organs.” - -With a smile on his broad, handsome countenance, the speaker leaned -forward in the wooden stirrups, with a half-doubled band behind his -left ear. - -“He’s struck up a new tune, and dash me if it isn’t ‘Hail Columbia.’ -I’m gettin’ uncommon curious, settin’ here on Tecumseh, and list’nin’ -to the first genuine music I’ve heard for five years, and dash me -if--Injun yells, by Joshua!” - -The iron-gray heard the new sounds, which seemed to emanate from the -same spot as the mysterious music, and turned his head to his master, -as if to ask what they meant. A furious light flashed from his dark -eyes, and a low neigh told how eager he was to court excitement. - -“Steady, Tecumseh, steady!” whispered the frontiersman “The Injun -yells come from the same spot as the music; but still, ‘Hail -Columbia’ remains unbroken. I can’t stand it any longer. Dash me if I -ain’t goin’ to inquire into that music. The old song goes all over me -like an electric arrow, and I b’lieve it affects my old horse. Now, -Tecumseh, for’ard!” - -With the last word the horseman settled back into the saddle, and the -steed bounded off like a frightened stag. - -Down the right bank of the Pawnee Loup the twain flew, through the -soft gloaming of that delightful May day, 1815. - -The horse and his rider were well mated. Both possessed courage, -strength and true nobleness of character, the brute none less than -his master. - -The occupant of the blanketed saddle was a medium-sized man, -about forty years of age. His hair, and he had an ocean of it, -was an iron-gray, and shone like silver. The face was smooth, -somewhat cadaverous, but healthy; and the brownish eyes, nestling -between long, dark lashes, were indicative alike of gentleness and -determination. He wore the often-described habiliments of the Western -hunter, and in addition to the long-barreled rifle that lay across -the pommel of his saddle, supported in its position by a great hand, -the only ill-proportioned member of the body, a brace of Colt’s large -revolvers protruded from his buck-skin belt. - -“Tecumseh, if ye see danger afore Shack does, stop,” he said, as they -neared the mouth of the Nebraska’s tributary. “We’re gettin’ close to -the place now. I hevn’t heard the red devils for some time; but the -music keeps up mighty well. He’s got out a new tune now--a tune which -the lame old Italian used to grind out before the ‘Arcade’--a tune -which nobody in creation could tell the name of. Wonder if that old -chap hesn’t come out here to amuse the Pawnee Loups? If he hes--” - -The sentence was broken by Tecumseh’s abrupt halt, and the -frontiersman spoke a few words which effectually quieted the steed’s -nervousness. - -“It’s jest over the rise, thar, on the Oregon trail,” muttered -Frontier Shack, glancing at his revolvers and lifting the deadly -rifle from the saddle. “The Injuns hev played smash with another lot -of poor emigrants. ’Twas but yesterday that they butchered everybody -in Davidson’s train, and now they’ve made new rivers of blood! Dash -me if these things don’t rile me; they run through my marrow like -fiery arrows, and if the Gov’ment would appoint Ote Shackelford -Injun agent, the Oregon trail would soon be as safe as Broadway. But -for’ard, Tecumseh, slowly, slowly, horse.” - -The faithful steed now walked cautiously toward a knoll well defined -against the darkening horizon, and when the summit had almost been -gained, a word from his master caused him to pause. - -“I’ll be back presently, horse,” he said, in low tones, as he -dismounted and crept forward. - -His ears were saluted by coarse but not unpleasant music, as he -executed the movement, and he knew that it emanated from a hand-organ -not far from the opposite foot of the knoll, and between him and the -Nebraska or Platte. The night was still, and the stars were beginning -to appear in the boundless firmament above the treeless river. A -light breeze blew from the water, and wafted the strains toward the -northern lodges of the Pawnees, between which and the river they had -encountered the frontiersman. - -Frontier Shack reached the summit of the hillock, and peered over -toward the stream. - -“Well, this beats any thing _I’ve_ seen since I’ve been in the West!” -he ejaculated, a moment later. “That’s what I call pursuin’ music -under difficulties. That young chap handles the crank well, but he’s -almost played out, and his friend can’t dance much longer. Dash me if -I didn’t get here in the nick of time; there’s goin’ to be some new -tunes played now--new tunes, by Joshua!” - -A moment later the scout rose and walked back to his untethered -and impatient horse, and while he is examining the priming of his -weapons, let us introduce the reader to the scene near the base of -the hillock. - -Seated about a fire lately kindled, more for light than heat, for -the air was not uncomfortable, though sharp, were perhaps fifteen -Indians--Pawnee Loups. Their arms lay at their sides, and proclaimed -that they were not dreaming of the presence of an enemy. Fresh scalps -dangled from the belts of the younger warriors, and a close observer -would have detected blood on their hatchets and bows. - -The scalps, the blood and their prisoners told, in silent but -unmistakable language, the fate of an emigrant train. - -The marauders’ captives were two youths, neither beyond seventeen, -fair-skinned and handsome, and bore a striking resemblance to one -another. - -Their garments were of the latest cut in the States, but quite -serviceable for the wilds of the West. They also proclaimed that -they were not the sons of ordinary emigrants, who, unable to thrive -among the populous lands of the East, were seeking homes, Boone-like, -beyond the verge of civilization. Their faces betokened intelligence, -and a bravery suited to the land and times they were in. - -One stood near the fire, turning, with a strange desperation, the -crank of a new hand-organ, such as the beggarly sons of Italy grind -on the streets of our metropolis to-day. Long playing had almost -exhausted him, his cheeks were flushed with fever, his breathing -came by gasps, and great blue veins stood forth on his hands and -forehead like whip-cords. He partially leaned against the organ for -support, and his eyes were upturned to a great red star that seemed -to pity him from the heavens. His companion was dancing for dear life -near by, ready to sink to the ground, and die beneath the reeking -tomahawks of the savages, who grinned and congratulated each other on -the tortures they were inflicting on the American boys. - -The youths were playing and dancing for dear life. Whenever one -relinquished the accursed crank for a moment, to catch his breath, -the leader of the band, a gaunt savage, would start forward with -drawn tomahawk, and eyes glaring with the most brutal of murders. The -other was not allowed to pause in his forced dance, and more than -once the Indian above-mentioned had thrown new but transitory life -into his tired limbs. - -“They will have to tomahawk me ere long,” at last groaned the youth -at the organ. “Nature is almost exhausted; my arm feels like a bar -of lead, and my blood is on fire. Oh! heaven, why did I allow my -adventurous spirit to lead me into the jaws of death? The sweetest -of all homes had I, the best of fathers, sisters--and a mother--in -heaven! Yes, mother! mother! I have journeyed here to meet thee. I -can hold out no longer--there! God help me now!” - -With the last words he pushed the instrument from him, and staggered -back with a groan of despair. - -The Indians leaped to their feet, and, with a wild yell, the gaunt -taskmaster bounded forward with upraised tomahawk. - -The youth could not resist; he sunk to the ground and looked calmly -at his would-be slayer. But a form threw itself between him and the -Indian. It was the form of his young companion. - -“Charley, we’ll die together,” said the youngest boy, through -compressed lips. “They shan’t kill you, and leave me. I persuaded you -to undertake this death-journey--” - -“No, no, George. The blame is mine! Heaven! the fiend is upon us.” - -The boys saw the fiendish face and gory tomahawk of the Pawnee above -them, and George threw himself upon the prostrate body of his friend. - -The savage shot an expressive “ugh” from his lips, and stooped to -tear the twain apart, for it was evident that one was to be spared, -when the sharp crack of a rifle rung out on the cool night air, and -the Pawnee staggered from his victims with a death-cry. - -The shot started the Indians into fiery life, and, quickly following -the report, a wild yell saluted their ears. - -“Scatter ’em, Tecumseh!” cried the hoarse voice of a man. “We’ll give -the Pawnee dogs thunder to-night. Cl’ar the way, ye red devils! I’m -right among ye--Frontier Shack!--and ye’ve see’d me afore.” - -Down the hill, like a dusky thunderbolt, came the speaker. He stood -erect in the stirrups, a revolver in either hand, the reins lying -across Tecumseh’s neck. He looked like a demon of destruction in the -light of the fire, and he added new and terrible life to the scene on -the banks of the Platte. - -“Trample the dogs down, horse!” he yelled, and as he reached the -foot of the hill, bang, bang, bang, went the chambers of his deadly -weapons. - -Not a bullet was thrown away; with each report an Indian fell -backward, and before the white, death-dealing whirlwind they -scattered and fled, every man for himself, toward the river. - -The horse was in his glory; he overtook several of the red fugitives, -and knocked two beneath his iron-shod feet, never to rise again. - -Bang! bang! and two more dropped dead at the water’s edge; another -shot, the last, and the Nebraska was crimsoned with the blood of a -third. - -“We’ve roasted ’em, Tecumseh,” said the hunter, as the steed paused -in the water to slake his burning thirst. “They can’t stand afore ye, -horse, they can’t do it, by Joshua! Now we’ll go back and look for -the boys.” - -A moment later Frontier Shack was galloping back to the fire. - -He found Charley Shafer on his knees, supported by his stronger -friend, George Long. - -Frontier Shack dismounted and knelt before the twain. - -“As weak as kittens, almost,” he said, in a kindly tone; “and dash -me, if I didn’t reach these diggin’s in the nick o’ time. Them devils -might hev’ known that ye couldn’t play and dance forever; but ye’ll -live to pay ’em back!” - -“I hope so, sir,” said George, his eyes lighting up with vengeance. -“Don’t you want to pay the dogs back, Charley?” - -“Yes,” was the feeble answer. “Every dog has his day, George.” - -“How came ye hare?” suddenly broke in the frontiersman. “Ye came out -with a train, I suppose.” - -“Yes; we were attacked this day about noon. It was a terrible -massacre.” - -“Who led the Pawnees?--for Pawnees, of course, the red dogs were.” - -“A white man--the ‘Dandy Demon of the Plains,’ I should call him.” - -Frontier Shack gritted his teeth. - -“We’ll talk about that scoundrel--Tom Kyle--some other time,” he -said. “How many escaped the butchery?” - -“Three persons, besides ourselves. They were Mr. Denison, Government -agent, his daughter Mabel, and his niece, Miss Aiken. After the -massacre the band divided; the larger portion went northward with -the three; we fell to the lot of the minority.” - -“Where did that organ come from?” - -“An Italian was crossing the plains with the emigrants, to try his -fortune in the land of gold.” - -“And he’s found it afore he got there,” said the hunter, with a -strange smile. “He’d hev’ done better on Broadway, I think. But, my -boys, ye weren’t emigrants; yer clothes--” - -He paused suddenly, ashamed to proceed. - -“No, we were not emigrants,” answered George Long, glancing at his -companion with a smile, which was followed by a mortifying blush. - -“We are runaways; our parents live in Cincinnati, Ohio, and are well -to do in the world.” - -“Then, why did you leave home and seek this death-land?” asked -Shackelford, the stern part of his nature getting uppermost. - -“I will tell you the truth,” said George, looking him squarely in the -eyes. “We came hither to shoot white buffaloes.” - -For a moment the old hunter stared blankly into the youthful faces -before him, then he rose to his feet and gave a long whistle of -profound wonder and astonishment. - -The boys watched him anxiously. - -For several minutes he look vacantly toward the south, and then a -ludicrous smile overspread his countenance. - -“Who told you about white buffaloes?” he asked, stooping again. - -“No one, sir. We read about them in Gregg’s ‘_Commerce of the -Prairies_.’” - -“And you believed it?” - -“Why--yes!” - -Another long whistle which ended in a laugh. - -“I’ve heard of wild-goose chases afore,” said the hunter; “but this -beats all of ’em. White buffler! Thet Gregg’s ahead o’ me, and I’ve -seen the plains and prairies from the Platte to the Santa Fe. And -I’ve seen buffler, too, boys; but nary a white one. We’ve got white -horses, white foxes, and the like out here;” but, a short pause, -“Gregg _may_ be right. I don’t call any man a liar till he is proven -one.” - -The young hunters took courage at this last remark. - -“I wish you boys war at home in Ohio,” said the frontiersman; “but -ye’re here, and I’m goin’ to take care of ye. We’ll strike Fort -Laramie one o’ these days, and then home ye go! But, we’re in the -jaws of death yet, and mebbe two more Ohio scalps and one Maryland -one, may hang at the Loup’s belt afore the week’s out. We’ll go now; -Tecumseh can carry three, I reckon.” - -“But hold,” cried Charley Shafer. “What will become of those -girls--they’re in a demon’s clutches.” - -“Yer right, boy,” said the scout of the Platte; “but I guess we’ll -let ’em be.” - -“No, no!” cried both boys in a single breath. “They shall not be his.” - -Frontier Shack smiled: - -“Boys, yer the true grit!” he cried, “jest the chaps to hunt white -bufflers. The girls shan’t be Tom Kyle’s long. He can muster three -thousand red wolves. We’ll face him--the terror of the Plains--and -we’ll free his prisoners, or--” - -“Die in the attempt!” - -The old hunter caught the spirit that animated the breasts of the -youths. - -“Yes! yes! I’m growin’ tired of this life,” he said, “and I might as -well die fighting the White Pawnee as trappin’ beaver.” - -The next moment he spoke to Tecumseh, and, despite the load he -carried, the noble horse dashed away like an antelope. - -“I’ll crease two splendid horses for ye, boys,” he said, “and then, -for Tom Kyle’s pris’ners and--white bufflers!” - -The last words were clothed in irony, and they set the two boys to -thinking anxiously. - -They had chased an _ignis fatuus_ over twelve hundred miles of -territory--to die, perhaps, at the Pawnee stake. - - - - - CHAPTER II. - - THE GOLD GIRL. - - -While the thrilling scenes recorded above were transpiring on the -banks of the Platte, the fate of two beautiful girls was being -decided not many miles away. - -To this scene we turn, for it is time that one of the most prominent -actors in our wild western drama should appear in the mad, relentless -role he has to play. - -The somber shades of evening were prevailing when two score and six -horsemen entered the great village of the Pawnee Loups, situated -on the head-waters of the Loup fork of Platte. The hardy mustangs -gave forth evidences of fatigue, their flanks reeked with sweat, -and several seemed on the eve of dropping to the earth from utter -exhaustion. - -The mustangs’ riders, with four exceptions, were Indians, great -stalwart fellows, naked to the waist, and painted for the murderous -foray. - -Their leader--let me describe their leader. - -He was a white man, whose tanned countenance denoted a roving, -restless life. His face was faultless to the minutest particular; -his eyes were dark and piercing, like the eagle’s, and an ocean of -long raven locks fell ever his rich crimson serape. His head was -crowned by a black sombrero, whose snow-white plume swept his silken -hair, while his waist was encircled by a crimson scarf, worked with -mythological designs in gold thread. His fingers, as white and -delicately shaped as a woman’s, glittered with gems, set in hoops of -gold--jewels, which were, no doubt, the fruits of a raid upon some -rich New Mexican hacienda. The ornamented butts of two revolvers -showed themselves above the scarf, and at his side hung a short -Spanish sword, whose metallic scabbard, carved with quaint designs, -among them the Departure of Boabdil, proclaimed it a relic of early -Spanish days. - -To complete the fantastic costume of the Pawnees’ king - - “Spanish spurs, with bells of steel, - Dashed and jingled at his heel!” - -He possessed the air and bearing of one born to command; he could -have brought subordination from the most mutinous of Cossack bands, -with the flashings of his eyes; he was, to sum up all in a nutshell, -“half angel and half Lucifer.” - -Such a man, reader, once held the mighty Pawnee nation under his -thumb; they could go and come but at his bidding, he could inaugurate -a massacre with a word, and save a captive with the same. He was -still young, and an American, bred and born. - -He seemed proud of his authority as he galloped at the head of his -braves into the Indian village, and when he drew rein in the square, -if “square” the plot of ground that held the council-house can be -called, he raised his symmetrical body in the stirrups, and flashed -his eyes over the concourse of noisy people below. - -“Conduct the pale-faces to Kenoagla’s lodge!” he cried, suddenly -turning to his followers who sat immobile on the backs of their -exhausted steeds. “The River Wolf and his braves will guard them till -I come.” - -At these commands five Indians left their places, and three steeds -were led from the band. - -To one of these horses a handsome middle-aged white man was bound, -while the other blankets, for the only saddle belonging to the -marauders crowned the Pale Pawnee’s “buck-skin,” were occupied by -two young girls, whose pale, tearful, fearful faces were exceedingly -beautiful, and whose garments indicated wealth, but now, how -strangely out of place! - -“I demand, sir, our release for the last time,” said the gentleman, -looking into the dandy demon’s face, as he was led past by a Pawnee. -“The Government will not brook such an insult to one of her agents.” - -A contemptuous smile curved the white king’s lips, and that -smile grew broader when he glanced at the girls, just before his -mustache-crowned lips parted in speech. - -“_I_ am a _king_ sir!” he answered, proudly flashing the light of -his dark eyes upon the captive gentleman. “A free king, sir, at -that. I rule this country, as far as your eyes can reach, when the -sun has reached the meridian. You see my capital, my subjects, my -thunderbolts. Here, in my stronghold, or out on the plains, at the -head of my red-boys, I defy the Government that sent you hither. I am -an American! I am proud of the name; but I am a king, also. Lead on, -Wolf. I will talk to Uncle Sam’s agent at some future time.” - -“As sure as my name’s Frank Denison, you shall rue this indignity,” -hissed the agent, through clenched teeth. “My Government will not -submit to the hellish deeds of an Apache, the brutality--” - -“Father, do not imitate the fiend!” interrupted the silvery voice of -Mabel Denison. “Fiery words may send the bullet to your brain. We can -curse in secret, and it will avail as much as anathemas poured upon -his head in thunder tones.” - -Frank Denison became silent; but he grated his teeth, and bit his -pale lips as he moved on from the renegade’s sight. - -Kenoagla did not catch all the young girl’s words; but the -appellation bestowed upon him, in her first sentence, fell -indistinctly upon his ears, and he flashed a fearful scowl upon her. - -“My young lady, you’ll rue that, some of these fine days,” he -murmured. “You are completely in _my_ power, and all the gold in -the United States Treasury could not ransom you therefrom. And your -father--if he gets an opportunity to tell the Government about Tom -Kyle, then I’ll give my clothes to Red Eagle, and transform myself -into a squaw!” - -His white teeth met behind the last word, and the next moment he -turned to a young chief that sat near. - -“Ready, Red Eagle?” - -The Pawnee nodded. - -Then the renegade faced his band, and the next moment every steed was -riderless. - -He, however, retained his perch, and made up to Red Eagle, who was -standing on the ground beside his white mustang. - -“Up.” - -Red Eagle vaulted nimbly to his old perch. - -“Follow!” - -The renegade touched the flanks of his “buck-skin” with the heavy -silver spurs, and through the Pawnee village the twain galloped, -toward the river. - -Not a word was spoken by either until they drew rein on the bank of -the western stream. Then the Pale Pawnee spoke a single word, and -they leaped to the ground. - -The night had fairly thrown her vail about the face of nature now, -and the clear water glittered beautifully beneath the stars, as it -pushed its way, with more than one sweet murmur, to the broad bosom -of the Platte. - -“Now we will settle about the captives,” said the renegade, as they -threw themselves upon the rich grass that thrived to the very edge of -the water. “I speak truly, chief, when I say that I don’t care which -falls to my lot. If you have a preference, speak it, and you shall -have my hand on my satisfaction.” - -“The pale flowers are beautiful,” answered the Indian, quickly, -and with a dash of admiration. “The eyes of one are as blue as the -Manitou’s carpet, and her hair shines like the stones which the -pale-faces seek for toward the setting sun. Her sister’s eyes are -like the night; her hair as black as the crow’s wing. Red Eagle could -live with either; but he and the Pale Pawnee will play for them.” - -“I am satisfied. Go, get your sticks, chief, and let me guess as soon -as possible.” - -His tones proclaimed much impatience, and he watched the Indian move -up the stream in the demi-gloom. - -“Playing guess for a wife!” he ejaculated with a smile, when Red -Eagle had passed beyond hearing distance. “I’ve got to humor that -accursed red-skin, too. He’s becoming uncommon popular--too popular -for me! I have more foes in this village than I ever had, and I -find it pretty difficult to rule them. If that chap was out of my -way! He’s doing all the mischief, and doing it so infernal slyly, -too. He’s the best dissimulator this side the Rockies, and I can’t -circumvent him. I know I stand over the crater of a volcano, and the -fire that burns under my feet is his heart--his accursed scheming -heart.” - -“Who Pale Pawnee talking to?” - -Tom Kyle started, and almost sprung to his feet. - -The chief stood before him, his left hand gently clenched. - -“Red Eagle could find no sticks,” he said, smiling at the renegade’s -surprise. “But he has found a black stone and a yellow one. The black -stone is the flower with midnight hair; the yellow stone is her -sister.” - -Then Red Eagle suddenly whirled and dexterously changed the pebbles, -while his face was turned from his white companion. - -“Now!” he cried, facing Kyle again. “Each of Eagle’s hands holds a -stone. Let the Pale Pawnee touch one. If he touches the hand that -holds the yellow stone, the fairest skinned is his, the black-haired -one Red Eagle’s.” - -The great red hands were outstretched toward the renegade, side by -side, and the guesser stood before them, a statue of indecision. - -He had a preference--his face told his red companion that--and he -did not want to guess the girl he desired into Red Eagle’s hands. He -inspected the fists a long time before he raised his hand, and then -he held his finger over the chief’s right member, unwilling to see it -descend. - -All at once he threw a slight glance upward through his long black -lashes. - -The Indian’s eyes were riveted upon his finger, and a strange smile, -which the renegade deemed one of triumph, toyed with his handsome -lips. - -“I’ll catch him!” mentally ejaculated the renegade, dropping his eyes -to his hand again. “I’ll cheat him out of the blonde, yet.” - -The next moment his finger took a great leap, and alighted on Red -Eagle’s _left_ hand. - -The Indian laughed triumphantly, and opened his hand. - -The black stone glittered in the red palm. - -The Pale Pawnee could not repress a cry of rage and disappointment. - -“Kenoagla wanted the Gold Girl,” said Red Eagle, calmly; “but she has -fallen to the lot of the Pawnee. She shall build his fires and warm -his couch when the snow comes.” - -Tom Kyle bit his nether lip till the blood dyed his chin. - -“Would not Red Eagle have been content with the dark flower?” - -“Yes.” - -“I will give him the dark flower, then, for the gold one.” - -The Indian drew back. - -“No, no!” - -“I’ll throw this serape into the bargain. You have coveted it for -five years.” - -“Red Eagle won’t sell the Gold Girl.” - -“Not for the darker flower, my serape and sword?” - -“_No!_” - -“Then he shall keep her! The Pale Pawnee will love his captive, and -he hopes that the gold flower will thrive in Red Eagle’s lodge.” - -With the last word, he put forth his hand, and in the soft starlight -the palms of red and white met. - -It was the grip of a Cæsar and his Brutus--the silent pledge, beneath -friendship’s cloak, of hatred and treason bitter and intense. - -“The fate of the pale flower is settled now--settled forever, chief. -One is mine, the other yours. _I’ll_ settle the insulting agent’s -doom hereafter.” - -A few moments later the arbiters of others’ fates remounted their -steeds and rode toward the Pawnee lodges. - -They did not cast their eyes behind as they galloped from the river, -therefore they did not see the figure which suddenly appeared on the -scene, and stood between them and the silver of the starlit waves. - -“The Gold Girl is his,” said a woman’s voice, stern with terrible -sarcasm and determination. “Winnesaw thought she was his. But who is -this Gold Girl? Where did she come from, and where is her father’s -lodge? Ha! Kenoagla has returned from the war-path; his band has -struck the pale-faces who travel along the big river to the land of -yellow stones. He found two girls there--dark and gold. They played -for them here to-night. Kenoagla wanted the Gold Girl, but he got the -dark one. But he shall have the Gold Girl--at least Red Eagle shall -never see her asleep, like the fawn, on his couch. Winnesaw is Red -Eagle’s--the Gold Girl is not.” - -The slender and beautiful Pawnee girl grew into a very Pythoness as, -with clenched hands and gritted teeth, she stood on the spot which -the secret enemies had just vacated. - -Several moments of silence followed her last word, when she suddenly -tore herself from the river-bank, and darted toward the village, -hidden by the darkness. - -“The Gold Girl--the Gold Girl!” she repeated, in an audible tone, as -she bounded over the ground. “Winnesaw is going to see the Gold Girl, -whom Red Eagle won to-night.” - -Poor, unloved Winnesaw! - -She never dreamed what would follow her meeting with Lina Aiken, the -“Gold Girl.” - - - - - CHAPTER III. - - THE VENGEANCE-HUNTER. - - -The occupants of the Pale Pawnee’s lodge awaited, with fear, anxiety -and impatience, his return. They had witnessed his departure with Red -Eagle, and they felt that something terrible was about to transpire. - -Mr. Denison now knew that the renegade defied the American -Government, and he believed that it was Kenoagla’s intention to make -short work of him. He had heard of the cruelties of the Pawnees; -their treatment of the emigrant trains had reached the ears of -the authorities at Washington, and measures were being adopted to -chastise the red marauders and protect the trains. But the Government -was snail-like in its operations; and while it hesitated, while other -measures not so important as the lives of our emigrants retarded the -humane step, the Pawnee tomahawk was reeking with blood on the banks -of the Platte. - -The Indians would submit when the iron hand of the Great Father at -Washington closed on them; but they would massacre so long as the -blue-coats kept out of sight. Train after train was halted by the -savage whoop; and the poor emigrants were suddenly called upon to -sell their scalps at the price of blood. Seldom mercy was shown, but -now and then some lovely girl was spared and carried to a dreadful -captivity, in the lair of the Pawnee or the giant Sioux. - -The train in which Mr. Denison and the dear ones under his charge -had taken passage, was attacked near the banks of the Platte, ten -miles below the mouth of the Loup Fork. The force that bore down upon -the caravan was overwhelming--it could not be resisted. The train -was feeble in point of numbers--too feeble, in fact, to cross the -plains; but the men fought bravely for themselves and families. But -their bravery availed them naught, for the Indians were armed with -Government rifles and revolvers, which they could handle with deadly -effect. - -Finally the defenders surrendered. Kenoagla--Tom Kyle--had promised -quarter, but he broke his word. He did not attempt to restrain his -red fiends; but he saved the lives of the Government agent and his -charges, while an inferior chief belonging to a Pawnee village -situated many miles toward the head of the Platte, succeeded in -rescuing the brace of white buffalo-hunters from the vengeance of the -tomahawk. - -After the massacre the bands separated. - -“Father, some dark work is brewing. The white Ogre of these beautiful -plains and his red ally are plotting mischief somewhere beneath the -stars. I fear your words have irritated him to a fearful degree. -I heard him grit his teeth when I rode by. I do not fear for -myself--no, no; but for you, father, for you!” - -It was Mabel Denison who spoke, and in the darkness that reigned -throughout Tom Kyle’s lodge, the fearful girl crept nearer her -parent, and threw her arms about his neck. - -“I have not thought once of myself, Mabel,” he answered, searching -for the pale cheeks, which his lips found, as he spoke her name. “I -have been thinking about you and Lina, there. He has saved you for a -purpose--he and his red ally.” - -“But he shall not carry out his purpose!” returned Mabel, fiercely. -“I am not to be this Ogre’s wife; sooner than bear such relation to -him I would fly, if I could, to the brazen doors of perdition and -knock for admission there!” - -“My fair lady will need wings ere long, then.” - -The trio turned at the sound of the voice, and saw a dark form -between them and the stars. - -Though the face of their visitor could not be seen, the great feather -that fell gracefully over his head, and the glitter of silver -ornaments on the shoulders of his serape, told them who he was. He -had parted the skins without noise, and no doubt had listened to much -of the conversation which had lately passed between his prisoners. - -Mabel Denison uttered a light cry as she beheld the renegade; but her -father gritted his teeth in silence. - -“I say you’ll need wings ere long, Miss Denison, if you intend -carrying out your resolve,” continued Tom Kyle, and a light chuckle -followed his last word. “Your father spoke truly when he said that I -spared you girls for a purpose. And I will inform him just now that -he, too, has been spared for a purpose, differing widely from the one -for which his child has been spared.” - -He paused as if expecting Mr. Denison to speak; but, as no word fell -from the agent’s lips, he continued: - -“Ladies, I must separate you.” - -“No! no!” and Mabel threw herself upon her golden-haired cousin. “If -we are to remain your captives, let us, at least, enjoy, if we can, -our captivity together. Do not tear us apart; if you still retain -a spark of respect for womanly affection, you will change your -resolution.” - -“I am not the sole arbiter of your fates,” the renegade replied. “I -have been compelled to divide the spoils of our last excursion. Mabel -Denison, you are mine; your cousin belongs to Red Eagle.” - -A trembling cry parted Lina Aiken’s lips, and she sunk senseless into -Mabel’s lap. - -“Sir, you are blighting the purest, the sweetest of lives!” cried the -agent’s daughter, forgetting the passions of the man who confronted -her. “Sir renegade, let me tell you, now, that I am not yours. I -loathe you, as I loathe the scaly folds of the serpent, and--” - -“Girl,” and the word sounded like ice-drops falling on red-hot iron, -“I beg of you to desist. I am passionate--a word makes me a devil!” - -“No, no! you have ever been such.” - -The Spanish sword leaped from the gilded scabbard, and Tom Kyle -sprung forward with an oath. - -“Girl, curse you! I can find a wife in the next train, or the Gold -Girl--” - -His vengeful sentence was broken by the entrance of an Indian, and -the renegade found himself hurled to the furthest part of the lodge. - -“Kenoagla would kill Gold Girl!” cried the new-comer, snatching Lina -Aiken from Mabel’s embrace. “Gold Girl belong to Red Eagle. Kenoagla -die if he touches her!” - -“Leave me Lina, Red Eagle,” cried Mabel, springing to her feet, to be -met by the broad palm of the Pawnee chief. - -“No, no, Gold Girl Red Eagle’s; dark girl Kenoagla’s. The sisters -meet often in Pawnee lodges. Gold Girl must go to chief’s wigwam; she -still sleeps.” - -With a painful groan Mabel Denison sunk back and dropped into her -father’s arms. - -At this juncture the renegade regained his feet, and came forward, -gritting his teeth with rage. - -“Who, in the name of the furies--” - -He paused suddenly when he found himself face to face with Red Eagle. - -“Kenoagla let the storm rise in his heart. He sought Gold Girl’s -blood; but Red Eagle came, and he pushed Kenoagla.” - -“I didn’t seek the Gold Girl; the dark one made me mad.” - -“Then Red Eagle did wrong!” - -“No, no, chief. I am glad you pushed me. I wouldn’t kill that girl -for the world now. All the venom she can fling can irritate me no -more. But I’m going to show her, in more senses than one, that she is -mine! mine! mine!” - -He bent forward as he hissed the last words, and Mabel Denison felt -his hot breath scorch her pale cheek. - -“Red Eagle, and his Gold Girl go now,” said the Pawnee, breaking the -silence that followed. - -“Yes, go.” - -The next instant the Indian turned on his heel, and hurried away with -the unconscious Gold Girl in his arms. - -“I’m not going to disturb you with my presence longer to-night,” said -Tom Kyle, addressing his captives. “But I would bid you, before I go, -to prepare for another separation. Mr. Denison, you leave the Pawnee -village to-morrow.” - -The agent and his child were silent. - -“Did you ever read the story of Mazeppa?” the renegade asked, after a -long silence. - -A low “My God, Mabel,” told the villain that that famous ride was not -unknown to his captive. - -“So you have heard of that ride,” chuckled Tom Kyle. “Well, Mr. -Denison, to be brief, we’re going to make a Mazeppa out of you -to-morrow. I’ll have some of my fellows to lasso or crease a wild -horse, and perhaps the beast may bear you to Washington, where you -can lay your wrongs before the Government. So prepare for the ordeal, -I say.” - -He stood a moment longer in the doorway, then turned abruptly on his -heel, with a fiendish laugh, and walked away. - -“I’m going to see what Red Eagle is doing with the Gold Girl,” he -murmured, walking toward the chief’s lodge. “By heavens! she shall -not belong to him. I had marked her for my own long before the train -surrendered, and Tom Kyle can’t be balked by a red-skin. Let me -get her in my clutches once, and a buck-skin shall bear me to the -Apaches. I’ve been among them; they are ready to follow my white -plume. What a beautiful white queen the Gold Girl would make! Red -Eagle, she shan’t be yours long. I mean it, I swear it!” - -A certain light now attracted the renegade’s attention, and his voice -ceased altogether. He walked more cautiously than ever, and at last -knell behind a wigwam, the build and decorations of which proclaimed -it the habitation of a chief. - -He lay like a corpse on the ground, and his eyes, flashing like fire, -almost touched a crack, through which he was drinking in the scenes -that were transpiring in the lodge. - -Red Eagle bent over Lina Aiken, who lay upon a couch of skins, pale -and motionless. - -The red-man was watching her intently. - -“Gold Girl sleep long,” the Indian murmured, and a look of fear sat -enthroned upon his anxious face. “The Pale Pawnee’s words chased -her near the dark river. He wants Gold Girl; he tried to cheat Red -Eagle to-night, but she shall never warm his couch. The Indians hate -him; they would give Red Eagle his plume, his serape, his sword; -but Red Eagle say, ‘not yet.’ But,” and a dark scowl overrode the -fearful expression, “let the Pale Pawnee touch Gold Girl and he get -this--this.” - -Significantly, as if addressing some one, the chief touched the hilt -of his knife, and the silvered butt of “Colt,” then clenched his -hands and gritted his teeth till they cracked. - -The passions that bubbled and hissed in the spectator’s heart cannot -be described, and once he drew his revolver and cocked it, and put it -up again. - -“Curse you, Indian!” he hissed. “It’s diamond cut diamond now; you -won’t live ten days, I swear it, by my hopes of eternal life! and the -Pawnees shall be kingless before the expiration of that time.” - -For several moments longer Red Eagle watched over his beautiful -captive, whose insensibility had created some alarm in the breast of -his arch-enemy, lying at the base of the wigwam, watching and biding -his time for revenge and success. - -“Red Eagle go bring Medicine,” suddenly cried the chief, starting -to his feet. “Gold Girl sleeps too long. Red Eagle can’t wake her; -Medicine can.” - -Then the Indian, after casting a long look upon the marble form on -the couch, walked from the lodge, and Tom Kyle heard him bounding -away toward the Pawnee doctor’s wigwam with the fleetness of the deer. - -“Now I could rob him of his Gold Girl, and rob him effectually,” -ejaculated the renegade. “One blow could constitute my revenge; but -I would have to fly for my life, and leave my captives here. No, I -won’t do it. I will bide another time; then, if I can’t wed her, I -can strike.” - -Again he turned his eyes to the crack, but started from the wigwam -with a low ejaculation of surprise. - -The figure of a girl stood over Lina Aiken. It was Winnesaw. The -renegade recognized her in a moment, and he almost cried aloud when -his gaze dropped from her flashing eyes to the slender-bladed knife -that glittered in her right hand. - -He saw, too, that the girl had just entered the lodge, and that the -beauty of Lina had riveted her, as it were, to the ground. - -He gazed upon her, too horror-stricken to dissipate the striking -tableau! - -Suddenly the Indian girl stooped over her rival; the passionate fire -vanished from her dark eyes, like mists from a morning sun, and the -light of love and pity supplied its place. - -Nearer and nearer the red face approached Lina Aiken, and at last the -lips of the strange twain met. - -“Poor Gold Girl!” the renegade heard Winnesaw murmur, as she slowly -raised her head. “Winnesaw came here to kill; but the Gold Girl is -too pretty for her knife.” - -For an instant she knelt over Lina, admiring her unconscious form; -then the knife suddenly flew aloft again. - -Tom Kyle, the watcher, started, and held his breath. - -He saw the firm set lips of the Pawnee girl, by the light of the fire -in the center of the lodge; and he saw the glittering blade descend -like a bolt of lightning! - -It grazed the Gold Girl’s head and severed a shining tress, which -rolled from the fox-skin pillow. - -Winnesaw’s hand darted upon the severed lock, and the next moment it -was hidden away in her bosom. - -Then the Indian started to her feet, and Lina Aiken was alone again. - -Slowly her eyes unclosed, and with a look of bewilderment she rose to -a sitting posture and gazed about the apartment. - -The sleep of insensibility had been broken, as it were, by the rape -of a lock. - -The watcher hailed her recovery with an exclamation of joy, and, -simultaneously with the return of Red Eagle, accompanied by the -Pawnee Medicine, he was brought to his feet by a yell. - -“The Platte Pawnees have entered the village!” he exclaimed. “What -can it mean?” - -He bounded to the council square, and found a crowd of red-skins -swarming about several wild-looking men seated on jaded steeds. - -In an instant his voice quieted the Bedlamic uproar. - -The new-comers sprung erect on the backs of their horses, and in -thundering tones told the story of Frontier Shack’s victory on the -banks of the Platte. - -A thousand yells of vengeance followed the narration. - -“I must lead them,” muttered Tom Kyle. “That infernal trapper has -been too fresh of late; he hasn’t heeded my summons an accursed bit!” - -Then he called for his horse: but a savage had anticipated the -command, and the renegade turned to find his steed at his side. - -A few moments later two hundred Pawnees sat astride their horses. - -At a motion from the renegade they sprung erect, uttered a thrilling -war-whoop, and then galloped from the village, shouting like demons, -standing like statues on the backs of their steeds. - -The Pale Pawnee was ill at ease, and he bit his lips till they bled, -as he rode, like a fantastically-dressed circus performer, at the -head of his red band. - -He felt that his reign was drawing to a close, and he was acting -through policy now. - -“Curse that Indian!” he suddenly hissed, and, while the words still -quivered his lips, he heard his followers divide for the purpose of -allowing a horseman to gain the front. - -A moment later that horseman joined the renegade. - -It was Red Eagle. - -“Red Eagle help punish the island pale-face, too,” said the chief. -“We catch and burn, or tie to wild horse, the beaver-catcher and the -pale boys.” - -“Yes, yes, chief,” said Tom Kyle, but he added, under his breath, -“Mr. Red Eagle, you’ve seen the Gold Girl for the last time; that is, -if I can shoot straight enough to-morrow night, and, for ten years, I -haven’t missed a mark.” - - - - - CHAPTER IV. - - CHARLEY SHAFER’S RIDE. - - -“Dash me, boys, if we ain’t in sight of the old place already,” cried -Frontier Shack, abruptly terminating a silence which had lasted for -many minutes, during which time Tecumseh had borne his riders rapidly -from the scene of the trapper’s victory. “Things look remarkably -quiet about the shanty, and I guess we’ll find everything in apple -pie order--just as I left ’em yesterday.” - -The horse knew that he was near the trapper’s home, for he gave a -shrill, joyous neigh, and sprung forward with new zeal. - -Daylight now flooded the plains once more, every vestige of darkness -had disappeared, and the scene that stretched before the young -hunters’ vision filled their souls with rapture, and caused them to -forget that they were riding over dangerous ground--that this fair -land was still inhabited by the fierce aborigine of America. - -They were on rising ground, and the beautiful valley of the Platte -lay at their very feet. The water shone like silver in the strong -light that preceded the rising of the sun, and the islands that -dotted the stream--the cotton-wooded islands--resembled rich gems in -a magnificent setting. Far beyond the stream a black mass, imbued -with life, moved westward, like some giant cloud creeping along the -horizon’s bar. - -That living blackness was a herd of buffalo. The young hunters had -encountered the emperors of the plains before, but not in such -numbers; and they could not repress an exclamation of wonderment when -they gazed upon the mighty bisonic legion. - -“Yes, them’s buffler,” said Shackelford, “and they’re all brown -fellars, too.” - -The boys exchanged looks and curious smiles. - -“So you think there are no white ones in that herd?” - -The frontiersman laughed. - -“Nary a white one,” he said; “but look yonder--up-stream I mean. D’ye -see thet conical island?” - -“Yes.” - -“Well, I live there.” - -“I see no house.” - -“Ye’ll see it d’rectly. The cottonwoods hide it now.” - -“How long have you dwelt yonder?” - -“Nigh onto six years. I was with the ’Paches awhile, but we hed a -slight difficulty, so I came north, and squatted on Pawnee territory. -Tecumseh and I hev enjoyed life splendidly here.” - -“Unmolested by the Indians?” - -“Well--no. If it hadn’t been fur thet Tom Kyle, I’d hev been scalped -long ago. The red greasers caught me when I first squatted here; but -thet white devil happened to hev a streak of mercy on then, and he -made ’em let me go. Then he gave me liberty to trap on the Loup, and -its branches, so long as I behaved myself. But I haven’t done thet -of late. Tecumseh and Shack have helped more’n one emigrant out of a -scrape, and I’ve been looking for Tom Kyle every day for two months. -It’s human natur’ to help a suffering fellar human; and I’ve killed -nigh onto as many Pawnees as beaver within the last thirty days. But -the safety jig is up now, I feel it in my bones. Tom Kyle won’t keep -off much longer, and he is a reg’lar thunderbolt, he is, by Joshua!” - -By this time the river had been reached, and a small hut was visible -on the island, that lay in the center of the glittering water. - -“Every thing’s snug,” said the trapper, when a great mastiff bounded -from the cottonwoods and waded a short distance into the stream. “If -any thing was wrong, ye wouldn’t see Massasoit there.” - -The next moment the steed had plunged into the water, which scarcely -touched his flanks, and after a brief spell the trio found themselves -on the island. - -“This river beats all for quicksands,” said Shackelford; “but -Tecumseh understands ’em. If he’d hev stopped for one moment the -infernal sand would hev caught ’im, and then good-by, Tecumseh. I -shot a prowling Pawnee in this river about four years ago, and the -sand took him and his horse down, down, and he never come up again, -dash me! if he did.” - -It was a relief to the white buffalo hunters to find themselves under -a roof once more. Everywhere they saw the fruits of the trapper’s -industry. A large quantity of valuable pelts was stored away in the -cabin, and the larder was well stocked with meat, and firearms also -abounded. - -The hut was divided into two apartments on the ground, and a rough -unfinished dormitory lay above. One of these rooms served as -Tecumseh’s stable on stormy nights, or when horse-stealers infested -the neighborhood; and then Frontier Shack lay at the threshold, -guarding the noble horse he loved, while Massasoit slept in the -hollow trunk of a tree just beyond the cabin door. - -The sun scaled the horizon and added a myriad of new beauties to -the Platte, while the western trapper and his new-found companions -discussed the contents of the cabin’s larder, with zest mingled with -merriment. - -The frontiersman was in the midst of an exciting narration of life -in the Apache country, when a sharp bark from Massasoit saluted the -trio’s ears. - -Frontier Shack sprung to his feet and griped his rifle. - -“Wild horses!” he exclaimed, as handing the weapon to Charley Shafer, -he jerked the Spanish saddle from its pins, beside the door. - -“Boys, select a rifle from the corner, and be quick about it! Mebbe -you can get good horses now, and God knows we’ll need ’em when we go -after the girls.” - -The next moment the youths were well armed, and Tecumseh stood before -the cabin equipped for a battle with his wild brethren. - -“They’re coming up the river,” said the trapper as he drew the boys -to a place behind the saddle. “I believe it’s the lost band.” - -“The lost band?” - -“Yes; the wild horses don’t belong to this latitude,” he answered; -“but, somehow or other, a gang hev been cavorting around here for -several months, and I b’lieve thet they’re actually lost. I’ve tried -to crease a black stallion among ’em, fur several weeks; but they -won’t let me get within range. Now, p’raps--dash me! I’ll get Blackey -this time.” - -A word drove Tecumseh into the water, and amid the thundering of the -wild cavalcade, the bank was gained. - -“Something is chasing ’em!” said Frontier Shack, listening to the -noise of the unshod hoofs which momentarily grew louder. “Mebbe it’s -Pawnees, and they’ll cheat us out of a horse if they can.” - -The thunder of the curbless steeds seemed to shake the ground beneath -Tecumseh’s feet, and it was with difficulty that Shackelford could -restrain his horse from rushing forward. With arched neck, flashing -eyes, and distended nostrils the iron-gray stood on the river’s bank, -trembling from head to fetlocks with intense excitement. - -Nearer and nearer, though still unseen, came the wild army, and it -was evident that they would pass the base of the rise that hid them -from the trio’s vision. - -“Quiet, Tecumseh!” hoarsely commanded Frontier Shack. - -“What’s got into ye to-day? Ye’ve heard wild horses afore. I creased -ye once, and now, mebbe, yer thinking of old times. Be still! I -say! Now they’re passing the round hill,” he said, addressing the -boys, and the next moment, cocking the rifle he carried, the trapper -ordered his steed forward. - -Tecumseh obeyed with a snort. - -The top of the rise was gained, and the magnificent sight at his base -burst upon the trio’s gaze. - -Three hundred wild horses, black, white, iron-gray, and piebald, were -sweeping along in the glory of majestic beauty and strength. Uncurbed -by bit, and unbled by spurs, each looked like a monarch, as with head -erect, and flecked with foam, he rushed westward toward the land of -the setting sun. - -“There’s my horse!” cried the trapper, “there’s the black, and on -the edge of the band, too. I’ll crease him now. Be ready with your -rifle, George, for we must have two horses to-day; and when I drop -the black, poke the gun over my shoulder.” - -Frontier Shack had creased more than one wild horse, and for six -years he had not fractured a single vertebra. - -_Creasing_ a wild horse consists in shooting him through the upper -crease of the neck, above the cervical vertebrae, when, the ball -cutting a principal nerve, he falls as suddenly as if shot in the -brain, and remains senseless for a few moments, during which he is -secured with a rope. He is easily tamed after this, and the wound -heals without leaving any physical injury. - -For the first time the “lost band” was passing within rifle-shot of -the trapper, and with a countenance flushed with mingled pride and -triumph, he raised the rifle. - -His eyes were riveted upon the coal-black stallion; he seemed to see, -to think of nothing else, and the two youths watched the doomed horse -with an interest truly indescribable. - -All at once their ears were saluted with a sharp report--they saw the -black horse stop, shake like a storm-tossed reed from head to foot, -and then drop to the ground! - -“Dash me if I hevn’t dropped ’im at last!” cried Shackelford. -“No--no! I don’t want your rifle, George; the black can carry double -well enough. He’s as strong as a lion. Tecumseh!” - -As the iron-gray shot forward toward the prostrate horse, the trapper -unloosed the coil of rope that hung at the saddle-bow, and presently -he leaped to the ground beside his victim. - -“Now, Blackey!” he cried, in tones of triumph, but the next moment a -wild cry of horror followed. - -He had scarcely touched the ground when Tecumseh, finding himself -masterless, reared on his haunches, then bounded forward with an -unearthly snort. - -George Long dropped from his perch and fell at the trapper’s feet, -while Charley Shafer clung to the reins with the grim tenacity of -despair. - -The “lost band” was yet in sight, and Tecumseh seemed to fly toward -them on the pinions of the wind. - -He tried to unhorse his young rider; but the youth griped the gray -mane with his teeth and incircled the strong neck with his arms. -His hat and rifle had fallen to the ground at the outset of his -wild ride, and the horror-stricken spectators knew that he did not -possess a single weapon--not even a knife. - -Tecumseh was beyond rifle-shot before the trapper recovered from his -fright, and George Long covered his face with his hands to hide his -young comrade’s doom from his sight! - -“Curse that horse!” grated Frontier Shack, breaking the unearthly -silence. “He never had the devil in him afore like he hes to-day. -Them horses made ’im think what he was once, and now he’s gone back -to his old life.” - -“And Charley--poor Charley--is riding to his death.” - -Frontier Shack shook his head dolefully, as he gazed at the horse and -his despairing rider, now a dark speck in the distance. - -“I wouldn’t give that for the boy’s chances,” and he snapped his -fingers at his side. “If Tecumseh catches the lost horses, may God -help Charley then. God help him, anyhow!” - -George Long repeated the prayer away down among the deepest and -holiest shrines of his terror-frozen heart. - -The next moment the runaway and his victim disappeared! - -A snort from the black steed startled the couple, and with ready -rope the trapper sprung forward. But, before he could secure his -dearly-won prize, George Long touched his arm, and uttered a wild -shriek. - -“My God! Indians!” - -In an instant Frontier Shack was on his feet. - -His hurried look north-eastward showed him a line of dark forms -between him and the horizon. - -“Pawnees, by Joshua!” - -The savages were distinctly visible, and the rider of the foremost -horse could be easily recognized from the spot where the couple stood. - -“Tom Kyle wants me,” said the Westerner, gritting his teeth. “The -upper Pawnees hev told ’im about the fracas last night. We’re in for -it now, and blood hes got to flow!” - -He snatched the rifle which had fallen from the ill-fated boy’s -hands, and then sprung to the black horse. - -“They shan’t have Blackey!” he ejaculated, striking the animal’s rump -with his open hand, and the next moment the horse was flying over the -plains, free once more, but marked for life. - -“Now for the river, boy!” - -A wild yell broke from the Pawnees’ throats, as our friends sprung -toward the stream, and the red-skins were seen urging their horses -into a faster gait. - -But they could not overtake the trapper and his protege, and at the -brink of the river they halted, afraid to trust their jaded steeds to -the mercies of the ingulfing sands. - -“Poor Tecumseh!” sighed Frontier Shack, as he closed the cabin door -and barricaded it firmly. “I feel like one who has lost his best -friend. That horse was the only true friend Ote Shackelford ever had, -and if he gits out o’ this scrape, he’s going to hunt Tecumseh till -he finds him, dead or alive!” - -George Long saw the trapper’s lips meet with terrible determination -behind the last word, and his mind was called from the contemplation -of Charley Shafer’s fate by the report of a score of rifles and the -thud of bullets, as they buried themselves in the cottonwood logs. - -“Fort Shackelford is attacked,” said the trapper, with a grim smile, -“and the odds are somewhat enormous--two hundred against two.” - - - - - CHAPTER V. - - RIFLE, FIRE AND LASSO. - - -Several minutes of silence followed the thud of the Pawnee bullets. - -Then the voice of a white man came from the brink of the stream. - -“Shackelford!” - -The trapper glanced knowingly at George Long, and ascended to the -uncouth dormitory. In the gable that looked toward the besiegers a -small window was situated, and to this the frontiersman applied his -face. - -“Well, what do you want, Kyle?” - -“Reports which reached my ears say that you slew eight Pawnees last -night. Is it true?” - -“I suppose it is,” was the reply, “though I counted but seven.” - -“I fear that your deeds have sealed your doom.” - -“You don’t fear any such thing, Tom Kyle.” - -The renegade bit his lip, and said a few words to Red Eagle, who sat -on his horse near by. - -“Shackelford, our errand here can not be a mystery to you,” he said, -turning toward the cabin again. - -“It is not, Tom.” - -“The odds are against you!” - -“Decidedly so.” - -“Then you had best surrender without further bloodshed.” - -“What are your terms?” - -“I have left all to the Indians; but I will do all I can for you.” - -“We won’t surrender.” - -“Consider, man.” - -“We won’t surrender.” - -“Shackelford--” - -“_We won’t surrender!_ we’ll fight you and your cutthroats, Tom Kyle, -so help me God!” - -Then the renegade consigned the inmates of the cabin to the depths of -perdition, and turned to his followers again. - -The trapper remained for a few moments at the gable loop-hole, and -then ducked his head and disappeared. - -“Did you hear everything, George?” he asked, as he struck the ground -before the youth. - -“Yes.” - -“Do you want to surrender?” - -“No!” - -The young lips closed emphatically behind the monosyllable, and -additional emphasis flashed from the young speaker’s dark eyes. - -“You’re a man, by Joshua!” exclaimed Frontier Shack, grasping the -boy’s hand. “We’ll fight the hounds to-day, and when night comes -we’ll do suthing else, probably.” - -After his failure in effecting a surrender, Tom Kyle moved his forces -further up-stream, and halted just beyond rifle-shot of the cabin. - -He evidently did not care to trust himself within range of -Shackelford’s rifle, nor was Red Eagle loth to leave the spot where -they had first halted. - -From his dormitory Shackelford could note the movements of his -foes. He saw them lounging about carelessly, or overhauling their -ammunition-pouches, and cleaning their weapons. He knew that they -were preparing for the darkness, that his island home would then be -invested, and stormed by the treacherous two hundred. - -“I half expected that the hounds would wait till night,” he said, -addressing the boy adventurer, who was engaged in cleaning the -chambers of a revolver. “Tom Kyle is not going to attempt to reach -the island so long as I can cover his heart; but if they get to this -grove to-night, they’ll hear the biggest noise they ever heard.” - -The youth looked up, inquiringly. - -A minute later the trapper rose and unbarred the door. Opening it -boldly, he stepped out, and, in full view of the savages, walked to a -giant cottonwood which stood perhaps fifty feet from the cabin. - -His movements, which, to say the least, were mysterious, caused the -Indians to suspend operations, and watch him. - -He walked around the cottonwood several times, not appearing to -notice the Indians, then suddenly hastened to the cabin again. - -He smiled as he barricaded the door, and George Long could not -restrain his curiosity. - -“What do such movements mean?” he asked. - -“You’ll see to-night if they come to the island.” - -“They will come; I feel certain of that.” - -“Of course they will.” - -The day wore wearily on and as the shades of night gathered about the -scene, the Pawnee band seemed to gain new life. Ammunition-pouches -were carefully inspected, and adjusted for the last time, and Tom -Kyle was seen in the midst of eight or ten sub-chiefs, holding, as it -were, a pacific council of war. - -When, at last, the council broke up, a young Pawnee, bearing a white -fabric on the point of his lance, ran down the river. - -Opposite the center of the wooded cove, he hesitated. - -“Pale faces give up now?” - -“No!” - -The undaunted reply caused the brave to whirl on his heel and dart -back to his brethren. - -Then night, as if eager to witness appalling deeds, suddenly swooped -like a black eagle down upon the earth. - -“They’re swimming the river!” said Frontier Shack, from the loop-hole -in the gable. “They were afraid to trust their horses among the sand. -Now look out, boy, for they’ve reached my island.” - -For the last time Shackelford descended from the gable, and prepared -for the attack. - -Large numbers of the attacking party had remained on the river banks -for the purpose of intercepting the white-faces’ escape, should they -be so fortunate as to leave the island safely. - -The cabin was almost noiselessly surrounded; but the cautious -footsteps had been heard by Massasoit, and the faithful animal would -follow them around the limits of the hut, with flashing eyes and -bristling back. - -“I hate this suspense,” said George Long, looking up into the -trapper’s face. “I wish the ball would open.” - -“They’re hatching up something devilish. I know Tom Kyle, and what he -can’t think of, that Red Eagle can.” - -At this juncture Massasoit sprung to one corner of the hut with a -fierce growl. - -“The devils’ work has commenced,” said Shackelford, calmly. “They’re -burning us out!” - -Without another word he began to ascend to the eaves, with the aid of -the rough logs that formed the cabin. George Long watched him by the -fire, that cracked in the center of the room. - -Presently he heard the report of a pistol, and the sound of a heavy -body falling on brushwood quickly followed. - -“One Pawnee won’t kindle any more fires,” said Frontier Shack, -descending. “First blood for Ote Shack. Next!” - -A wild yell drowned his last words, and again a volley was poured -against the door. - -The hunter sprung from the logs and snatched a torch from the fire. - -“Dash me if they ain’t standing around the tree!” he exclaimed, his -eyes lighting up with fierce triumph. “I’ll make a scatteration ’mong -their ranks now, by Joshua! I will!” - -He sprung toward a heavy tinned box which sat in one corner of the -apartment, and threw back the lid with his left hand. The next moment -he stepped back, thrusting the torch into the box as he executed -the movement. A slight noise, like the explosion of a few grains of -powder succeeded, and a white smoke rose from the recesses of the box. - -But the noise that followed the explosion of the fuse was most -terrific. It shook the cabin from gable to foundation and drove our -young buffalo-hunter from the crevice by which he was standing. His -eyes, too, were blinded by a bright light, and before the noise died -away he heard the shrieks of Indians, frightened, wounded, and dying! - -“By Joshua! it set the tree on fire!” cried the trapper, gazing at -the large cottonwood, now terribly lacerated by the mine which so -long had slept in its recesses. - -From behind the magnificent trees, the Pawnees were now raining balls -upon the cabin, and burning arrows were hissing toward the dry roof. - -The destruction must have been fearful, for the burning tree revealed -more than a score of forms, mangled and motionless, on the ground, -while others, badly injured, were crawling from the spot. - -“Listen!” - -The dry stuff that formed the roof of the cabin was crackling beneath -the blaze of the fiery arrows, and the object of the Pawnees to fire -the cabin seemed at last attained. - -“They’ll burn us out.” - -“Yes; the old house is bound to go, and we’re going, too, presently.” - -“Going where?” - -“To Fort Kearny, mebbe; p’r’aps to the Pawnee village.” - -“As prisoners?” - -“Yes, if we go thar at all, _to-night_.” - -Then the trapper suddenly walked into the apartment which had served -as Tecumseh’s stable. - -Three minutes later he returned and startled the youth with cocked -rifle near the door. - -“Did you shoot?” - -“No.” - -“But you heard the report?” - -“Yes; it seemed to come from a spot above us.” - -Frontier Shack lifted his eyes, and placed his index finger on his -lip. - -Somebody was on the burning roof. - -Frontier Shack climbed up the logs, and waited at the aperture -between the eave and the uppermost log, for the person on the roof. - -Presently he heard the unknown person descending, and sustaining -himself with one hand, the trapper cocked a revolver. - -But he hesitated; the person might be a friend, for the shot, which -had been fired from the roof, had killed an Indian, and who among the -Pawnees would attempt such a deed? - -The unknown let himself over the eave hurriedly yet cautiously. - -The legs first descended, then came the body, and when the head -appeared between the trapper and the stars, a low hiss sounded: - -“I hit him between the eyes; the Gold Girl is mine now!” - -Frontier Shack raised the pistol, but the head had disappeared before -he could scatter the brains he wished to. - -“Tom Kyle was on the roof.” - -“Tom Kyle?” echoed George Long. - -“Yes, and he shot an Indian, too.” - -“What can he mean?” - -“A girl’s at the bottom of the thing,” said Shackelford. “He shot -somebody important, for listen at them Indians.” - -Loud cries, which indicated the death of some Indian of distinction, -came from beyond the burning tree, and dark forms could be seen -moving wildly in every direction. - -“Dash me if he hasn’t audacity!” suddenly exclaimed Shackelford, who -was watching the savages from a crack near the door. “After killing -the Pawnee, Tom Kyle walks right among ’em, no doubt swearing I -plugged ’im.” - -Almost wholly absorbed in the scene before them, the twain continued -to look until a burning brand fell at their feet. - -“By Joshua! it’s getting too hot here, boy. Now for Fort Kearney or -Pawneedom.” - -“I’m ready.” - -“We must hurry. The Indians won’t do much till the chief dies, I -calculate; but we must move rapidly.” - -For a moment the trapper disappeared in Tecumseh’s stable, and when -he faced the youth again he held a light boat in his arms. - -“I hev two boats, but, of course, the dirty dogs found the one at -the western point of the island,” he said, standing the canoe on end -against the logs and clambering to the eaves. “The renegade’s bullet -has drawn the Indians from behind the cabin, and now is the accepted -time.” - -His strong hands tore the heated roof timbers aside, and almost in -less time than I can record the fact, the couple had safely landed -themselves with the boat on the island. - -George Long breathed freer. - -Frontier Shack picked up the canoe and bounded toward the eastern -extremity of the cottonwood cone. - -They reached it safely, and the boat was launched. - -“Silence,” admonished the trapper, in the lowest of whispers, and the -next minute a noiseless stroke sent the light craft with the speed of -a rocket down the quick-sanded river toward Fort Kearney. - -The oars were lifted from the clear waves for a second stroke, -when a score of rifles sent their leaden contents after the daring -fugitives. But the bullets whistled harmlessly past their heads, and -George Long uttered an ejaculation of joy. - -“We ain’t out of the frying-pan yet,” whispered the Westerner. -“There’s a sunken island hyarabouts, and if we strike it, there’ll be -the deuce to pay.” - -With the utterance of the final word, Frontier Shack suddenly guided -the canoe to the right, and the next second several rifles flashed on -the bank. - -An oar dropped from the strong hand that griped it, and the boat was -borne around by the rapids. - -Suddenly it struck! - -“The island, by Joshua!” - -George Long sprung to his feet, and the following moment the light -craft capsized, hurling him out into the water! - -He could not repress a shriek, as he struck the sand, and felt it -ingulfing his nether limbs, drawing him, slowly yet surely, down to a -terrible death! - -Frontier Shack had suddenly disappeared, nor was Massasoit to be seen. - -The unfortunate boy struggled bravely; but the accursed sand -continued to drag him down. He could not extricate himself. - -Suddenly he saw two Indians spring to the water’s edge. The stars -revealed their forms and actions. - -He saw the tallest of the twain whirl a rope above his head. - -After three circles, the noose suddenly shot from the Pawnee’s hand, -quivered for a moment in mid-air, and then dropped over the boy’s -head! - -A quick jerk, which almost threw the young Ohioan on his face, -tightened the lasso around his body, and he saw the savages grip the -lariat tightly, while a yell of triumph pealed from their throats. - -It was now a battle between the Pawnee and the quicksand! - - - - - CHAPTER VI. - - WHITE LASSO’S CAPTURE. - - -“Heaven help me!” broke from Charley Shafer’s lips, when he found -himself in the perilous situation described in chapter _fourth_. - -As Frontier Shack sprung to the ground to attend to the black -stallion, Charley immediately assumed the saddle. He feared that -Tecumseh’s restlessness might result in some wild freak, and he hoped -to reach the bridle and curb his ire while his master secured his -new prize. But the boy’s hand had not disengaged the bridle from the -thick mane, when the iron-gray bounded forward. - -Young Shafer felt his comrade hurled from his perch, and found -himself jerked forward by the bridle which his fingers tightly -clutched. - -Still, however, he retained his presence of mind, and discovering at -once that he could not stop Tecumseh with the bridle, he grappled the -long gray hairs of the mane with his hands, and held on for dear life. - -Tecumseh was conscious that he had a rider, for he tried to shake the -youth off as he bounded over the prairie like a rocket; but he found -himself unable to do so. - -On, on, still on; the horse actually seemed to gain strength as he -proceeded, and, by fearful glances ahead, the young Ohioan saw that -he was nearing the lost herd. - -“I can’t hold out much longer!” he gasped between the clenched teeth, -“but I dare not release my hold. In a moment I would be trampled to -death by his hoofs, and father would never see his runaway boy again.” - -Strangely Tecumseh would turn his head whenever a word fell from -rider’s lips; the horse seemed to think the voice that of his master; -but the desire to see his free comrades overruled the obedience he -had loved in days gone by, and kept the demon in his eyes. - -All at once the boy saw the wild herd execute a sudden halt, but -the next moment they wheeled to the right, and dashed northward as -swiftly as before. - -The halt enabled Tecumseh to approach very near the lost horses, and, -as he “cut corners” at break-neck speed, his rider saw the cause of -the horses’ sudden change of route. - -A long line of dark forms appeared between him and the gray horizon. - -They were Indians, scarce a mile away. - -How Charley Shafer’s heart sprung into his throat at the sight. - -If they could but see him! - -He released one hand from Tecumseh’s mane, waved his handkerchief -above his head, wildly and with frantic gestures. But he found that -he occupied an insecure seat, and was soon forced to clasp the mane -again. - -He groaned, as well he might, when he saw that his exertion for -salvation had accomplished nothing, for the Indians turned toward the -river and he soon lost sight of them. - -At last Tecumseh reached his lost brethren. With wild neighs they -welcomed him back, and he returned the salute with sundry plunges -which almost unhorsed his despairing rider. The horse’s strength did -not seem weakened in the least degree, and this told Charley Shafer -that, in bygone days, he had been the monarch of some great equine -family. - -For he skirted the edge of the wandering herd like a meteor, and -boldly threw himself in the van. - -Now the boy clung closer than ever to the iron-gray, for eight -hundred hoofs were thundering behind him, and the sound fell -doomfully upon his ears. - -He was riding, helpless, at the head of death. - -The sun descended toward the grayish clouds that crowned the horizon, -and still over the rolling land the lost herd, and its new leader, -thundered on. - -The boy at length became so weak and discouraged that it seemed as if -he must tumble off the horse’s back, and Tecumseh himself seemed to -know that his rider would soon drop from his perch. - -Suddenly he thought of the Pawnee village, which Frontier Shack said -was north of the Platte; and he knew that the horses were running in -a northerly direction. Might they not encounter the Pawnee Loups, -and then might a lasso not fall near Tecumseh’s head, and he be saved? - -He scarcely dared hope for such a finale to his wild ride, and yet he -prayed devoutly for it. - -The prayers for such a deliverance still rose from his lips, when -Tecumseh snorted with rage and sprung to the right. - -Almost unhorsed by the unexpected movement, the young white -buffalo-hunter raised himself, and uttered an ejaculation of joy -commingled with anxious fear. - -The lost band, in scaling a prairie hillock, had suddenly come upon a -Pawnee village, and a band of Indians! - -The latter were near, while far away he saw the former, resting idly -by a shining stream, which he felt must be the Loup fork of the -Platte. - -The Pawnee horsemen, perhaps thirty in number, at once drove their -spurs into the rowels of the fresh animals, with a yell which the -lost steeds greeted with neighs of astonishment. - -Charley saw lassoes made ready as the Pawnees rushed forward, and he -saw, too, with infinite joy, that they were gaining on him, at no -insignificant rate. - -“God help them catch me!” he cried, for captivity was preferable to -the doom which had stared him in the face so long. - -The singular turn which affairs had taken threw new strength into -his limbs; he reached forward, and griped the bridle which lay -on Tecumseh’s neck. Then, sitting bolt upright in his saddle, he -“see-sawed” on the Mexican bit with all his might. - -His action bothered the horses that pressed in his rear, for Tecumseh -could not push forward with the alacrity he had known, and the others -crowded against him, much to his disquietude. - -They tried to pull the brave boy from the saddle; they caught his -garments with their teeth, and lacerated his limbs with their frantic -exertions. - -But, finding that Tecumseh’s rider was delaying his progress, they -suddenly divided ranks, and, without mercy, left the iron-gray in the -rear. - -Charley Shafer could have shouted at his victory, but he was still -in the midst of great perils, and he realized his situation. - -Still with the strength born of desperation he “see-sawed” on the -bit, each moment making the iron-gray more frantic than ever. - -He did not look backward for the Pawnees; he feared that a backward -glance, like that of Lot’s wife, might prove his destruction, and he -was bent on conquering the trapper’s runaway. - -Tecumseh tried to regain his position at the head of the band, but -failed, and at last he found himself quite a distance in the rear. -Foam now completely covered his fiery body, and he seemed more a -white horse than a gray one. - -On, on, he pushed with splendid resolution, and so intent was his -rider in the work of conquering, that he did not hear the hoofs that -crushed the new-born grass in his rear. - -But Tecumseh heard the sounds, and put forth every effort of strength. - -“What ails the bridle?” suddenly cried the young Ohioan, discovering -that the reins had suddenly lengthened. “By my heart! the bit is out -of his mouth!” - -He spoke truly; his eye had not deceived him. - -Now the steed was ungovernable again, and the boy dropping the reins -fell forward on Tecumseh’s neck, too weak to sit upright. - -Where were the Indians now? He turned, but could not see clearly. A -dazzling mist floated before his eyes, and the air to him suddenly -became dense. - -He saw not, felt not, what Tecumseh did--the whirling rope, the -sudden tightening of the strong cord, and the throttling that quickly -followed. - -He felt his hands unclasp, then came the sensation of being hurled -through the air--then insensibility! - -He opened his eyes amid thirty anxious Pawnee Indians, and his -recovery was greeted with yells of delight and triumph. - -“White boy ride hunter’s horse like young brave,” said the giant, who -had lassoed Tecumseh, kneeling beside the youth he had rescued. “How -he get off with the big steed?” - -In a few words our hero acquainted the Pawnees with the circumstances -attending his perilous ride, and they admired his pluck in sticking -to the animal. - -“Pale boy brave enough to be Pawnee,” the Indian, who was evidently a -chief, continued. “He made White Lasso catch him, by making hunter’s -horse tired. If gray horse stay at head of band, White Lasso no catch -’im and save boy.” - -The youth smiled, and thanked the Pawnee for the life he had saved. - -He felt that his pluck had gained him a friend among the Indians, and -the thought was further strengthened by the Pawnee’s words. - -“White boy sleep in White Lasso’s tent,” he said, lifting our -weakened hero from the ground. - -“Red Eagle got Gold Girl, Pale Pawnee keep the darker rose, and White -Lasso make the young rider great chief.” - -The youth instantly comprehended the Pawnee’s words. A division of -the captives had already been made, and Mabel Denison had fallen into -the hands of the renegade. He allowed a flush of mingled fear and -shame to overspread his face, and he clenched his white hands till -the nails blued the palms. - -Perhaps he already loved the fair girl who had been his companion -across the plains, and well might he fear for her safety, if such was -the case. - -“I will be near her,” he murmured, “and perhaps I may yet thank God -for my fearful ride through the jaws of death.” - -The Indians watched the youth and the disappearing horses -alternately, until White Lasso strode toward his own steed, panting -near by. He bore our hero in his arms, and seated him on the -foam-flecked mustang, before vaulting into the Spanish saddle himself. - -“White Lasso love white boy,” the Indian whispered to his charge. “He -had a boy once; but the Apaches scalp ’im ’fore he won his feathers. -Pale-face take that boy’s place now.” - -The next moment a middle-aged Indian rode up to the chief. - -“Upper Pawnees will want white boy. Kenoagla give him them other day.” - -White Lasso’s face darkened, and fire flashed from his midnight orbs. -His hand flew to his knife. - -“White boy is White Lasso’s son now. Upper Pawnees no git ’im again. -The Pale Pawnees can not give ’im back. Kenoagla not Pawnee’s true -king!” - -He shot a glance burdened with passion around upon the band, and the -eyes which he met told that Tom Kyle’s days of mastery were drawing -to a close. - -Charley Shafer shot a look of admiration into White Lasso’s face; but -the next words that fell from the Indian’s lips blanched his cheek. - -“White Lasso cut boy’s heart ’fore he give ’im back to upper Pawnees.” - -The night closed about the party before they entered the Indian -village, and without exciting many of its inhabitants. Charley Shafer -reached his captor’s tent. - -“White boy tired; he sleep now,” said the chief, pointing to a couch -of buffalo skins, in one corner of the lodge. “Nobody hurt ’im. White -Lasso stand ’tween ’im and Upper Pawnees, Red Eagle and Kenoagla.” - -The boy started. - -If those three evils should combine against him, what could White -Lasso do? The answer to this interrogative came to him in the echo of -the Pawnee’s words. - -“White Lasso cut boy’s heart ’fore he give ’im back to Upper Pawnee.” - -With a sigh that indicated the prostration of a human frame, -the peril-environed Ohio youth threw himself upon the skins and -immediately went to sleep. - -He dreamed of home in that peaceful slumber--not of his own danger, -nor of his young comrade, who, during his sleep, was being ingulfed -by the treacherous quicksand with a Pawnee lariat around his body. - -After watching his captive awhile, White Lasso stole from the lodge, -on tip-toe, and walked away. - -Scarcely had he disappeared when the skinny curtain slowly parted, -and a face was revealed by the fire which lighted up the small -apartment. - -“How come pale boy here when Kenoagla still far off?” murmured the -secret visitant. “Where White Lasso find him? Ha! he pretty as river -lily; his skin fairer than Red Eagle’s.” Then, after a long pause, -“Red Eagle not so pretty as pale boy. But Winnesaw go tell Gold Girl -that her fair-skinned brother sleeps in White Lasso’s lodge.” - -Then the face disappeared, and the curtains met again. - -A new love was born in the Pawnee village that night. - - - - - CHAPTER VII. - - TREASON. - - -Winnesaw, the Pawnee girl, could not conjecture how Charley Shafer -had fallen into the hands of the thirty braves. She had witnessed the -departure of Tom Kyle and his red marauders, the previous night, and -the upper Pawnees had informed her that the young pale-faces were -with Frontier Shack, and under his strong protecting care. - -The return of the renegade was not looked for until some time the -coming day, for the savages knew that the trapper would defend -his charges to the last extremity, and that the cabin could not -be attacked successfully until nightfall. Bent on solving the -mystery that enveloped our hero’s appearance in the Indian village, -Winnesaw did not immediately return to Lina Aiken, the Gold Girl, -but proceeded to look up some brave who had composed a part of White -Lasso’s party. - -She saw that individual himself talking in low tones to a young -warrior. Both stood in the gloomy shade of a lodge, and all at once -Winnesaw grew into a statue not far away. - -She felt that she was the subject of the Indian’s conversation, and -with every sense on the alert she watched the half-naked twain. - -“Wolf Eyes will do it all?” she heard White Lasso say in a half -interrogative manner. - -Wolf Eyes answered, “Yes.” - -A moment later the Indians parted in the shadows, and Winnesaw glided -after the younger, who walked toward the lodge occupied by Mr. -Denison and his daughter, Mabel. - -She saw him approach the guard with a boldness for which she was not -prepared, when she knew that a secret hatred existed between the -sub-chief and the renegade, and, parting the curtains, Wolf Eyes -stood in a listening attitude a long time. - -Some dark project was ripening; the girl felt it no longer now--she -knew it. - -All at once Wolf Eyes turned from the door, and, in the moonlight -that bathed his dark but finely-chiseled face, she saw a smile of -triumph, dark, sinister, triumphant, which a Lucifer might covet and -be satisfied. - -He said a few words in an undertone to the guard, who looked up at -the moon, pointed to a wall of black clouds, and nodded his plumed -head. - -Then Wolf Eyes walked away, dogged by the form of the Indian girl. - -She watched him to the door of his lodge, saw him enter, and, -approaching as near as she dared in the stillness of the night, she -heard the overhauling of revolvers, and the clicking of a rifle-lock. - -“What must Winnesaw do now?” she asked herself, with a puzzled -expression. “Shall she go back and tell the Gold Girl what she has -seen, or shall she watch the traitors?” - -Several times she repeated these puzzling questions, and in the -end she slowly walked away. A few moments later she passed two -Indians, who lay before a large lodge, conversing in low tones, and -disappeared beyond the skinny door. - -The fire in the center of the apartment was burning low, but it -revealed the form of Lina Aiken, stretched upon Red Eagle’s couch, -fast asleep and dreaming, with a smile on her ripe lips. - -For several minutes Winnesaw stood undecided over the sleeping one, -and then, stooping, she gently touched Lina’s rosy cheek. - -The Gold Girl started up with a frightened look. - -“Why, Winnesaw, how you frightened me!” she exclaimed, smiling, as -she recognized the face above her. “I was dreaming, and you broke my -dream in the most bewitching part.” - -“Winnesaw sorry to wake Gold Girl,” said the Pawnee maiden; “but she -may dream of spirit-land again when she has told her white sister -what she saw to-night.” - -Lina Aiken instantly became on the alert, and Winnesaw smiled at her -eagerness, which drove every vestige of slumber from her eyes. - -“What has Winnesaw seen?” she questioned, grasping the girl’s arm, -and speaking in a tone which caused the Pawnee to shake her head. - -“Guards not asleep,” she whispered, glancing fearfully at the door. -“The Pawnee village is full of red traitors; they seem to outnumber -the flowers of the prairies. Winnesaw saw and heard them to-night; -they talk low, but are as bold as the Sioux.” And then she told Lina -Aiken about the conference between White Lasso and Wolf Eyes, and the -subsequent actions of the latter. - -“What does it all mean?” asked the Gold Girl. - -“Cheatery.” - -“But who is to be cheated?” - -“Kenoagla and Red Eagle.” - -“Explain, Winnesaw; your astounding declarations have confused my -poor brain, I can not comprehend you; explain, I say.” - -“Wolf Eyes loves the Gold Girl’s brown sister,” the Indian went on, -“and White Lasso’s heart beats in fire for--for you, my fair-skinned -sister.” - -“What! am I beloved or rather coveted by another red-skin?” groaned -the captive blonde, a pallor flitting over her face. - -“White Lasso wants Gold Girl,” said Winnesaw. - -“But, girl, may all this not be a plot of Red Eagle’s planning? You -know he hates Kenoagla, as your people call the renegade, and may -not the two chiefs be in his employ to rob him of Mabel while he is -absent?” - -Winnesaw shook her head. - -“White Lasso and Red Eagle disputed a deer once, and since that time -their lips have been scaled to each other and Wolf Eyes is White -Lasso’s brother’s son.” - -Lina Aiken did not speak. - -“If they waited until the war-party returned, they could not tear the -pale-face girls from their captors,” continued the Indian girl, after -a brief pause. - -“Then you think that they intend to carry out their plots to-night?” - -“Yes.” - -“What of my guards?” - -“They are the chief’s friends; they too are traitors!” - -“Then why did Red Eagle place them here?” - -“He did not. The Big Medicine put them where they stand.” - -“Would he betray Red Eagle?” - -“He would.” - -“What dark-faced treachery! I have fallen into a den of traitors, and -treachery fills the very air I breathe. But the boy?” - -A blush suffused the red girl’s face. - -“White Lasso will take him along if he goes to-night.” - -Lina Aiken was silent for a long time. - -“I wonder where George is!” she murmured. - -“The other pale-face?” - -The white girl started and it was her time to blush. - -“Did you hear me, Winnesaw?” - -“Yes; Gold Girl loves other pale boy.” - -Lina’s blue eyes dropped to her feet, and the crimson mounted to her -temples, and tarried there until the Indian girl arose. - -“You are not going to leave me now, girl?” said the blonde, -imploringly. - -“Winnesaw go watch traitors; she come back soon,” was the reply, and -before the last sound died away, Lina found herself alone. - -The Pawnee girl soon perceived that her footsteps were dogged by a -black shadow, and she walked directly to her lodge. After dropping -the curtains, she turned, and saw the black detective approaching -with the tread of the cat. - -After watching him a moment, she turned and threw herself upon her -couch like one who would soon yield to the wooings of the drowsy god. - -The moonlight stole faintly into her lodge, and a stray beam fell -across her face. She threw an arm across her cheeks in sleepy -abandon; but peeped out under the bridge of the elbow, and saw the -eyes that regarded her from the outside of the wigwam. One of the -Indian’s hands clutched a silver-mounted revolver, but she had no -occasion to use it, for the eyes soon disappeared, and she heard -their owner walking away. - -She arose and gazed upon the retreating form. - -It was Wolf Eyes; the peculiar gait, the crest of hawk-feathers, -proclaimed his identity beyond question. - -He disappeared among the shadowy lodges, satisfied, no doubt, that -the object of his espionage slept suspicionless and sound. - -The girl had completely deceived him, and when his form no longer -obstructed her vision, she snatched a rifle from a corner, and left -the lodge. - -“The traitors shall not carry out all their plans,” she muttered, -with determination; “they may have the pale-face girls; but they -shall not carry the white boy away. The Great Spirit made his pretty -face for Winnesaw, and he shall not be taken from her now.” - -These words meant much, and the red lips closed over them with -fearful emphasis, which told what a woman would dare for love. - -Once the Indian girl thought of arousing the village, and thus baffle -the designs which were to be carried out when the dark clouds settled -over the disk of the moon; but when she recollected that desperate -men would do desperate deeds, and that the entire village swarmed -with plots and counterplots, and traitors of the deepest dye, she -relinquished all such intentions and resolved to do it all herself. - -She hurried toward White Lasso’s lodge; but now two Indians guarded -it, and the chief was not to be seen. - -She felt that she was suspected. - -For several minutes she watched the lodge, but the Pawnee did not -return. She crept to the base of the structure, and heard the regular -breathings of a sound sleeper. - -Charley Shafer was still there. - -While she listened, the whinny of a mustang reached her ears, and -drove her to her feet. - -The next moment she was hurrying cautiously toward the western -suburbs of the village. - -The whinny had told her much that was startling, and presently she -saw an Indian holding three horses by the bridles on the banks of the -Pawnee Loup. - -Treason was hatching, and the shell would soon be broken by the giant -offspring. - -The girl crept near the horses, taking good care to keep to windward, -and all at once she dropped in the grass, and griped the silvered -butt of the revolver which Pawnee ferocity had torn from the hand of -some murdered emigrant. - -It was near midnight now, and the darkest hour was at hand. The black -cloud wall had blotted the moon, as it were, from the heavens, and -but four stars, toward the east, still illuminated the skies. - -The horses were fresh and eager to rush over the prairies, in the -face of the cool breeze, that came from the west. They pawed the sod, -and arched their noble necks, until the Indian curbed their ire with -his voice, and made them seem statues in the darkness. - -Winnesaw watched and waited with bated breath. - -The consummation of treason seemed never to dawn. But what seemed -hours to the girl were but minutes, and at last footsteps broke the -ghastly silence. - -The click, click, of rifle and revolver were drowned by the noise of -the swaying grass. - -Three forms joined the single Pawnee, but two bore human-shaped -objects in their arms. - -The next moment two Indians vaulted to the mustangs’ backs, and the -steed-watcher lifted the girls to their arms. - -“Now the boy!” - -It was White Lasso’s voice, and Winnesaw was near enough to see that -a tight bandage covered the boy’s mouth, and that Mabel Denison and -the Gold Girl were similarly secured. - -The Indian addressed by the chief caught Charley Shafer in his arms, -threw him upon the back of the third horse, and then leaped up after -him. - -“Now good-by Pawnee Loup,” said White Lasso, waving his hand toward -the river. “We ride to the Sioux, and with them we’ll hunt the -buffalo, and fight the Pawnee if he comes for White Lasso and his -friends.” - -Quickly, then, the mustangs’ heads were turned toward the north, but -before the spurs touched the scarred rowels, a pistol cracked and the -Indian who held Charley Shafer groaned and dropped to the ground! - -The boy still retained his seat, and as the horses started forward, -a slender form sprung from the grass, and threw herself before the -horse’s hoofs. A hand clutched the bridle, and the flash of powder -drove the animal back upon his haunches. Then, before he could -recover, his rider was jerked to the ground, and the hand released -the bridle. - -White Lasso and Wolf Eyes did not pause; but the chief turned and -sent a bullet after the Pawnee girl, who darted forward as the weapon -cracked. - -She stooped and snatched her rifle from the grass. - -“Don’t, girl, you may shoot Mabel!” - -Charley Shafer’s hands griped Winnesaw’s arm; but he could not -prevent the shot. - -A wild cry came back over the prairie, and in a ray of moonlight -which shot through a break in the cloud wall, they saw two forms fall -from a horse. - -The remaining horseman dashed on. - -The young twain rushed forward. - -White Lasso lay in the grass quite dead, and Lina Aiken stood over -him, transfixed with horror. - -Charley Shafer snatched Winnesaw’s rifle from her hand; but the next -instant he threw it away with a despairing cry. - -Wolf Eyes and his beautiful captive had entirely disappeared. - -The young adventurer staggered back with a groan. - -Lina Aiken stole to his side. - -“Poor Mabel,” she said; “they killed her father but an hour ago, and -now the second sorrow of her life begins.” - -The boy gritted his teeth. - -“I would have been with her, to comfort and save perhaps, had it not -been for that red-skin,” and, as he turned to Winnesaw, he hissed: -“Girl, I hate you; may Heaven increase that hatred!” - -Winnesaw dropped her eyes and turned away. - -“Don’t hate her, Charley, don’t! she has been very kind to me.” - -“Hark!” - -The Indian girl started forward, but paused and turned to the couple -again. - -“The Pawnees come!” she said. “The clouds gather, but Winnesaw will -stand by the pale faces through the storm!” - -The next instant they were surrounded. - - - - - CHAPTER VIII. - - AN UNEXPECTED ACCUSATION. - - -We left George Long among the devouring quicksands of the Platte, and -now, after a brief absence, we return to him. - -His weight, though not great, seemed to take him down, and the -Indians, seeing this, set up wild yells for assistance. Meanwhile, -they tugged with all their strength at the lasso, and the boy thought -that they would rend him in twain. Tighter and tighter grew the -lariat about his body; his arms seemed to be forced into his sides, -and his breath became mere gasps, and brief ones at that. - -“Let go! let go!” he shouted to the savages in the agony of mingled -pain and despair. “You can’t get me out! my knees are below the sand -now; my feet are lumps of ice. Drop the rope, and let me sink!” - -But the savages did not obey. On the other hand, they braced -themselves anew, and pulled in quick, torturing jerks. The -unfortunate boy’s body lay on the water now, and the jerks would -submerge his face in the cold fluid, which seemed destined to be his -grave. - -All at once several Pawnees joined the red twain, and presently five -pair of hands griped the sinewy rope. - -“Steady!” shouted a new voice, and the next moment Tom Kyle, the -renegade, appeared on the scene, at the head of a score of warriors. - -George looked up and saw the Pale Pawnee doff his serape and plumed -hat. Then he handed his pistol-belt to an Indian, and urged his horse -into the fatal river. - -“Pull steady!” he cried, glancing over his shoulder at his red-men. -“We’ll get the boy out yet--the boy who shot Red Eagle!” - -If George Long could have uttered an intelligible word, he would have -flung the lie into his would-be-rescuer’s teeth. He saw the motive -that prompted the renegade’s action; he would rescue him for the -purpose of covering up a dastardly crime of his own, for, as yet, the -youth had not shed a drop of Indian blood. - -Nearer and nearer came the renegade. His steed sunk at each step, and -Tom Kyle spurred him out of the devouring sand before it could clutch -its victim, and at last he drew rein beside the youth. George had -sunk but a few inches since the tightning of the lasso; the Indians’ -strength had counteracted the work of the sand; but they could not -extricate him. It wanted a strong upward pull, and that was coming in -the arm of the renegade. - -“You’re in a bad fix, boy,” cried Tom Kyle, reaching down for the -motionless form lying on the water. “The Indians were about giving -you up when I came, and you couldn’t hire one to ride out here and -try and pull you out with all the scalps in Christendom.” - -He caught the young Ohioan’s shoulder, and shouted to the Indians on -shore to loosen the tension of the lasso. Instantly it was done, and -steadily Tom Kyle rose in the heavy Spanish stirrups, pulling the boy -upward with all the strength he could command. - -While he exerted his strength, his noble horse was sinking, and -thus loosening the sand about the boy’s legs. It sprung to its new -victim--the horse--and as the spur-scarred flanks touched the water, -George Long felt himself being pulled through the waves, while a -thousand hellish cries filled his ears. - -The renegade saw that he could not save his horse, and stripping the -accouterments from him, he sprung into the water and swam ashore. - -A few frantic struggles settled the brave steed’s fate, and at last -the water rushed over the sandy grave. - -George Long fainted in the water; but four Indians rubbed him back -into life, and he was jerked upon his feet. - -“Where’s white trapper?” - -George pointed to the river, and the Indians who had fired the volley -which resulted so fatally to the voyagers, declared that Frontier -Shack had disappeared in one of the quicksand whirlpools which abound -in the Platte. - -“I guess you’re able to sit on a horse,” said Tom Kyle, turning to -our hero. “We’re going home now.” - -The boy declared that he felt stronger, and presently the party were -riding in a full gallop toward the north. While they were mounting, -a bright light illumined the cove, and several Pawnees, loaded -with pelts, rode up and joined the band. The island home of Otis -Shackelford was in flames, and it looked as if the entire island -would be devoured by the scarlet demon, fire. - -“Where is the trapper’s horse?” questioned Tom Kyle, of the youth, as -they rode along. - -George replied by relating the story of Charley Shafer’s sudden -departure. - -“I wanted that horse,” replied the renegade, “and you must know that -I am terribly disappointed. There is no such steed as the trapper’s -in my nation; I would have given a thousand dollars for him, any day.” - -Tom Kyle never dreamed that that coveted horse was to prove his death! - -They rode into the Indian village an hour after midnight. Confusion -filled the square, which was illuminated by torches elevated on -poles, and a strange sight greeted George Long’s eyes as he took in -the wild scene. - -He first saw Charley Shafer standing beside an Indian girl, while -Lina Aiken clung to his arm, looking with pallid features upon the -dark mob, which surrounded them with knives and tomahawks. - -Near the chief who was haranguing the boisterous multitude, when -Kenoagla’s party rode into the village, lay two dead bodies. The -whitish lasso lying on the throbless breast proclaimed the identity -of one, while the absence of plumes from the other head, proclaimed -its owner a common warrior. - -Tom Kyle’s eyes swept the entire scene in an instant, and he drove -the spurs into his animal’s flanks with an oath, which was a frequent -visitor to his lips. - -The speaker ceased, and a shout of triumph pealed from his lips. He -had attained the object of his harangue--time; and at sight of the -returning band the red-skins divided, and the renegade halted in the -“square.” - -“The other boy, by heavens!” exclaimed the renegade, his eyes -recognizing Tecumseh’s young rider. “Where’s the horse?” - -“Safe in the Pawnee village,” answered an Indian. - -“Good! he’s mine.” - -The savages crowded about the band to learn the particulars of their -expedition, and terrible shouts rent the air when the bursting of the -cottonwood was made known. Fierce looks were shot at George Long, who -sat on the white mustang at the renegade’s side; but the red-man’s -anger reached its loftiest pinnacle when a certain corpse was brought -into the circle. - -Tom Kyle had tried to prepare the savages for bad news; but his words -shot bitter arrows at the youthful captive, and when the warriors -laid the corpse of Red Eagle beside that of White Lasso, his secret -enemy, there was a perceptible movement toward the boy. Winnesaw bent -over the body. - -“Back!” cried the renegade, rising in his stirrups. “Do not slay the -boy in the heat of your anger. The upper Pawnees are here; they claim -the two pale boys; we gave them to our river brethren when the white -man’s trail fell into our hands. We must listen to the upper Pawnees.” - -At this harangue the Indians paused, and looked toward the group of -Indians whose peculiar garments told that they did not dwell on the -Loup fork. Fifty stalwart fellows composed the group, and all at once -the plumed heads of the chiefs came together in low conversation. The -Loup and Platte Pawnees were not ancient enemies, though, at times, -they had met as foemen on the battle-field; and a few words were -sufficient to rupture any peace that might exist between them. - -The young white buffalo-hunters, as captives, belonged to the Platte -Pawnees, and when the survivors of Frontier Shack’s victory besought -their Loup brethren for aid, they thought that the boys would be -delivered over to them without a word. - -But things had turned out strangely, to say the least. Frontier Shack -had not fallen into the Indians’ hands, and a ball had entered Red -Eagle’s brain. The chief’s death had, in the event of the trapper’s -disappearance, been charged to the young adventurer, and the Loup -Pawnees now clamored for his hot young blood, and for the gore of his -white comrade. - -The Indians whom Charley Shafer tried to signal while flying over -the prairies on Tecumseh’s back, had proved to be the band of Platte -Pawnees, on a buffalo-hunt, and they had joined Tom Kyle’s avengers -a few minutes before the terrible explosion of the cottonwood. After -the siege, they had been persuaded to accompany Kenoagla’s band to -the Pawnee village, where a final disposition of George Long should -be made. - -The whispered consultation of the Platte chiefs did not last long; -their lips closed firmly over certain words, and, at length, the -Samsonian leader of the party advanced from the group. - -“The chiefs say, ‘Give us our property!’” he said, in a firm tone; -“give us the white boys and we will seek our lodges in peace.” - -Tom Kyle saw that he stood on the crust of a crater, and his eye -calmly swept the sea of red faces beneath his perch. - -The fifty mounted Plattes regarded him with anxious faces and their -hands clutched the rifles with terrible determination. - -“Braves of the Loup, shall two pale boys dye Pawnee ground with -Pawnee blood?” asked the renegade, hurling his voice above the -clicking of a hundred rifle-locks, and the testing of twice as many -arrows. “This pale spawn will die in our brothers’ hands, and Red -Eagle will thus be avenged.” - -“No! no!” shouted White Lasso’s brother, springing to his horse’s -back. “The slayer of Red Eagle shall die by his children’s hands. If -Kenoagla is a Loup no longer, let him go to the Apaches, in whose -lodges he may be safer than here.” - -It was the first outbreak of treason, and the yells of approval that -followed it, blanched the renegade’s cheeks. - -One glance at the Gold Girl, and he hastened to remedy his mistake. - -“I spoke for peace,” he said; “not for the life of Red Eagle’s -slayer. The Plattes and Loups are brothers now; shall all brotherly -ties be severed?” - -“If they do not say to the Loups, ‘Take the white boy and avenge Red -Eagle’--yes!” cried the Little Buffalo. - -The fifty daring fellows in the midst of their three hundred mad -brethren bit their lips, and shook their heads resolutely. - -“Then, Pawnee Loups, we keep the pale-faces or die!” cried the -renegade, as the fifty threw the deadly weapons to their shoulders. - -The women and children, with wild shrieks, fled from the dangerous -ground and cowered in their lodges, pitiable objects of abject terror. - -But still the red fingers refused to press the triggers. - -Neither party seemed willing to inaugurate a conflict which might -grow into a war of extermination, and the silence which reigned could -almost have been _felt_. - -The feelings of the captives at this dread moment can not be -described. Their lives hung on delicate threads; death, like the -sword of Damocles, quivered over their heads, and they waited with -throbless hearts for the volley of fire and lead. - -All at once, after three minutes’ silence, the Platte chief spoke: - -“Shall we have the pale boys?” - -“_No!_” - -The little monosyllable pealed from three hundred throats as from the -throat of one man. - -Then the eyes that covered broad, bare breasts, dropped nearer the -rifle-barrels and bow-strings; but a voice, and the springing of a -girlish form from the body of Red Eagle, stayed the hand of massacre. - -“Stay your hands, Plattes and Loups!” she cried, pausing between the -divided tribes. “The pale boy did not slay Red Eagle. The ball that -reached his brain came from Kenoagla’s rifle!” - -The effect was electrical. - -Every rifle was lowered, and every eye fell upon Tom Kyle. - -His face became as pale as death, and, trembling visibly, he rose in -his stirrups. - -“The red snake who basely shot White Lasso hates the Pawnee King. -She would save the pale boys, and see him die. The warriors will not -listen to her false tongue when they can read her heart.” - -The red-girl’s voice quickly followed the renegade’s: - -“The Pale Pawnee’s rifle shoots a big bullet,” she said, calmly, -firmly. “It will not enter the muzzle of the white boy’s gun. Take -Kenoagla’s lead and try it. It will not fit the white boy’s gun; but -it will fit the hole between Red Eagle’s eyes. And then, Kenoagla -hated Red Eagle because he got the Gold Girl.” - -Three Pawnees sprung from their steeds and griped the rifle which -George Long had retained with a deathly grip while sinking in the -quicksand. - -Tom Kyle tossed them a bullet. - -“Take it!” he hissed. “That girl can make the Pawnee believe any -thing.” - -The savages who were prominent actors in the cabal which existed -against the renegade, carried on the examination. - -Tom Kyle’s bullet would not fit the boy’s gun; but it could be placed -in the hole in Red Eagle’s brain. It fitted that death-wound to a -nicety. - -The examination concluded with a yell. - -The renegade handed his rifle to a chief. - -“If I slew Red Eagle I would fight; but, knowing that I never aimed -at his head, I surrender to my people.” - -The next moment he sprung from his horse, and, guarded by a score of -warriors, he was hurried away. - -“Curse that sharp-eyed girl!” he muttered. “I’ll have her blood -for this yet! And the Gold Girl shall be mine in spite of all the -red demons of the prairie! Though dethroned, the Pawnee king is not -friendless!” - -In the jaws of death, villains plot anew. - - - - - CHAPTER IX. - - “YOU’VE GOT MY HORSE.” - - -Tom Kyle was thrown into the only strong wooden structure that the -Pawnee village contained, while the young adventurers were placed in -a lodge and guarded by equal numbers of Platte and Loup Pawnees. - -Lina Aiken was taken to the Medicine’s wigwam, while Winnesaw was, -also, closely guarded, for she was guilty of the death of two of -her people, and she must certainly atone for the crime with her own -blood. But she had baffled White Lasso, and succeeded in keeping the -white boy from the smoky lodges of the Sioux. That, at least, was a -source of comfort to her, when she knew that the Plattes would regain -their captives, and that she would die with her lips far from his. - -Such a state of affairs had never before reigned in the Pawnee -village, and the Indians consequently were greatly excited over -it. The guilt and innocence of Tom Kyle were discussed everywhere -during the day; the Platte braves being obliged to remain to await -the result of the renegade’s trial, which would take place the -following day. The treason smothered so long had now broken forth, -and, in its strength, it swept every thing before it. The conspiring -chiefs chafed at the delay; they demanded an immediate trial; but -the majority of the oldest sachems counseled the postponement of the -crisis, and they prevailed. - -Tom Kyle still possessed many true friends, and it was true policy -that their words should produce some effect. - -The afternoon was rapidly fading away, when a solitary Crow Indian -rode into the Pawnee village. His rifle was thrown across his -back, as the sign of peace, and his scalping knife and tomahawk -were inverted in his belt. A single feather comprised his head -dress, and it was interwoven in his scalp-lock, in a curious and -somewhat artistic manner. He was an Indian of middle age, but the -thick painting hid many wrinkles, and several vermilion lines on his -massive breast revealed the presence of arrow or lance scars. His -leggings, as well as the sides of his horse, dripped with water, -which proclaimed that he had crossed the Loup fork at its deepest -point, and he busied himself in arranging the drenched fringes of his -nether garments, with a view to enhancing his appearance in the eyes -of his Pawnee brethren. - -He found himself besieged by hundreds of women and children, long -before he reached the council square; but he resolutely pushed his -animal through the masses, nor did he draw rein until the warriors -gathered about and demanded his name and errand. - -A singular smile played with the Crow’s lips as he gazed into the -fierce faces that surrounded him, and, all at once, he shook his head -and put his finger over his lips, which he drew close. - -The Pawnees exchanged looks of wonder and awe. They seemed to -comprehend that their visitor was a mute. - -Then one of the chiefs undertook to discover the Crow’s errand, and, -with a few motions of his hands, the visitor bade the Pawnees form a -great circle, which was done. - -Instantly new life seemed to inspire the Indian; he performed a -buffalo-chase so admirably that the Pawnees clapped their hands, and -made the air ring with “wewas,” their word for “good!” - -The Crow’s actions told his auditors that he and a number of his -countrymen had embarked upon a great buffalo-hunt, which had proved -quite successful, but disastrous so far as the Indians’ welfare was -concerned. They had lost a number of their party, and he had pursued -the buffaloes to the borders of the Pawnee country. His comrades, -grieved by the loss of two sub-chiefs, who had been killed by wounded -bulls, had returned, while he had embraced the opportunity of -visiting his Pawnee brethren for the first time. - -His looks, his carriage, pleased the savages, and they gathered -about him with delight, mingled with profound respect. The American -Indian always respects an unfortunate person; they pity any one whom -the Great Spirit has touched, as they express affliction in any form, -and they received the mute Crow with dignified courtesy, mingled with -sympathy for his loss of hearing and speech. - -After performing his journey from the Crow village beyond the Black -Hills to the Pawnee lodges, the Indian produced several pieces of -white bark, and charcoal pencils. - -Upon the former he drew the picture of a sleeping bear, and then -pointed to himself. - -Then he sketched Tom Kyle; held the picture up to the Pawnees, and -looked inquiringly around. - -This was not a strange question, for the renegade’s person and -position was well known to the Crows, and it was quite natural for -the Indian to inquire about the king of such a great nation as the -Pawnees. - -His question was answered by signs and picture-writing, and he -expressed great surprise at the unexpected turn affairs had taken. - -Then he dismounted and confided his horse to the care of the -officiating chief. This announced his intention of remaining to -witness the renegade’s trial and doom. - -A lodge was given him, food placed at his disposal, and the curtain -fell upon the Crow all alone. - -He did not seem to hear the loudest sound, for a gun had been -discharged close to his head, and he had not exhibited the least -curiosity regarding the shot. - -After remaining in the Pawnee lodge for the space of an hour, -Sleeping Bear raised the curtains and stepped out. The shades of -night were gathering from the four cardinal points, and the mute -wandered aimlessly, as it seemed, about the village. - -He encountered a warrior whose age reached his own, and they walked, -at the Crow’s request, toward the corral, which contained perhaps a -hundred horses. These animals were newly captured or stolen ones, -while the old Pawnee steeds were browsing along the banks of the Loup -fork, or sleeping on the prairie near the village. - -The Crow’s companion was suspicious, and he watched his nation’s -guest narrowly, as they walked along, conversing by signs. Sleeping -Bear did not notice the Pawnee’s suspicious nature; he seemed intent -on telling the story of a famous chase after the wild horses, and at -last they reached the corral. - -The horses were biting and fighting each other like wild beasts, and -many already bled from wounds inflicted by hoof or teeth. - -Prominent among them appeared a magnificent iron-gray whose fore -shoulders were branded with the letter S. This horse seemed the -king of the corral, for the others fled around the inclosure at his -approach, and many were cowed by his flashing eyes. - -The two spectators watched the conqueror in silence, and the Pawnee’s -eyes dilated with triumph, when the horse suddenly galloped toward -them, and poked his neck forward at the Crow with a low whinny of -delight! - -The next moment the mute found his throat griped by long fingers, and -the Pawnee was bearing him to the ground with quick ejaculations of -success. - -“The horse has betrayed the white hunter,” hissed the Indian. “He -never leaves the Pawnee village, never!” - -The keen edged scalping-knife quivered over the tufted head before -its owner could recover his equilibrium, for the Loup’s action was -the work of a single moment. - -All at once the Pawnee felt his antagonist’s muscles swell to the -bulk of mill-ropes, and the next minute Sleeping Bear sprung to his -feet like the upward flash of the rocket, as sudden and as resistless. - -The Pawnee tried to shriek; but the cry died in his throat and the -Crow’s hand choked him into the realms of insensibility. Once the red -hand opened partially, but suddenly closed again, held the Pawnee at -arm’s length, then let him drop. - -One dead Indian lay at the edge of the corral! - -During the conflict the Crow, as he styled himself, did not utter a -word, and after the victory he maintained the dogged silence which -had kept his lips sealed since his entrance into Pawneedom. - -The iron-gray still stretched his neck over the corral, and the -victor approached and patted it affectionately, but did not utter a -word. - -The tarry of the Crow in the village, and the scene at the horse-pen, -had occupied several hours, and the night was well advanced when the -last incident occurred. His absence was not missed; several Indians -had seen the Pawnee join him, and they, no doubt, thought that they -were yet together about the corral. - -At length Sleeping Bear walked slowly back toward the village, and -entered his lodge, but a moment later he emerged again. - -But few Indians were to be seen now, and the hunter joined a small -group standing near the lodge wherein slept Lina Aiken. The savages -noticed him and proceeded with their conversation. The expression -on the Crow’s face told them that he was a true mute, for they said -words designed to startle him, but without effect. - -“The Plattes will take the pale boys to-morrow,” said one Indian. “We -do not want them. We will say that Kenoagla killed Red Eagle, whether -he did or not, and his blood will satisfy our people.” - -It was agreed among the conspirators that, guilty or innocent, Tom -Kyle should die on the morrow, and it was evident that none of the -conspirators believed him guilty. They argued that he dared not slay -Red Eagle, when the chief had been a professed friend, and they could -not tell what kind of rifle George Long might have used while in the -trapper’s hut. - -After a while the group dispersed, and the visitor returned to his -hut, or lodge. - - * * * * * - -Half an hour later the door of Tom Kyle’s prison opened slowly. It -was opened by one of the guards, and an instant later the renegade -came forth unbound. - -“Where’s the girl?” he asked, in a low tone. - -“At the corral.” - -“Good! now let us hurry. If Kenoagla is found here to-morrow, he’ll -be roasted or shot, as sure as fate.” - -“And the braves who help their king.” - -“Yes, Indians, the traitors would scorch you, too.” - -With stealthy steps the trio moved toward the corral in the darkness, -and when they reached the inclosure, they were joined by another -Indian who held Lina Aiken in his arms. - -“We’ll succeed better than White Lasso,” whispered the renegade, -when his eyes fell upon the Gold Girl. “He can’t steal women worth a -curse. Tom Kyle’s an old hand at the business. Now,” he said, in a -louder tone, but the savage who had waited for his coming clutched -his arm. - -“Hist! Kenoagla.” - -“What’s up?” - -“Somebody’s among the Pawnee’s horses.” - -“The devil!” - -“Rattlesnake heard him when he came here; but he has not heard him -for a minute.” - -“It’s some thieving Omaha,” hissed the renegade, “and he has stolen -away ere this. Catch the animals.” - -In a few moments four horses were captured, and led from the corral -at the furthest side. Among them was Tecumseh, the iron-gray. - -“By heaven! the gray is mine at last!” exclaimed the renegade, in a -low but exultant tone, as he fondly caressed the steed on whose back -the marks of Frontier Shack’s Spanish saddle were plainly visible. -“Here, Rattlesnake, hold the horse till I mount, and, Big Eyes, you -take the girl.” - -The Indian grasped the bridle, and Tom Kyle threw himself upon the -iron-gray’s back. The next instant he gave Tecumseh the spurs, and -the horse dashed away, leaving the three Indians standing beside -their steeds. - -They dared not follow Tom Kyle! in the last moment their courage had -signally failed them, and they looked into each others’s faces with -mingled shame and cowardice. - -Tom was going to the Apaches, but they dared not ride into those -southern wigwams. They had stolen Apache horses; they were known, and -Tom, they now feared, could not protect them there. Perhaps, when -they had served his purpose, he would desert them. They knew the -treachery of the man they had served. - -The renegade glanced over his shoulder and saw the motionless forms -in the starlight. - -“The greasy cowards!” he hissed. “That’s Pawnee nature, to desert a -fellow when he needs help; but I don’t turn back now. I’m riding from -a stake, to authority over a thousand Indians, who will not conspire -for a fellow’s gaudy clothes.” - -He sunk the spurs deeper than ever into Tecumseh’s rowels, and -glanced down into the pale face that looked up to him with a smile of -malicious triumph. - -Flying from a stake to a kingdom! - -It was a proud moment for Tom Kyle. - -At last he reached a small tributary of the Loup fork and plunged -into the water. - -Tecumseh gained the furthest bank, when three dark objects sprung -from the grass. - -“Ho!” - -Tecumseh halted suddenly, as if stricken by an arrow. - -Tom Kyle drew a pistol. - -An Indian sat bolt upright on a horse, not twenty yards in his front, -and he saw that a rifle covered his heart. - -He discovered more than this. He recognized Sleeping Bear, the Crow, -whose visit to the village he had lately witnessed from his prison. - -The Crow had seemed a mute; but had not the exclamation which brought -Tecumseh to a halt fallen from his lips? - -The mental interrogative was soon answered to the renegade’s -satisfaction and astonishment. - -“Tom Kyle, you’ve got my horse!” - -The fugitive king saw all now. - -Sleeping Bear was Frontier Shack! - - - - - CHAPTER X. - - SHOT BY HIS OWN RIFLE. - - -“Tom Kyle, I say you’ve got Tecumseh!” - -The reiteration of the trapper’s declaration followed a minute’s -silence. - -“Well, what if I have?” hoarsely grated the White Pawnee. - -“I want ’im.” - -“You do?” - -“Certainly; get off!” - -Tom Kyle gritted his teeth till they fairly cracked. Then he lowered -half unconscious Lina Aiken to the ground, but remained on the -iron-gray. - -“There’s the girl!” he said. - -“But I want the horse. Tecumseh is worth more to me than all the -girls in America.” - -“What will you do with me? Shackelford, I have saved your life.” - -“And you would have saved it night before last if your devils had -caught me, too,” was the sarcastic rejoinder. “But to business; get -off that horse.” - -Shackelford’s voice was as stern as a winter storm, and the renegade -saw his head drop once more to the rifle-stock. - -“I mean business, Tom Kyle. We can’t wait here. If you will be -stubborn--” - -The fugitive from Indian vengeance interrupted the hunter by -springing to the ground. - -Frontier Shack now rode slowly forward, the remaining horsemen -following his example. - -“I pulled wool over the Pawnees’ eyes this time, Tom,” he said, -familiarly, and with a broad smile. “The water tells me that I make -a handsome Indian. You see I can play the Crow pretty decently, for -I’ve trapped with the varmints but I never caught enough of their -lingo to gabble it off to advantage. Wonder what them Pawnees ’ud say -if they could hear Sleeping Bear talking like any other folks?” - -He paused, and Tom Kyle saw fit to put a question. - -“How did you know I was escaping?” - -“I’ll tell ye. I first put an end to the two greasers what guarded -the boys, hyar, an’ then I sneaked around for the girl, fur one o’ -these chaps wouldn’t budge a peg ’thout her. I found her nest empty, -an’ I knew that you had a hand in the pie. I knew that you would -take my horse, because you’ve wanted him for these several years. I -daren’t go back to the corral, for I thought I would run ag’in’ you, -and there’d hev been a game blocked. We caught Pawnee horses on the -prairie, and struck out for the Platte.” - -“But how did you know that I would ride southward?” - -“I knew your situation, Tom Kyle. The Pawnees hev told me about the -volcano that they were manufacturin’ beneath your feet, and I knew -that you had good inducements to join the Apaches. So we came here -and waited. This is the old Apache trail. You war a fool for takin’ -it to-night.” - -“I know it,” said the renegade; “but what can’t be cured must be -endured, I suppose.” - -“It seems so; but we must be movin’. Allow me to tie your hands.” - -The Pale Pawnee submitted to the operation with muttered curses. - -Then he was placed upon the horse, which the trapper had ridden from -the Pawnee village, and his legs were lashed to the sinewy girth. - -“Where are you going?” he asked, as Frontier Shack vaulted upon the -back of his favorite steed once more. - -“To Fort Kearney.” - -A pallor flitted across the renegade’s face. - -He did not want to go the frontier station. - -“Shackelford, this is the lowest kind of revenge.” - -The trapper smiled. - -“I can’t take vengeance for the Government,” he said. “Tom Kyle, I’m -going to turn you over to the authorities, and I hope that they will -deal justly with one who has massacred so many helpless emigrants.” - -“Well, do as you like, but let me tell you now, Otis Shackelford, -that, should I escape, I will take your life if I am obliged to hunt -you a lifetime.” - -Another smile curled the hunter’s lips, and then the ride over the -prairies continued in silence. - -Fort Kearney, at that time, was a weak frontier post; but it awed the -savage in its vicinity, and kept him classed among the comparatively -harmless denizens of the West. The cannon had a terror for him, and, -as yet, he had not learned to laugh at the blue-coated soldiery, who -stood between him and the great father at Washington. - -The western post, in question, was situated about sixty miles from -the point where Frontier Shack arrested the flight of the Pale -Pawnee, with his prize--the Gold Girl. - -Shackelford took a trail not much frequented by Indians, but noted -for being crossed and trodden by buffaloes. - -The quartette rode rapidly beneath the stars, which dotted the azure -vault, and wore a senescent aspect, which the trapper noted with a -half frown. - -He almost wished that the night might be interminable. - -At last day broke upon the vast prairie, and found the fugitives -still many miles from Fort Kearney. - -Objects assumed shape gradually, and the first one to speak was Lina -Aiken, who sat before the trapper on his old steed. - -“We must hurry,” she said, her eyes riveted upon a dark mass which -seemed to rest against the eastern horizon. “A storm will burst upon -us soon.” - -“A storm, girl? Why, where’s the clouds?” - -“Yonder.” - -“That’s buffalo.” - -Lina uttered an exclamation of wonder. - -Presently the thunder of hoofs was heard, and the army of buffaloes -advanced directly toward the Platte, almost within sight of whose -waters our fugitives were. - -The herd contained thousands, and the noise of their feet as they -rushed over the plain almost drowned the voice of the spectators. - -“They’re makin’ for water,” remarked Shackelford. “There’s a place -hyarabouts where the river’s cl’ar of quicksands, and them knowing -beasts hev discovered it. It is further down river, though, so we’ll -sit hyar till they pass in our front. Now, boys, look out for white -bufflers! If thar’s any in this world, ye’ll see ’em in that herd.” - -A crimson flush stole to the cheeks of the young adventurers, and -they exchanged smiles without glancing at the trapper. - -Suddenly the line lengthened, and excitement faded from the young -Ohioan’s eyes. - -They turned to the trapper. - -“We’re in danger!” - -Frontier Shack did not reply, but watched the animals whose extended -ranks endangered their lives to an imminent degree. - -“We stand between them and the water,” said Tom Kyle, coolly, and -with infinite pleasure, despite his situation. “They are coming like -lightning, and they could catch us before we could reach the river.” - -“I know it,” replied the hunter; “but we must not die here.” - -“We can’t fire the prairie, although the wind is in our favor.” - -“No; the grass is green now.” - -“Then what will we do?” - -It was Lina Aiken’s question. - -“I can save the party. I could show you the Pawnees’ plan for -baffling buffalo.” - -“We can ride through the ranks.” - -“You can not, Shackelford: those ranks must be three hundred deep. -Through the ranks of a common herd we might ride to safety; but not -through those ranks.” - -The hunter reseated himself in the saddle, after surveying the -bisonic legion, that rushed forward, completely infilading them, -crazed for water to cool their tongues. - -Such a horde threatened to drain the Platte. - -“That’s so, Tom; we can’t ride through them. If they war wild horses -we’d fix them, but--heavens! what thunder!” - -“We’ve got to die when we can be saved,” grated the renegade. - -“No! there!” - -Tom Kyle stretched his limbs, and uttered a low ejaculation when he -found himself free. - -“Now show us the Pawnee plan.” - -“I will, God helping me,” said the renegade, with determination. -“Your rifle.” - -Frontier Shack did not hesitate, but tossed Tom Kyle his rifle. - -With a “Now,” which sounded terribly triumphant at that perilous -hour, the fugitive king rose in his stirrups and surveyed the -approaching herd, whose glaring eyes and long red tongues were now -distinctly visible. - -What would the renegade do? - -The spectators held their breath and fastened their eyes on him. - -He seemed to be looking for a break in the dark-brown ranks. - -Suddenly his eyes lit up with a strange, fierce fire, and Frontier -Shack, who also had risen in his stirrups with a revolver clutched in -either hand, saw what had rejoiced the renegade. - -The buffaloes had extended their ranks until the files were not -dangerously deep, and two huge bulls, who were fighting most -furiously, promised to divide the herd. - -“Now, Tom--” - -The trapper suddenly paused, for the renegade had wheeled in his -stirrups, with an oath. - -“This is the Pawnees’ plan!” he hissed. - -There was the report of a rifle; the revolvers fell from -Shackelford’s hands, and he dropped on Tecumseh’s neck without a -sigh--without a groan! - -A cry of horror burst from the lips of the spectators of this brutal -deed, and Lina Aiken found herself dragged from beneath the body of -her preserver by a hand that griped her like the jaws of a vise. - -With the girl in his arms, the renegade wheeled toward the buffaloes. -He rose in his stirrups again, as he executed the movement, and -a moment later he was standing on the saddle with the ease of a -circus-rider. - -One arm supported Lina Aiken and the trapper’s rifle, while the other -held his magnificent serape aloft, and flaunted it in the faces of -the thirsty herd. - -Straight at the quadrupedal ranks the Pawnee “buck-skin” darted, and -the renegade accompanied the waving of his serape with yells that -might have frightened the fiends in Pandemonium. - -The young adventurers’ eyes looked over white cheeks, and George -Long’s first intention was to cock his rifle. - -“Don’t shoot!” cried his companion, putting forth his hand. “Our -safety lies in following him. If he rides through the ranks, why can -not we?” - -The hammer fell gently on the percussion-cap. - -“Forward!” - -With a glance at Frontier Shack, whose hands griped Tecumseh’s mane -with the tenacity of death, the two boys shot forward in the wake of -the renegade. - -Their safety did lie in following Tom Kyle, who uttered a light laugh -when he glanced over his shoulder and saw them giving their Pawnee -horses spur and rein. - -The two heroes imitated the flying king as nearly as possible. - -They stripped themselves to their jackets, and rising in the -stirrups, they waved their garments at the bisons. - -For many moments it seemed that they were riding to a terrible death -beneath short horns and stony feet; but all at once, that dreadful -thought gave place to a wild cry of safety. - -The renegade rode almost directly toward the rising sun, and the rich -gold trimmings of his Spanish cloak dazzled the eyes of the beasts; -and at length the brownish ranks divided. - -A yell of triumph pealed from Tom Kyle’s lips, and a minute later he -passed the jaws of death! The young buffalo-hunters followed him, and -at their side dashed the iron-gray, as eager to bear his motionless -master through the dark ranks as horse well could be. - -The renegade’s steed was no mean racer. He distanced the other -horses, and when the buffaloes had been baffled, he was almost beyond -rifle-range. - -He shouted something back which the young Ohioans could not catch, -and then they saw him drop into the saddle again and turn his horse’s -head in a south-westerly direction. - -“We can’t overtake him, George,” said Charley Shafer. “We must stop -here.” - -They curbed their mustangs with little difficulty, for the beasts -were jaded, and a quick “’Ho!” brought Tecumseh to a sudden halt. - -“I wonder if he’s dead,” said young Shafer, riding up to the trapper, -while his comrade gazed, with gritted teeth and clenched hands, at -the villain who bore from him, with terrible rapidity, the beautiful -being whom his young heart had learned to love. - -Frontier Shack still lay motionless on the iron-gray’s back, and the -horse turned his head with a softened look as the youth put forth his -hand. - -Tecumseh’s neck was crimsoned with blood; but the boy raised the -trapper’s head with flutterings of hope. - -That head seemed a lump of lead; but as Charley lifted it high from -the blood-clotted mane, the expressionless eyeballs seemed to move. -He looked again, this time with an exclamation of joy! - -The dark eyes moved again, and the hands released the horse’s mane. - -“George! George!” cried the overjoyed boy, “he lives! he lives!” - -Called from the contemplation of the dark speck oscillating against -the distant horizon, George Long bounded forward. - -“Where’s the bufflers?” - -“At the river.” - -“Where’s that devil?” - -“Out of sight now,” said George, with a sigh. - -Frontier Shack was silent for a moment. - -“He’s showed me the Pawnee mode of beating bufflers,” he said, at -length, with a smile which, on his bloody face, looked ludicrous -in the extreme; “but if I don’t show him Frontier Shack’s mode of -beating renegades, then may the wolves howl over my grave when the -grass dies ag’in! Are ye ready, boys?” - -“Yes.” - -“Then we move.” - -“To Fort Kearney?” asked George, who saw that the trapper possessed -no weapons. - -“I don’t see Fort Kearney nor the Stars and Stripes till I wipe out -that cussed pale whelp.” - -“And save Lina?” - -“Yes.” - -“And Mabel?” - -“Yes!” - -The boys grasped the trapper’s hands. - -“Boys, look hyar,” said Frontier Shack, solemnly, “you’ve got fathers -and mothers; I haven’t. I had parents once, but they’re up yonder. I -kin do what I’m going to do alone. I might get along better without -you; I really think I could. Now suppose I guide you to Fort Kearney, -and that you wait till I bring the girls back. I’ll do it, so help -me Heaven! I want yer parents to see ye once more, and I tell ye -truly that yonder, across that river, lies the valley of death, and -yonder,” pointing toward the land of the Sioux, “the highlands of -destruction.” - -“Sir, dangers can not frighten us,” said Charley Shafer, breaking -the profound silence that followed the trapper’s last words. “We are -going with you, for we have determined to rescue our friends from -the red-skins or die in the attempt. You can not guide us to Fort -Kearney; there!” - -The old trapper slowly shook his head, and muttered in a low tone: - -“If white bufflers hed a-kept out o’ yer heads! Si Gregg hed no -business to write sech a lie!” - -He loved the boys. - - - - - CHAPTER XI. - - A VOICE IN THE NIGHT. - - -Near the close of a beautiful day, an Indian sat in a saddle on the -banks of the Arkansas, not far from James’ Peak, and gazed at an -object which rapidly approached from the north-east. - -That object appeared to be a horse, and the Pawnee watched it -intently, with shaded eyes, as it rose and fell like a ball on the -plain that separated them. - -He did not speak or look at the beautiful girl whose waist his bare -arm encircled, and held before him on his black steed. - -She, too, saw the object which had attracted the savage’s attention, -and when its identity was plainly revealed, the Pawnee started and -uttered an exclamation of wonder. - -Mabel Denison looked up at him, questioningly, curiously, but did not -speak. - -“The Pale Pawnee seeks the Apaches,” said the Indian, Wolf Eyes, in a -low tone, which still bore traces of inward astonishment. “Why does -he ride thither now? Has the storm of the chiefs broken overhead? and -has he stolen from the Pawnees at night, and ridden like the wind -from the lodges where he once reigned like a king?” - -The approaching horseman answered Wolf Eyes’ questions, for when he -suddenly checked the career of his beast, the Pawnee saw the burden -the “buck-skin” bore. He glanced at Mabel, but, seeing that she had -not recognized Lina Aiken, he kept his lips closed, and executed the -Pawnee signal of peace with the rich sash which he had plundered from -some New-Mexican hacienda in days gone by. - -A peculiar motion proclaimed his identity, and presently the renegade -rode forward again. - -They met on the river’s bank, and a sharp cry of recognition rose -from the throats of the captive girls. - -Lovingly they put forth their arms for an embrace; but the distance -was too great for them to feel heart beat against heart. Tom Kyle saw -this and rode nearer Wolf Eyes. - -“There, Lina, embrace your friend,” he said, softly, lifting his -captive forward. “God knows I wouldn’t deprive you of such happiness -at this hour. I thought Wolf Eyes far away from this spot, and I -expected to meet the Old Harry here as much as the chief.” - -The girls encircled each others’ necks, and mingled their -tears--tears of joy at meeting in the darkest hour of adversity, when -not a hand was near to chase the clouds away, and show them the sun. - -“I thought you were with the Sioux,” said Tom Kyle, addressing the -chief, who watched the captives with a stoicism that proved him as -devoid of feeling as a stone. - -“When Wolf Eyes saw White Lasso fall, he knew that he dared not ride -into the wigwams of the Sioux alone; so, he turned his horse’s head -toward the Apaches’ land, and, behold! he has met his white brother -journeying to the same place.” - -“Yes,” answered the renegade. “The storm broke at last over my head, -and for my life I had to fly. The Apaches have waited for me long; -Tarantulah has sent me offer after offer, and I told him that, in the -hour of need, I would fly to his lodge, and teach his people war, as -I have taught the Pawnees. Oh, the rich haciendas I can ride through! -Oh! the golden crosses I can snatch from gilded shrines!” - -Wolf Eyes caught his king’s enthusiasm, and uttered an exclamation of -joy. - -“If Gold Feather still lived, Wolf Eyes would not ride to Apache -land,” said the Indian, suddenly relapsing into seriousness again. - -“Gold Feather is dead?” - -“Yes,” and there was a flash in the midnight eyes. “Wolf Eyes found -him wounded once on the banks of the Platte--wounded by a buffalo -bull; and he tossed him into the water. The Manitou’s lights shone -then, and Wolf Eyes saw his enemy sink to the swallowing sand. He -rode toward the Pawnee lodges to slay Wolf Eyes, but the buffalo -stretched him by the clear water. - -“Then, of course, you’ll be safe among the Apaches, and I will stand -by you. But, if Gold Feather was alive I could not rescue you from -his vengeance.” - -The Pawnee shook his head. - -A moment later the girls, who, during this time, had conversed in low -tones, were gently separated by the renegade. - -Before departing, they surveyed the land that stretched from them to -the north and east, and the last rays of the setting sun fell upon -the two captors fording the Arkansas, with their horses’ heads turned -toward Apachedom. - -Long, lone and drearisome days had intervened between Tom Kyle’s -escape from Frontier Shack, and meeting with Wolf Eyes on the bank of -the Arkansas. - -He had encountered wandering bands of Indians; but, aided by his -knowledge of plains life, he had managed to elude them. Once he -narrowly escaped running into an emigrant train, which Lucy Aiken had -signaled, hoping thereby to escape from his clutches. The signal was -seen, a number of men had pursued the fugitive, but he outgeneraled -them completely. - -After leaving the Arkansas in their rear they did not fear pursuit. -Tom Kyle knew that the boys would not attempt to follow, when their -friend the trapper was dead, for he believed that his ball had -penetrated Shackelford’s brain, instead of merely grazing his temple, -and rendering him half-paralyzed, as was the case. And, with the -start which he had from the Pawnee village, he felt assured that his -red enemies could not overtake him, even if they were to ride their -swiftest horses. - -“They didn’t want my blood, particularly,” he would murmur, when he -thought about such matters as I have just penned; “they wanted me out -of their way, and they ought to be satisfied now. Ha! didn’t I outwit -Red Eagle! I never shoot at a creature twice. He won’t step into the -Pale Pawnee’s moccasins, and that leads me to think that blood will -flow over the question, ‘Who shall succeed Tom Kyle as ruler of the -Loups?’” - -The renegade and his red companion gave their steeds but little rest. -They crossed the mountains in safety, and at last descended to the -beautiful plain-lands of New Mexico. - -Here they were compelled to catch fresh horses, a duty which the -rifle and lasso performed, and after breaking the steeds, an -operation which lasted several days, the journey was resumed. - -One morning, as the sun crept lazily over the mountains that border -Apache-land, the riders reached their journey’s end. - -Boldly they rode into the great Apache village, amid demonstrations -of joy, for the renegade’s rich clothing had caused his recognition, -and Tarantulah had bidden his braves receive him as a great ally. - -The council-square swarmed with savages of all ages and conditions, -and when the twain drew rein, a loud shout of triumph broke forth. - -But, suddenly, Wolf Eyes uttered a low but terrible cry of terror, -and drawing back, he threw his horse upon his haunches. - -The cause of the Pawnee’s agitation was easily discoverable. - -A young chief, whose head-dress consisted of a single feather, dyed -to an ocherous tint, was fitting an arrow to a bowstring, and his -dark eyes were riveted upon Tom Kyle’s red comrade. - -Tarantulah saw the action and sprung forward with a sharp, quick cry -of command, to arrest the frenzied arm. - -Wolf Eyes still forced his horse back; but when he discovered that -stalwart Indians blocked his way, he tried to shield his heart with -Mabel Denison. - -But the shaft left the bow as he threw the murdered agent’s daughter -before his brawny breast, and he fell from his horse with a loud cry! - -Gold Feather complacently unstrung his bow, while he watched -Tarantulah snatch Mabel from under the mustang’s feet. - -The old grudge between Pawnee and Apache had been settled at last. - -Tom Kyle surveyed the sea of upturned faces. There existed, so far as -he could see, no enmity against him. - -It is an Indian’s right to slay his enemy wherever he meets him, and -Gold Feather had exercised that right. He could not be arrested, by -savage law; it was justifiable homicide in the red-man’s eyes--not -cold-blooded murder, needing an expiation. - -Tarantulah found a lodge for the pale captives, and when Tom Kyle had -departed, after wishing them happiness in their new quarters, they -came together in a sweet embrace. - -“Now, Mabel, captivity begins in terrible earnest,” said Lina Aiken. -“The day for rescues has passed, for who is there to hunt us now?” - -Mabel Denison looked up into the pale, sympathizing face that bent -over her, and answered, in a calm, determined tone: - -“I do not despair, Lina. While there’s life there’s hope. We have -friends among these savages.” - -“Friends!” echoed Lina Aiken, astonishment depicted on every -handsome lineament. “Friends among fiends! No, no, Mabel! You take -wishes for reality.” - -Fair-eyed Mabel Denison glanced at the shadow of their guard, which -fell into the lodge, and drew nearer her sister. - -“We have one friend, at least, among the fierce Apaches,” she -whispered, “and that friend is the chief whom we have heard called -Gold Feather.” - -The night that succeeded the second day of the captives’ sojourn in -Apachedom was most beautiful to contemplate. - -For hours Mabel Denison and Lina Aiken stood behind the lodge -curtains, and gazed through the narrow opening at the stars that -glittered in the azure deep of the sky. - -They thought of friends who, secure in happy homes, far toward the -rising sun, slept and dreamed, perhaps of them. - -Such thoughts sent more than one tear down the girls’ cheeks, and, as -they turned to the skin couches which red hands had prepared, a sigh -for the hopes, the joys, the pleasures of the past, escaped their -lips. - -Sleep quickly followed their lying down, and near midnight Mabel -awoke from a strange dream, wherein home and deserts were wildly -commingled. - -A slight noise, like the scratchings of a ’coon, against the back of -the lodge, saluted her ears. With her heart in her throat, she crept -from the couch without disturbing Lina, and put her ear against the -side of the structure directly opposite the noise. - -Now she knew that a knife was at work, and at last the thin blade -slipped through the bark and grazed her cheek. - -Then came a low voice. - -“Do the pale girls sleep?” - -“No!” - -A slight exclamation of joy followed. - -“Gold Feather’s mouth is full of good news. The pale-faces who love -the silver lilies are in the mountains! Can the pretty squaws be -ready to run for the hills?” - -“Oh, yes, at once!” they both cried. - -“Can the white squaws strike down the guard, if he opposes the way?” - -“Try me!” said Mabel, with sudden fierceness which showed how much -she was willing to dare to escape. - -“Then when you hear three owl-hoots, come forth, and Frontier Shack -and myself will be near at hand for the rescue,” and with that the -mysterious visitor glided away. - - - - - CHAPTER XII. - - THE BLOW FOR FREEDOM. - - -A half-hour passed, of intense anxiety to both girls. Then they -distinctly heard a noise again in the wigwam’s rear. - -“Gold Feather is not able to take the girls out through the village. -The guard sleeps soundly. Go forth; take his gun, and if he wakes -not, make for the hills with soft steps. Gold Feather will guard the -way.” - -Parting the curtains, she peered out, but clouds obscured the stars, -and the blackness of darkness brooded over the village like some -monster eagle. The guard sat beside the door, half-asleep as it -seemed, for his head had fallen between his knees, and his rifle lay -on the ground. - -A moment later the curtains were drawn aside, and Lina stepped out -into the pure night air. - -Mabel followed, and as she dropped the curtain she stooped to deprive -the guard of his gun. - -Her slender hand clutched the barrel of the weapon; but the butt, -which she did not see, struck the Apache’s foot as she drew it toward -her, and starting from his sleep, fully awake in an instant, he -leaped to his feet. - -Lina Aiken uttered a low cry of horror and sprung backward as the -rifle shot upward, held by hands which, though a woman’s, were nerved -with fearful determination. - -The Apache took in the situation at a glance, and, without a cry, he -strode forward. He saw the clutched rifle, and perhaps he caught the -dark eye that fell upon him warningly, for he threw his hand up to -break the blow. But the girl was too quick for him; the butt of the -weapon struck his head with a dull thud, and he staggered toward the -lodge. Once he tried to recover, and had almost succeeded, when the -rifle descended again, and then he sunk to the earth like a stricken -bullock. - -“Now, Lina!” - -The girls joined hands in the darkness, and started for the -mountains. They had miles to travel before dawn, and the path to the -fastnesses were beset with dangers. - -An unseen hand seemed to guide them, for they avoided the somber -lodges with an ease scarcely ever equaled, and had proceeded to the -suburbs of the village when the barking of several dogs, quickly -followed by the yells of Indians, attracted their attention, and -riveted them to the earth. - -“They’ve discovered the guard!” whispered Lina, breathlessly. - -“No,” said Mabel, as the yells increased, “they’ve caught a white -man. Hark!” - -“By heavens! Shackelford, I thought I had finished you! I never -missed a shot before, in all my life; but we’ll take care that your -life ends now. Where are the boys?” - -The girls heard a coarse laugh, which Lina Aiken knew came from -Shackelford. - -“What shall we do now, Mabel?” - -“Continue our journey. They have not caught the two boys--only -Frontier Shack, as the hunter is called. We may yet escape.” - -Again they started forward; but soon realized that all was lost. - -Every lodge was pouring forth its living humanity, and the fugitives -suddenly dropped to the ground, where, with wildly-throbbing hearts -they awaited developments. - -The winds blew from the mountains, and brought distant sounds -distinctly to their ears. - -Suddenly they heard the tramp of horses, and knew that some persons -were flying from the Apache camp. - -“Mabel, listen! we were so near _them_!” - -A sigh, a low “yes,” told that the fugitives were on the brink of -safety and yet did not know it. - -Charley Shafer and George Long were hurrying back to the mountains. - -In the shadow of a lodge the girls continued to crouch, until -every Indian seemed to have reached the spot where the daring -trapper was held in durance vile. Then they rose to their feet and -started forward again; but were quickly seized--this time by the -squaws themselves, who, prowling around the lodges, had discovered -the girls, and a minute later full twenty furious hags surrounded -and held the girls, while a legion of feet approached with quick, -impatient strides. - -Foremost among the warriors was Tom Kyle, minus serape, sword, hat -and moccasins. A pistol barrel glittered in either hand, and he -pushed his way through the captors with a series of oaths. - -“So my birds tried to get away!” he said, with a grim smile of -satisfaction, when the torches revealed the pale faces, whose cheeks -touched each other, almost. “Well, you find it extremely difficult to -fly from Apachedom, eh, my eastern finches? Here, women, give me my -own. I return them to the cage, and take good care that they shall -not escape again.” - -He tore the girls from their captors, and he and the Apaches started -back toward the center of the village. - -“By George! girls,” he exclaimed, stepping nearer Lina Aiken, “that -trapper is in the village. I thought I had finished him; but, somehow -or other, I didn’t, and he has guided them two boys to Apache land. I -tell you that he never sees another night. He’s got to die to-morrow, -as sure as my name is Tom Kyle, and that, girls, is a fixed fact!” - -The girls were silent, and, after a long period of quietude, the -renegade spoke again: - -“Who killed the guard?” - -“I did, sir.” - -It was Mabel Denison who spoke. - -“If the Indians find that out, it may go hard with you. Even Tom Kyle -may not be able to save you. Among the Apaches, it is an eye for an -eye and a tooth for a tooth. If they accuse you, girls, of the death -of the guard, deny it to the bitter end. They do not know that he is -dead.” - -The girls soon afterward found themselves back in their old lodge -again. Then the renegade departed, after whispering a few commands -to the three Indians who now guarded the captives. - -Borne to the council-square, Frontier Shack was soon pinioned to -the single post ever ready there for its captive, and the horrid -fire-torture. The old hunter well knew his danger but flinched not, -nor betrayed the least sign of uneasiness when the howling throng -pressed around him. - -The death of the guard immensely excited the chief Tarantulah. _Who_ -had killed the warrior? This secret he tried to wrest from Shack, but -the white man only laughed in his face. - -“As if I would tell, even if I knowed!” was his contemptuous answer. - -“And you have been helped by some red-man in your visit to the Apache -land. Who is he, that we may burn him with you?” demanded the chief, -fiercely. - -“What do you take me for, Indian?” cried the trapper. “A durn fool, I -s’pose. When I go back on anybody, call me a craw-fish.” - -Tarantulah bit his lips, and started toward his braves. - -“The traitor is Gold Feather!” he cried, “and he has not been seen -to-night.” - -“He rode to the mountains when the Manitou’s light hung in the sky,” -answered a sub-chief. - -“But he returned,” said another. - -“To his lodge, Squatting Bear! Hunt him down, warriors! He is the -traitor! The red-man with a treacherous white skin!” - -“What’s that, chief: Gold Feather not a true red-skin?” asked the -renegade, with evident surprise. - -“Gold Feather is a white man!” - -“I would never have dreamed that. How long has he been with you?” - -The chief studied a moment. - -“Twenty summers.” - -Tom Kyle started at the reply. - -“I had a brother once,” he said. “My father took him to Mexico about -twenty years ago, for he and mother quarreled and parted. But the -Comanches caught and killed them. No, Gold Feather is not my brother; -he--” - -An Indian suddenly paused before the twain, and broke the renegade’s -sentence. - -It was Gold Feather. - - - - - CHAPTER XIII. - - THE SWOOP OF THE AVENGER. - - -“Gold Feather is here. Is the chief angry with him that he should put -the warriors on his track?” - -“Yes,” he cried; “why did Gold Feather ride to the mountains, and -meet the pale-faces in the shadows of the crags? Let him speak the -truth, for Tarantulah knows all.” - -“Gold Feather’s skin is white,” was the firm reply, “and when he -accidentally met the pale-faces among the hills, his heart went out -to them, and he resolved to help them, even against the Pawnee king.” - -“Then Gold Feather told the trapper where Kenoagla slept?” - -“Yes.” - -“Traitor!” hissed Tarantulah; “the Apaches shall mete out a terrible -punishment to the dog that betrays.” - -With yells a score of Indians set to work to plant another stake, -which operation was completed in a short space of time, and the young -traitor was quickly lashed thereto. - -“This is quite a change of fortune, Shackelford,” said the renegade, -approaching the trapper, and facing him with a devilish leer. “I -guess I will not go to Fort Kearney with you. I am quite content -here.” - -“Had it not been for those bufflers you’d ’a swung in Fort Kearney -ere this,” responded Shackelford. - -“What are they waiting on?” he cried, impatiently, turning to an old -chief who stood at his side. “I’m getting anxious to see the fun.” - -“Gold Feather wants to die a pale-face,” was the reply, “and the -paint of the Apaches must be washed from his body before the strong -fire comes.” - -“Well, it’s natural for him to want to die decently,” grated Tom -Kyle, “and I shall curb my eagerness for the burning with the -impatience to see what kind of a looking white man the traitor makes.” - -Presently several warriors advanced to Gold Feather, and applied -strong alkali-water to his person. Then, after thoroughly soaking his -skin, as it seemed, they rubbed him with coarse skins which served as -towels. - -Beneath this operation a startling metamorphosis manifested itself. - -Gold Feather was a white man once more! - -Tom Kyle stood off, and gazed on the singular spectacle; and stepped -to Tarantulah’s side. - -“Now let them die!” - -“When the pale-girls come.” - -“What! must those sensitive creatures witness this horrible sight?” -cried the renegade. “No, chief, rather let them remain in the lodges, -and when the fire dies out let them view the blackened trees.” - -“Tarantulah is sachem of the Apaches,” was the stern rejoinder. -“Kenoagla is an ally, not yet a great Apache chief; but he will be, -soon. The pale girl must fling the lie into Gold Feather’s teeth -before he dies. Ha! they come.” - -The next moment the Apache ranks divided, and Mabel Denison and Lina -Aiken were led into the circle. - -Though daylight was not far distant, it was very dark, but -innumerable torches revealed the terrible scene, and clothed it in a -garment which day could not own. - -“Sir, must we witness this torture of two brave men?” asked Lina -Aiken, when the renegade stepped to her side. “Have you no authority -here? I find your boastings to be lies; yourself the lowest of -men--an Indian’s slave!” - -Tom Kyle bit his lip, and muttered a few words which the Gold Girl -could not comprehend, for his voice shook with passion, and could -scarcely be heard. - -“Girl,” cried Tarantulah, at this juncture, suddenly pausing before -Mabel Denison, and griping her slender arm, “who slew Long Arrow, -your Apache guard?” - -“These hands,” was the undaunted reply, and Mabel put forth her -hands, which touched the sachem’s wampum. “I killed him--struck him -twice before he fell.” - -“Long Arrow saved Tarantulah’s life.” - -The chief’s whole frame shook with emotion. - -“Another stake!” he cried. - -Tom Kyle stepped between him and his new victim. - -“The pale girl’s mind is wandering,” he said. “The minions of White -Lasso, the Pawnee, slew her father, when they drove her from the -lodges. Her head is cracked; she does not know what she is saying. It -was the trapper who slew Long Arrow.” - -The executioners, who had caught the renegade’s words, paused and -looked at Tarantulah. - -The chief heard Tom Kyle patiently, and his anger fled, when he -turned to them, slowly, deliberately. - -“Another stake!” - -The Pawnee king turned away with an oath. - -“By George! I’m nobody here, after all,” followed the evil word. “I’m -no better than a dog in Tarantulah’s eyes, when the devil creeps into -his heart. To-morrow night, Miss Aiken and I will take another ride -into the city of Mexico. They will burn Miss Denison; I can’t help -her longer.” - -When the words “another stake,” uttered for the second time, fell -from Tarantulah’s lips, Mabel Denison crept forward and threw her -arms about her fair, tearful companion in misfortune. - -“Lina, we part forever here,” she murmured, as Lina’s lips touched -her cheek, and glued themselves there. “The stake is my portion; what -yours is, Heaven will disclose!” - -“No! no! Mabel; if you die here, so will I,” was the determined -response, couched in a calm tone. “What were life to me without you, -girl? No, no, dear Mabel; our troubles end together. Chief! Tom Kyle -is my captor, I know; I am his, by your Indian law; but he is a white -man, and has no right to me; so give me leave, chief, to perish here -with my friend. Better--oh, a thousand times better this than a life -with the outlaw, Tom Kyle!” she cried, with a touching pathos. - -“Kyle! Kyle!” cried Gold Feather, from his stake. “Is your white name -Kyle?” - -The renegade was too astonished to speak for a moment, during which -time he moved nearer Gold Feather. - -“Yes, my name’s Kyle--Tom Kyle,” said the renegade, at last. “What’s -your real name?” - -“Ned Kyle, if I haven’t forgotten the past,” was the reply. - -Tom snatched a torch from an Indian and shot forward like a startled -horse. - -“If there’s a scar on your shoulder, you’re my brother,” he cried; -and the next moment a loud cry welled from his throat. - -He dropped the torch, which revealed a scar on Gold Feather’s -shoulder, and his knife began to sever the young chief’s bonds. - -This action was met by furious yells, and the Indians drew their -knives and tomahawks in a menacing manner. The dread circle, -bristling with iron and steel, also contracted. - -“Gold Feather is a traitor--he shall die!” - -“He’s my brother!” grated the renegade, in a fierce, determined tone, -and he shielded the marked man with his body. “Apaches, listen to me. -Many moons ago--” - -The vengeful yells drowned Tom Kyle’s words, and he stopped in the -beginning of a narrative and cursed the red fiends from the depth of -his heart. - -“I’ve been a devil, I have!” he shouted; “but I won’t desert my -brother. I’ll stand by him to the last, and if you get him, ’twill be -over the King of the Pawnees.” - -“Tom Kyle, you’re a man once more. I wouldn’t shoot you now for the -world.” - -It was Frontier Shack who spoke, and over the flames that were now -lighted up before him, he looked upon the striking tableau. - -The Indians were furious. - -Tom Kyle had not a red friend in the village now, and over all the -monster death spread his black wings and slowly descended. - -The chord of life was being rent in twain for many. - -Nearer and nearer came the Indians; the outer ones pushed the front -ranks, and Tom Kyle saw that he was to be taken alive. - -His days of sovereignty were ended. He who had controlled a nation -could not now control a single man. - -“You’re near enough now!” he shouted, raising the revolver which his -right hand clutched, and a click, click at his elbow told him that -Gold Feather was about to use the weapon which he had thrust into his -hand. “We’ve got twelve loads for you, and twelve wigwams shall be -without warriors, by heaven, if you come two paces nearer.” - -The determined visage awed the Indians, and several involuntarily -shrunk from the muzzles of the weapons which the red-man dreads. - -But the outer circle, with wild yells, still crowded their brothers -forward, and the renegade’s finger touched the trigger, when a war -cry, which palsied many a savage heart, drowned every shout of Apache -vengeance. - -Tarantulah turned; the red circle broke, and in places disappeared -like mist before the sun. - -The tramp of hundreds of horses was mingled with war-cries of the -most startling nature, and the flaring of torches revealed Pawnees, -Ogallahs and Omahas riding like demons of destruction through the -village. - -“Great heavens!” cried Tom Kyle, as he cut Frontier Shack’s bonds, -“what an hour of destruction this is!” - -“I never saw its like,” was the reply; “and if we’ve got to die, Tom, -let us die like men!” - -“We will; but look yonder!” - -Shackelford looked, and beheld Charley Shafer and George Long lashed -to horses whose bridles were held by a giant Ogallah. - - - - - CHAPTER XIV. - - TECUMSEH’S VICTORY. - - -The confusion that followed gave the precious moment for action to -the whites. - -“Now, Tom, be a man, and help us out of this!” cried Shack. - -“I’m with you, Shack, now, to the last!” cried Tom. “Take the girls -and make at once for the boys on the horses. I’ll revolver every -red-skin in the way; so come on!” and forward they all started. - -True to his promise, Tom Kyle shot down the Ogallahs guarding the -boys, and in a few moments more all were mounted for a desperate dash -for the hills, miles away. - -Already the cries of the victors were ascending from the field of -slaughter; it was wonderful that the Apaches had withstood the -avalanche so long, and the shouts of the northern barbarians drove -the whites from the scene of their little victory. - -Tom Kyle rode a fiery black mustang, and held Mabel Denison before -him, while Lina was encircled by the strong arm of Frontier Shack, -who rode beside Charley Shafer. - -“How did the greasers come to catch you chaps?” he asked, as they -dashed over the plain that lay between life and death. - -“We waited for you last night until we knew that something terrible -had transpired in the village,” was the reply. “Then we thought of -rescue, but a thousand feet drove us back to the mountains, but ere -we could reach them, the Pawnees came out from their fastnesses, and -we fell an easy prey. Not so easily after all,” and the boys’ eyes -lit up with pride; “we fought the whole troop for a while, and five -empty saddles told the story of the battle.” - -And while they conversed as they rode, Tom Kyle and Ned were making -their explanations. - -Gold Feather thus questioned his brother: - -“Whither do you wish to go?” - -“I want to see mother once more.” - -“Then we go to Mexico.” - -“To Mexico? I left mother in Baltimore, Maryland. Why should she be -in Mexico?” - -“She would not believe that the Comanches had killed you. She yearned -to see her stolen boy again, and came thither to hunt you.” - -A tear stood in Ned Kyle’s black eyes. - -“But these people with us? They do not want to go to Mexico?” - -“No, we go without them.” - -“’Tis well; I know the trail, and we will safely reach mother’s side. -Oh, Tom, I never dreamed of such a meeting.” - -The renegade smiled and glanced at Mabel Denison, who had been -transferred, at her own request, to a seat before the youth whom she -loved. - -“Look here, Ned,” and Tom Kyle’s voice sunk to a whisper. “Don’t you -want a wife?” - -“I leave one in the Apache camp.” - -“Of course,” responded Tom, “but I’m talking about a white wife.” - -“I may find one in Mexico.” - -“Pshaw! can’t you see what I am driving at? I say, don’t you want -that black-haired girl behind us?” - -“I don’t know. She has a lover already.” - -“Don’t be so accursed conscientious. The other girl is mine, and you -might as well take the brunette.” - -Gold Feather was silent; the battle between right and wrong was going -on in his mind, and when he looked up, the keen eyes of his brother -were fastened upon him. - -“Tom, we can’t get them without spilling pure blood, and then we have -no right--” - -“Pish! who cares for a little blood?” interrupted the Pawnee king. -“You didn’t the other day, when you dropped Wolf Eyes. Come, Ned, -don’t be so infernal scrupulous. Work with me. I owe that trapper -one. He tried to take me to Fort Kearney, and if I ever get there -I’ll swing, p’r’aps. He’ll try to get me there now, and you, too, -boy. He’s a veritable devil who smiles when he plots against us. I -hate him; he hates us both!” - -“True, Ned?” - -“As true as mother’s heart. We’ll take the girls?” - -“Ned will help Tom.” - -A sigh followed the youth’s words, and his lips closed with the -fearful determination behind it. - -Half an hour later the party reached the mountains, and, far above -the level plain, Tom Kyle drew a highly ornamented field glass from -beneath his jacket, and turned it toward the Apache village. - -A moment later an oath burst from his lips. He had descried a black -mass moving toward the mountains. - -Shackelford took the glass. - -“Chased, by Joshua!” he exclaimed; “but if we manage it right, they -won’t catch us.” - -“No,” said the renegade, “but we must prepare for a long race. -They’re far away, as yet, and we have a few moments here.” - -The next moment they had dismounted, for the purpose of tightening -their steeds’ girths. Frontier Shack was busily employed in this -operation, when a loud neigh saluted his ears, and looking down the -pass, he beheld a great iron-gray horse trotting forward. - -“Tecumseh, by Joshua!” he exclaimed. “Boy, I thought he was captured -with you.” - -“No!” answered young Shafer. “I should have told you. Tecumseh broke -from us when we rode from the village last night; and his wild -neighings soon died away to our left.” - -“Dash me! if we ain’t lucky,” ejaculated Shackelford, leaving the -Ogallah mustang, and a moment later he griped the bridle of his own -dear horse. - -In the exuberance of his joy, he was stroking Tecumseh’s neck, when a -shriek, followed by Tom Kyle’s stern voice, saluted his ears! - -He turned and beheld Gold Feather covering the young buffalo-hunters -with a brace of revolvers, while the renegade’s rifle was aimed at -his own head. Kyle sat bolt upright in the saddle. - -“Shackelford, we’re going to part here,” said the Pawnee king, “and I -guess we’ll leave you to the buzzards. Curse your heart! you tried to -take me to Fort Kearney once, but I didn’t go, eh, Shackelford? Now, -say your prayers. Ned, count twenty-five in the Apache tongue, and, -at the end of that count, we’ll empty our weapons and go to Mexico.” - -The White Apache began in a low tone, and the doomed ones looked at -each other in silence. - -There seemed no escape from death now; it had grown into a palpable -monster and was very near. - -Frontier Shack stood beside the iron-gray whose jaws champed the bit -impatiently, and his eyes regarded the determined renegade. - -Lina Aiken and Mabel Denison stood spellbound in the mountain pass, -feeling that they were the innocent cause of the dreadful tableau. - -The “count” had reached the thirteenth numeral, when Frontier Shack -slowly stepped from his horse. As he executed the movement, his broad -palm struck Tecumseh’s shoulder, and, with a fearful plunge, that -would have overthrown the best human equilibrium, the horse shot -forward! - -Tom Kyle blocked the narrow pass; his brother stood beside his horse, -and they uttered ejaculations of horror when they saw the trapper’s -steed’s intention. - -Gold Feather lifted the revolvers from the boys, and poured two shot -at point blank range into Tecumseh’s front. - -The brave horse reared, as blood spirted from the wounds, then -staggered forward, on his hind feet, and came down with a crash upon -Tom Kyle and his horse! - -The renegade shrieked at the top of his voice, when he saw his fate; -but the cry was broken by Tecumseh’s attack, and he found himself -beneath his steed, crushed as it seemed, into the stony earth! - -“Back, hunter,” cried Gold Feather, as Frontier Shack sprung forward -with drawn pistol; but the trapper would not obey. - -Once, twice, the White Apache delivered his fire; but ere he could -send a third shot after the heart he would cleave, a report that -came from a place above their heads, saluted the ears of all, and he -staggered back upon the dying horse. - -“Tom Kyle, you’ve deserved all this,” said Frontier Shack, drawing -the renegade from his terrible position. “I intended to part from you -in peace, for I owed you much; but all is over now. You are dying!” - -“I know that, Shackelford. Your horse’s foot struck me squarely in -the breast. I never dreamed that he would prove my death. Look out -for the Indians.” - -The trapper took the field-glass, and brought it to bear upon the -plains below. - -“They’re not far off, now,” he said, lowering the instrument. “Tom, -we must go. They’ll never find you alive.” - -“Thank Heaven for that!” - -Then he tried to rise, but in vain; he fell back again, his hands -clawed the bloody earth, and he died, gasping: - -“_Thank Heaven for that!_” - -Tecumseh was already dead. Ned Kyle’s shot had finished the career of -the noble horse, and Frontier Shack clipped a bunch of the iron-gray -mane, ere he turned away: - -“The old horse remembered his training to the last,” he said, -proudly. “He knew that that slap on the shoulder meant ‘charge!’ and -dash me! didn’t he go for them rascals lively?” - -He brushed a tear from his eyes, as he thrust the lock of equine hair -into his bosom, and a few moments later they had left the spot. - -But they had scarcely cleared a hundred yards when the trapper -suddenly drew rein. A human figure had dropped into a clump of bushes -beside the dusky trail. - -“Indians!” he ejaculated, riding slowly forward again; but a moment -later he uttered a new cry. - -The figure had crept from the bushes, and, with their support, was -standing erect. - -“Winnesaw, upon my life!” exclaimed Charley Shafer, recognizing the -Pawnee girl who had loved him during his captivity. - -The party soon reached the girl’s side, and saw at once that she -stood on the brink of the dark river. - -“Winnesaw escaped from the Pawnees,” she said, in feeble tones, -“and she sought her mother who lives among the Apaches. She reached -the mountains, and in the darkness she met the bear. They fought; -Winnesaw conquered with her knife; but the beast tore her limbs. -She is dying; she shot the pale Indian when he fired at the white -trapper.” - -She sunk to the earth from exhaustion, but Frontier Shack raised her -up. - -“Gold Girl,” she gasped, her eyes falling upon Lina Aiken, “Winnesaw -love you. She loves boy with black eyes, too. But she give him up -now; she go to light the fires in Red Eagle’s lodge in Manitou -lands!” - -Frontier Shack sprung into the saddle again. - - * * * * * - -“Look here, youngster, don’t this mean you?” - -The speaker was a United States soldier, and he thrust a small piece -of paper into the hands of a handsome youth who sat near an old -hunter within the walls of Fort Kearney. - -The boy held the paragraph before his eyes, and read: - - “STILL UNKNOWN: We learn that the whereabouts of the sons of - Messrs. Shafer and Long importers on Fourth street, still remain - unknown. It is generally believed, now, that they have reached St. - Louis, and joined some emigrant caravan at that place. A standing - reward of $1,000 is offered for their persons, or for information - that may lead to their recovery.” - -“Read that to me, boy!” said the hunter, as the youth looked up with -a tear in his eye. - -The youth complied. - -“Well, I see you’re worth five hundred dollars to the old folks,” -said the old man, with a smile. “And I guess I’ll claim the reward. -But, I do wish you could take some white buffler hides home with you, -anyhow. This hes been a wild-goose chase, Charley, hesn’t it?” - -“Yes, so far as white buffaloes are concerned,” replied the boy, with -a deep blush. - -“Well, what have you gained by it?” - -The youth drew nearer the hunter, and glanced at two beautiful girls -standing in the little barrack yard, conversing with a youth of about -their own age. - -“Oh, I see!” exclaimed the man. “You needn’t tell me, Charley. This -has not been a wild-goose chase for you two boys. You’ve gained -something worth a million billion of buffler hides, and I’m going to -stay in Cincinnati till I see you hitched.” - -“Oh, Frontier Shack, we owe you so much!” - -“If you talk that away, I’ll be dashed if I go back with you. You -don’t owe me any thing. Boy, I thought that this thing was going -to turn out all right, when the boat struck the sunken island that -terrible night, and throwed George among the quicksands. I can’t tell -how I managed to git into the boat again, but heaven helped me, I -guess. The water carried me too far down-stream to help George then. -Golly! how ’stonished I war to find him in the Pawnee village, with -you at his side. But every thing has turned out right. I’m a lone man -now,” he continued, after a pause. “Tecumseh and Massasoit are gone; -they war my brothers. Peace to their ashes!” - -A month later a happy reunion took place in the Queen City of the -West, and smiles came back to faces to which they had long been -strangers. - -The runaways had returned, and when their overjoyed fathers asked to -behold the results of their escapade, they led the plain-found girls -blushingly forward. - -“These girls are better nor white buffler-skins,” said Frontier -Shack, in his rough way. “The boys hev won ’em, and if they don’t git -’em, Frontier Shack will raise a rumpus and clean the ranche.” - -Into the palatial homes of the Cincinnati merchants the fair girls -were warmly welcomed, and, in due time, a double wedding proved a -fitting sequel to the wild hunt for white buffalo-skins. - -After the grand affair above mentioned, Frontier Shack returned to -the Plains, but, several years ago, he left them in disgust. - -He said that the railroads were “spoiling a trapper’s fun” in the -wild West, and so, seeking retirement, he came to spend the remaining -days of his life with those whose lives his bravery had saved. - -I need not say that he met a hearty welcome in two stately mansions -in Ohio’s proudest city, and to this day he relates to attentive -children the thrilling story which has called forth the service of my -humble pen. - - - THE END. - - - - - DIME POCKET NOVELS. - - PUBLISHED SEMI-MONTHLY, AT TEN CENTS EACH. - - =1 Hawkeye Harry.= =83 The Specter Horseman.= - =2 Dead Shot.= =84 The Three Trappers.= - =3 The Boy Miners.= =85 Kaleolah.= - =4 Blue Dick.= =86 The Hunter Hercules.= - =5 Nat Wolfe.= =87 Phil Hunter.= - =6 The White Tracker.= =88 The Indian Scout.= - =7 The Outlaw’s Wife.= =89 The Girl Avenger.= - =8 The Tall Trapper.= =90 The Red Hermitess.= - =9 Lightning Jo.= =91 Star-Face, the Slayer.= - =10 The Inland Pirate.= =92 The Antelope Boy.= - =11 The Boy Ranger.= =93 The Phantom Hunter.= - =12 Bess, the Trapper.= =94 Tom Pintle, the Pilot.= - =13 The French Spy.= =95 The Red Wizard.= - =14 Long Shot.= =96 The Rival Trappers.= - =15 The Gunmaker.= =97 The Squaw Spy.= - =16 Red Hand.= =98 Dusky Dick.= - =17 Ben, the Trapper.= =99 Colonel Crockett.= - =18 Wild Raven.= =100 Old Bear Paw.= - =19 The Specter Chief.= =101 Redlaw.= - =20 The B’ar-Killer.= =102 Wild Rube.= - =21 Wild Nat.= =103 The Indian Hunters.= - =22 Indian Jo.= =104 Scarred Eagle.= - =23 Old Kent, the Ranger.= =105 Nick Doyle.= - =24 The One-Eyed Trapper.= =106 The Indian Spy.= - =25 Godbold, the Spy.= =107 Job Dean.= - =26 The Black Ship.= =108 The Wood King.= - =27 Single Eye.= =109 The Scalped Hunter.= - =28 Indian Jim.= =110 Nick, the Scout.= - =29 The Scout.= =111 The Texas Tiger.= - =30 Eagle Eye.= =112 The Crossed Knives.= - =31 The Mystic Canoe.= =113 Tiger-Heart.= - =32 The Golden Harpoon.= =114 The Masked Avenger.= - =33 The Scalp King.= =115 The Pearl Pirates.= - =34 Old Lute.= =116 Black Panther.= - =35 Rainbolt, Ranger.= =117 Abdiel, the Avenger.= - =36 The Boy Pioneer.= =118 Cato, the Creeper.= - =37 Carson, the Guide.= =119 Two-Handed Mat.= - =38 The Heart Eater.= =120 Mad Trail Hunter.= - =39 Wetzel, the Scout.= =121 Black Nick.= - =40 The Huge Hunter.= =122 Kit Bird.= - =41 Wild Nat, the Trapper.= =123 The Specter Riders.= - =42 Lynx-cap.= =124 Giant Pete.= - =43 The White Outlaw.= =125 The Girl Captain.= - =44 The Dog Trailer.= =126 Yankee Eph.= - =45 The Elk King.= =127 Silverspur.= - =46 Adrian, the Pilot.= =128 Squatter Dick.= - =47 The Man-hunter.= =129 The Child Spy.= - =48 The Phantom Tracker.= =130 Mink Coat.= - =49 Moccasin Bill.= =131 Red Plume.= - =50 The Wolf Queen.= =132 Clyde, the Trailer.= - =51 Tom Hawk, Trailer.= =133 The Lost Cache.= - =52 The Mad Chief.= =134 The Cannibal Chief.= - =53 The Black Wolf.= =135 Karaibo.= - =54 Arkansas Jack.= =136 Scarlet Moccasin.= - =55 Blackbeard.= =137 Kidnapped.= - =56 The River Rifles.= =138 Maid of the Mountain.= - =57 Hunter Ham.= =139 The Scioto Scouts.= - =58 Cloudwood.= =140 Border Renegade.= - =59 The Texas Hawks.= =141 The Mute Chief.= - =60 Merciless Mat.= =142 Boone, the Hunter.= - =61 Mad Anthony’s Scouts.= =143 Mountain Kate.= - =62 The Luckless Trapper.= =144 The Red Scalper.= - =63 The Florida Scout.= =145 The Lone Chief.= - =64 The Island Trapper.= =146 The Silver Bugle.= - =65 Wolf-Cap.= =147 Chinga, the Cheyenne.= - =66 Rattling Dick.= =148 The Tangled Trail.= - =67 Sharp-Eye.= =149 The Unseen Hand.= - =68 Iron-Hand.= =150 The Lone Indian.= - =69 The Yellow Hunter.= =151 The Branded Brave.= - =70 The Phantom Rider.= =152 Billy Bowlegs.= - =71 Delaware Tom.= =153 The Valley Scout.= - =72 Silver Rifle.= =154 Red Jacket.= - =73 The Skeleton Scout.= =155 The Jungle Scout.= - =74 Little Rifle.= =156 Cherokee Chief.= - =75 The Wood Witch.= =157 The Bandit Hermit.= - =76 Old Ruff, the Trapper.= =158 The Patriot Scouts.= - =77 The Scarlet Shoulders.= =159 The Wood Rangers.= - =78 The Border Rifleman.= =160 The Red Foe.= - =79 Outlaw Jack.= =161 Beautiful Unknown.= - =80 Tiger-Tail, Seminole.= =162 Canebrake Mose.= - =81 Death-Dealer.= =163 Haak, the Guide.= - =82 Kenton, the Ranger.= =164 The Border Scout.= - - =165 Wild Nat, the Gulch Terror=; or, The Border Huntress. By W. - J. Hamilton. Ready - - =166 The Maid of Wyoming=; or, The Contest of the Clans. By James - L. Bowen. Ready - - =167 The Three Captives.= A Tale of the Taos Valley. By Edward - Willett. Ready - - =168 The Lost Hunters=; or, The Mohave Captive. By Capt. J. F. C. - Adams. Ready - - =169 Border Law=; or, The Land Claim. By Mrs. Frances Fuller - Barritt. Ready - - =170 The Lifted Trail=; or, The White Apache. By Edward Willett. - Ready - - =171 The Trader Spy=; or, The Victim of the Fire-Raft. By J. - Stanley Henderson. Ready - - =172 The Forest Specter=; or, The Young Hunter’s Foe. By Edward - Willett. Ready - - - BEADLE AND ADAMS, Publishers, 98 William Street, New York. - - - - - Transcriber’s Notes - - The Table of Contents at the beginning of the book was created by - the transcriber. - - Inconsistencies in hyphenation such as “buffalo-hunters”/“buffalo - hunters” have been maintained. - - Minor punctuation and spelling errors have been silently corrected - and, except for those changes noted below, all misspellings in the - text, especially in dialogue, and inconsistent or archaic usage, - have been retained. - - Page 33: “A large quantity of valuaable” changed to “A large - quantity of valuable”. - - Page 38: “young lips closed emphatically behind the monosylable” - changed to “young lips closed emphatically behind the monosyllable”. - - Page 55: “but she had no occason” changed to “but she had no - occasion”. - - Page 56: “two bore human-shaped objects in ther” changed to “two - bore human-shaped objects in their”. - -*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE ISLAND TRAPPER *** - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will -be renamed. - -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the -United States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following -the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use -of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for -copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very -easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation -of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project -Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may -do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected -by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark -license, especially commercial redistribution. - -START: FULL LICENSE - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the -person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph -1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the -Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when -you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country other than the United States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work -on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: - - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and - most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no - restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it - under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this - eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the - United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where - you are located before using this eBook. - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format -other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm website -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain -Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -provided that: - -* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation." - -* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm - works. - -* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - -* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of -the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the Foundation as set -forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at -www.gutenberg.org - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, -Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up -to date contact information can be found at the Foundation's website -and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without -widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular -state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. - -Most people start at our website which has the main PG search -facility: www.gutenberg.org - -This website includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/old/65528-0.zip b/old/65528-0.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index c4fb9f6..0000000 --- a/old/65528-0.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65528-h.zip b/old/65528-h.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 07a6273..0000000 --- a/old/65528-h.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/65528-h/65528-h.htm b/old/65528-h/65528-h.htm deleted file mode 100644 index cbf85c6..0000000 --- a/old/65528-h/65528-h.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6206 +0,0 @@ -<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" - "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> -<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> - <head> - <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" /> - <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" /> - <title> - The Island Trapper, by Capt. Chas. Howard,—A Project Gutenberg eBook - </title> - <link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" /> - <style type="text/css"> - -body { - margin-left: 10%; - margin-right: 10%; -} - - h1,h2 { - text-align: center; /* all headings centered */ - clear: both; - margin-top: 1.5em; - margin-bottom: 1em; - word-spacing: 0.2em; - letter-spacing: 0.1em; - line-height: 1em; - font-weight: normal; - -} - -h1 {font-size: 200%; line-height: 4em;} -h2 {font-size: 100%; line-height: 1.4em;} - -p { - margin-top: .51em; - text-align: justify; - margin-bottom: .49em; - text-indent: 1em; -} - -.p4 {margin-top: 4em;} -.p6 {margin-top: 6em;} -.p10 {margin-top: 10em;} - -.pb10 {margin-bottom: 10em;} - -.negin1 {padding-left: 1em; text-indent: -1em; text-align: justify;} - -.pg-brk {page-break-before: always;} - -div.chapter {page-break-before: always;} -h2.nobreak {page-break-before: avoid;} - -.pfs180 {font-size: 180%; text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; word-spacing: 0.3em;} -.pfs135 {font-size: 135%; text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; word-spacing: 0.3em;} -.pfs120 {font-size: 120%; text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; word-spacing: 0.3em;} -.pfs100 {font-size: 100%; text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; word-spacing: 0.3em;} -.pfs90 {font-size: 90%; text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; word-spacing: 0.3em;} -.pfs80 {font-size: 80%; text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; word-spacing: 0.3em;} -.pfs70 {font-size: 70%; text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; word-spacing: 0.3em;} - -.fs40 {font-size: 40%; font-style: normal;} -.fs60 {font-size: 60%; font-style: normal;} -.fs70 {font-size: 70%; font-style: normal;} -.fs80 {font-size: 80%; font-style: normal;} -.fs120 {font-size: 120%; font-style: normal;} - -.pad1 {padding-left: 1em;} -.pad2 {padding-left: 2em;} -.pad5 {padding-left: 5em;} - - -.bold {font-weight: bold;} - - -hr { - width: 33%; - margin-top: 2em; - margin-bottom: 2em; - margin-left: 33.5%; - margin-right: 33.5%; - clear: both; -} - -hr.tb {width: 15%; margin-left: 42.5%; margin-right: 42.5%;} -hr.chap {width: 65%; margin-left: 17.5%; margin-right: 17.5%;} - -hr.r10 {width: 10%; margin-left: 45%; margin-right: 45%;} -hr.r20 {width: 20%; margin-left: 40%; margin-right: 40%; border-top: thin;} - -div.chapter {page-break-before: always;} -h2.nobreak {page-break-before: avoid;} - -table { - margin-left: auto; - margin-right: auto; -} -table.autotable { border-collapse: collapse; } -table.autotable td, -table.autotable th { padding: 4px; } - -.tdlx {text-align: left; padding-left: 2em;} -.tdl {text-align: left;} -.tdr {text-align: right;} - -.pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */ - /* visibility: hidden; */ - position: absolute; - color: #A9A9A9; - left: 92%; - font-size: smaller; - text-align: right; - font-style: normal; - font-weight: normal; - font-variant: normal; - text-indent: .5em; -} - - -/* blockquote (/# #/) */ -.blockquot { margin: 1.5em 5% 1.5em 5%; } - - -/* general placement and presentation */ -.bbox {margin: 5% 5% 5% 5%; - padding: .5em; - border: double thick;} - -.center {text-align: center; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;} - -.smcap {font-variant: small-caps;} - -.gesperrt {letter-spacing: 0.2em; - margin-right: -0.2em;} - -em.gesperrt {font-style: normal;} - - -/* Images */ - -img { - max-width: 100%; - height: auto; -} -img.w100 {width: 100%;} - - -.figcenter { - margin: auto; - text-align: center; - page-break-inside: avoid; - max-width: 100%; -} - - -/* Poetry */ -.poetry-container {text-align: center;} -.poetry {text-align: left; margin-left: 5%; margin-right: 5%;} -.poetry {display: inline-block; font-size: 95%} -.poetry .stanza {margin: 1em auto;} -.poetry .verse {text-indent: -3em; padding-left: 3em;} -.poetry .indentq {text-indent: -3.5em;} -.poetry .indent0 {text-indent: -3em;} - - -/* large inline blocks don't split well on paged devices */ -.x-ebookmaker .poetry {display: block;} - - -/* Transcriber's notes */ -.transnote {background-color: #E6E6FA; - color: black; - font-size:smaller; - padding:0.5em; - margin-bottom:5em; - font-family:sans-serif, serif; } - - -/* for inserting info from TN changes */ -.corr { - text-decoration: none; - border-bottom: thin dotted gray; -} - -.x-ebookmaker .corr { - text-decoration: none; - border-bottom: none; - } - - -/* Illustration classes */ -.illowp47 {width: 47%;} -.x-ebookmaker .illowp47 {width: 100%;} - - </style> - </head> -<body> - -<div style='text-align:center; font-size:1.2em; font-weight:bold'>The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Island Trapper, by Capt. Chas. Howard</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and -most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms -of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online -at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you -are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the -country where you are located before using this eBook. -</div> - -<div style='display:table'> - <div style='display:table-row'> - <div style='display:table-cell; padding-right:0.5em'>Title:</div> - <div style='display:table-cell; padding-right:0.5em'>The Island Trapper</div> - </div> - <div style='display:table-row;'> - <div style='display:table-cell'></div> - <div style='display:table-cell'>or The Young White-Buffalo Hunters</div> - </div> -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Author: Capt. Chas. Howard</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Release Date: June 6, 2021 [eBook #65528]</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Language: English</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Character set encoding: UTF-8</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Produced by: David Edwards, Susan Carr and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (Northern Illinois University Digital Library at http://digital.lib.niu.edu/)</div> - -<div style='margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:4em'>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE ISLAND TRAPPER ***</div> - -<div class="figcenter illowp47" id="cover" style="max-width: 62.5em;"> - <img class="w100" src="images/cover.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<h1 class="pg-brk">THE ISLAND TRAPPER;<br /> -<span class="fs40">OR,</span><br /> -<span class="fs60">THE YOUNG WHITE-BUFFALO HUNTERS.</span></h1> - -<hr class="r20 x-ebookmaker-drop p4" /> - -<p class="pfs120">BY CAPT. CHAS. HOWARD,</p> - -<p class="pfs90"><em>Author of the following Pocket Novels</em>:</p> - -<p class="pfs80">5. <span class="smcap">The Elk King.</span> -<span class="smcap pad5">50. The Wolf Queen.</span><br /> -52. <span class="smcap">The Mad Chief.</span></p> - -<hr class="r20 x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<p class="pfs100 p6">NEW YORK:<br /> -<span class="fs120">BEADLE AND ADAMS, PUBLISHERS,</span><br /> -<span class="fs70">98 WILLIAM STREET.</span></p> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<p class="pfs90 p10 pb10">Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1873, by<br /> -<span class="gesperrt">FRANK STARR & CO.,</span><br /> -In the office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington</p> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<h2 class="nobreak" id="CONTENTS">CONTENTS</h2> -</div> - -<table class="autotable fs80" width="70%" summary=""> -<tr> -<td class="tdr"></td> -<td class="tdlx"></td> -<td class="tdr fs80">PAGE</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdr">I.</td> -<td class="tdlx">THE YOUNG ADVENTURERS.</td> -<td class="tdr"><a href="#CHAPTER_I">9</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdr">II.</td> -<td class="tdlx">THE GOLD GIRL.</td> -<td class="tdr"><a href="#CHAPTER_II">17</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdr">III.</td> -<td class="tdlx">THE VENGEANCE-HUNTER.</td> -<td class="tdr"><a href="#CHAPTER_III">23</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdr">IV.</td> -<td class="tdlx">CHARLEY SHAFER’S RIDE.</td> -<td class="tdr"><a href="#CHAPTER_IV">31</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdr">V.</td> -<td class="tdlx">RIFLE, FIRE AND LASSO.</td> -<td class="tdr"><a href="#CHAPTER_V">37</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdr">VI.</td> -<td class="tdlx">WHITE LASSO’S CAPTURE.</td> -<td class="tdr"><a href="#CHAPTER_VI">45</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdr">VII.</td> -<td class="tdlx">TREASON.</td> -<td class="tdr"><a href="#CHAPTER_VII">51</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdr">VIII.</td> -<td class="tdlx">AN UNEXPECTED ACCUSATION.</td> -<td class="tdr"><a href="#CHAPTER_VIII">58</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdr">IX.</td> -<td class="tdlx">“YOU’VE GOT MY HORSE.”.</td> -<td class="tdr"><a href="#CHAPTER_IX">65</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdr">X.</td> -<td class="tdlx">SHOT BY HIS OWN RIFLE.</td> -<td class="tdr"><a href="#CHAPTER_X">72</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdr">XI.</td> -<td class="tdlx">A VOICE IN THE NIGHT.</td> -<td class="tdr"><a href="#CHAPTER_XI">79</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdr">XII.</td> -<td class="tdlx">THE BLOW FOR FREEDOM.</td> -<td class="tdr"><a href="#CHAPTER_XII">85</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdr">XIII.</td> -<td class="tdlx">THE SWOOP OF THE AVENGER.</td> -<td class="tdr"><a href="#CHAPTER_XIII">89</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdr">XIV.</td> -<td class="tdlx">TECUMSEH’S VICTORY.</td> -<td class="tdr"><a href="#CHAPTER_XIV">93</a></td></tr> -</table> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_9">[Pg 9]</span></p> - -<p class="pfs180">FRONTIER SHACK,</p> -<p class="pfs135">THE ISLAND TRAPPER.</p> - -<hr class="r10" /> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_I"><span class="gesperrt">CHAPTER I</span>.<br /> -<span class="fs70">THE YOUNG ADVENTURERS.</span></h2> -</div> - -<p>“<span class="smcap">Whoa</span>!”</p> - -<p>The Command was spoken in a low tone to a majestic iron-gray -horse.</p> - -<p>Instantly the fore-feet were plunged into the loose earth, -and the animal became as stationary as a bronze statue.</p> - -<p>“Dash me! if I didn’t hear music. Tecumseh, ye heard it, -too, for I saw ye prick yer ears before I told ye to stop. -Where is the white man who has the audacity to be musical -in the Pawnee country? Dash me! I’d like to see him; I’d -like to take ’im back to the States and present ’im to Mr. Barnum. -Listen! there it goes again. Music, certain, no mistake, -and it sounds like that which I’ve heard on Broadway, -comin’ from the dirty hand-organs.”</p> - -<p>With a smile on his broad, handsome countenance, the -speaker leaned forward in the wooden stirrups, with a half-doubled -band behind his left ear.</p> - -<p>“He’s struck up a new tune, and dash me if it isn’t ‘Hail -Columbia.’ I’m gettin’ uncommon curious, settin’ here on Tecumseh, -and list’nin’ to the first genuine music I’ve heard for -five years, and dash me if—Injun yells, by Joshua!”</p> - -<p>The iron-gray heard the new sounds, which seemed to emanate -from the same spot as the mysterious music, and turned -his head to his master, as if to ask what they meant. A furious -light flashed from his dark eyes, and a low neigh told -how eager he was to court excitement.</p> - -<p>“Steady, Tecumseh, steady!” whispered the frontiersman<span class="pagenum" id="Page_10">[10]</span> -“The Injun yells come from the same spot as the music; but -still, ‘Hail Columbia’ remains unbroken. I can’t stand it any -longer. Dash me if I ain’t goin’ to inquire into that music. -The old song goes all over me like an electric arrow, and I -b’lieve it affects my old horse. Now, Tecumseh, for’ard!”</p> - -<p>With the last word the horseman settled back into the saddle, -and the steed bounded off like a frightened stag.</p> - -<p>Down the right bank of the Pawnee Loup the twain flew, -through the soft gloaming of that delightful May day, 1815.</p> - -<p>The horse and his rider were well mated. Both possessed -courage, strength and true nobleness of character, the brute -none less than his master.</p> - -<p>The occupant of the blanketed saddle was a medium-sized -man, about forty years of age. His hair, and he had an ocean -of it, was an iron-gray, and shone like silver. The face was -smooth, somewhat cadaverous, but healthy; and the brownish -eyes, nestling between long, dark lashes, were indicative alike -of gentleness and determination. He wore the often-described -habiliments of the Western hunter, and in addition to the -long-barreled rifle that lay across the pommel of his saddle, -supported in its position by a great hand, the only ill-proportioned -member of the body, a brace of Colt’s large revolvers -protruded from his buck-skin belt.</p> - -<p>“Tecumseh, if ye see danger afore Shack does, stop,” he -said, as they neared the mouth of the Nebraska’s tributary. -“We’re gettin’ close to the place now. I hevn’t heard the -red devils for some time; but the music keeps up mighty -well. He’s got out a new tune now—a tune which the lame -old Italian used to grind out before the ‘Arcade’—a tune -which nobody in creation could tell the name of. Wonder -if that old chap hesn’t come out here to amuse the Pawnee -Loups? If he hes—”</p> - -<p>The sentence was broken by Tecumseh’s abrupt halt, and -the frontiersman spoke a few words which effectually quieted -the steed’s nervousness.</p> - -<p>“It’s jest over the rise, thar, on the Oregon trail,” muttered -Frontier Shack, glancing at his revolvers and lifting the deadly -rifle from the saddle. “The Injuns hev played smash with -another lot of poor emigrants. ’Twas but yesterday that they -butchered everybody in Davidson’s train, and now they’ve<span class="pagenum" id="Page_11">[11]</span> -made new rivers of blood! Dash me if these things don’t -rile me; they run through my marrow like fiery arrows, and -if the Gov’ment would appoint Ote Shackelford Injun agent, -the Oregon trail would soon be as safe as Broadway. But -for’ard, Tecumseh, slowly, slowly, horse.”</p> - -<p>The faithful steed now walked cautiously toward a knoll -well defined against the darkening horizon, and when the summit -had almost been gained, a word from his master caused -him to pause.</p> - -<p>“I’ll be back presently, horse,” he said, in low tones, as he -dismounted and crept forward.</p> - -<p>His ears were saluted by coarse but not unpleasant music, -as he executed the movement, and he knew that it emanated -from a hand-organ not far from the opposite foot of the knoll, -and between him and the Nebraska or Platte. The night was -still, and the stars were beginning to appear in the boundless -firmament above the treeless river. A light breeze blew from -the water, and wafted the strains toward the northern lodges -of the Pawnees, between which and the river they had encountered -the frontiersman.</p> - -<p>Frontier Shack reached the summit of the hillock, and -peered over toward the stream.</p> - -<p>“Well, this beats any thing <em>I’ve</em> seen since I’ve been in the -West!” he ejaculated, a moment later. “That’s what I call -pursuin’ music under difficulties. That young chap handles -the crank well, but he’s almost played out, and his friend -can’t dance much longer. Dash me if I didn’t get here in -the nick of time; there’s goin’ to be some new tunes played -now—new tunes, by Joshua!”</p> - -<p>A moment later the scout rose and walked back to his untethered -and impatient horse, and while he is examining the -priming of his weapons, let us introduce the reader to the -scene near the base of the hillock.</p> - -<p>Seated about a fire lately kindled, more for light than heat, -for the air was not uncomfortable, though sharp, were perhaps -fifteen Indians—Pawnee Loups. Their arms lay at their -sides, and proclaimed that they were not dreaming of the -presence of an enemy. Fresh scalps dangled from the belts -of the younger warriors, and a close observer would have detected -blood on their hatchets and bows.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_12">[12]</span></p> - -<p>The scalps, the blood and their prisoners told, in silent but -unmistakable language, the fate of an emigrant train.</p> - -<p>The marauders’ captives were two youths, neither beyond -seventeen, fair-skinned and handsome, and bore a striking resemblance -to one another.</p> - -<p>Their garments were of the latest cut in the States, but -quite serviceable for the wilds of the West. They also proclaimed -that they were not the sons of ordinary emigrants, -who, unable to thrive among the populous lands of the East, -were seeking homes, Boone-like, beyond the verge of civilization. -Their faces betokened intelligence, and a bravery suited -to the land and times they were in.</p> - -<p>One stood near the fire, turning, with a strange desperation, -the crank of a new hand-organ, such as the beggarly sons of -Italy grind on the streets of our metropolis to-day. Long -playing had almost exhausted him, his cheeks were flushed -with fever, his breathing came by gasps, and great blue veins -stood forth on his hands and forehead like whip-cords. He -partially leaned against the organ for support, and his eyes -were upturned to a great red star that seemed to pity him -from the heavens. His companion was dancing for dear life -near by, ready to sink to the ground, and die beneath the -reeking tomahawks of the savages, who grinned and congratulated -each other on the tortures they were inflicting on -the American boys.</p> - -<p>The youths were playing and dancing for dear life. -Whenever one relinquished the accursed crank for a moment, -to catch his breath, the leader of the band, a gaunt savage, -would start forward with drawn tomahawk, and eyes glaring -with the most brutal of murders. The other was not allowed -to pause in his forced dance, and more than once the -Indian above-mentioned had thrown new but transitory life -into his tired limbs.</p> - -<p>“They will have to tomahawk me ere long,” at last -groaned the youth at the organ. “Nature is almost exhausted; -my arm feels like a bar of lead, and my blood is on fire. Oh! -heaven, why did I allow my adventurous spirit to lead me -into the jaws of death? The sweetest of all homes had I, -the best of fathers, sisters—and a mother—in heaven! Yes, -mother! mother! I have journeyed here to meet thee.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_13">[13]</span> -I can hold out no longer—there! God help me -now!”</p> - -<p>With the last words he pushed the instrument from him, -and staggered back with a groan of despair.</p> - -<p>The Indians leaped to their feet, and, with a wild yell, -the gaunt taskmaster bounded forward with upraised tomahawk.</p> - -<p>The youth could not resist; he sunk to the ground and -looked calmly at his would-be slayer. But a form threw itself -between him and the Indian. It was the form of his -young companion.</p> - -<p>“Charley, we’ll die together,” said the youngest boy, -through compressed lips. “They shan’t kill you, and leave -me. I persuaded you to undertake this death-journey—”</p> - -<p>“No, no, George. The blame is mine! Heaven! the -fiend is upon us.”</p> - -<p>The boys saw the fiendish face and gory tomahawk of the -Pawnee above them, and George threw himself upon the -prostrate body of his friend.</p> - -<p>The savage shot an expressive “ugh” from his lips, and -stooped to tear the twain apart, for it was evident that one -was to be spared, when the sharp crack of a rifle rung out -on the cool night air, and the Pawnee staggered from his victims -with a death-cry.</p> - -<p>The shot started the Indians into fiery life, and, quickly -following the report, a wild yell saluted their ears.</p> - -<p>“Scatter ’em, Tecumseh!” cried the hoarse voice of a man. -“We’ll give the Pawnee dogs thunder to-night. Cl’ar the -way, ye red devils! I’m right among ye—Frontier Shack!—and -ye’ve see’d me afore.”</p> - -<p>Down the hill, like a dusky thunderbolt, came the speaker. -He stood erect in the stirrups, a revolver in either hand, the -reins lying across Tecumseh’s neck. He looked like a demon -of destruction in the light of the fire, and he added new -and terrible life to the scene on the banks of the Platte.</p> - -<p>“Trample the dogs down, horse!” he yelled, and as he -reached the foot of the hill, bang, bang, bang, went the chambers -of his deadly weapons.</p> - -<p>Not a bullet was thrown away; with each report an Indian -fell backward, and before the white, death-dealing<span class="pagenum" id="Page_14">[14]</span> -whirlwind they scattered and fled, every man for himself, toward -the river.</p> - -<p>The horse was in his glory; he overtook several of the -red fugitives, and knocked two beneath his iron-shod feet, -never to rise again.</p> - -<p>Bang! bang! and two more dropped dead at the water’s -edge; another shot, the last, and the Nebraska was crimsoned -with the blood of a third.</p> - -<p>“We’ve roasted ’em, Tecumseh,” said the hunter, as the -steed paused in the water to slake his burning thirst. “They -can’t stand afore ye, horse, they can’t do it, by Joshua! Now -we’ll go back and look for the boys.”</p> - -<p>A moment later Frontier Shack was galloping back to the -fire.</p> - -<p>He found Charley Shafer on his knees, supported by his -stronger friend, George Long.</p> - -<p>Frontier Shack dismounted and knelt before the twain.</p> - -<p>“As weak as kittens, almost,” he said, in a kindly tone; -“and dash me, if I didn’t reach these diggin’s in the nick o’ -time. Them devils might hev’ known that ye couldn’t play -and dance forever; but ye’ll live to pay ’em back!”</p> - -<p>“I hope so, sir,” said George, his eyes lighting up with -vengeance. “Don’t you want to pay the dogs back, -Charley?”</p> - -<p>“Yes,” was the feeble answer. “Every dog has his day, -George.”</p> - -<p>“How came ye hare?” suddenly broke in the frontiersman. -“Ye came out with a train, I suppose.”</p> - -<p>“Yes; we were attacked this day about noon. It was a -terrible massacre.”</p> - -<p>“Who led the Pawnees?—for Pawnees, of course, the red -dogs were.”</p> - -<p>“A white man—the ‘Dandy Demon of the Plains,’ I -should call him.”</p> - -<p>Frontier Shack gritted his teeth.</p> - -<p>“We’ll talk about that scoundrel—Tom Kyle—some other -time,” he said. “How many escaped the butchery?”</p> - -<p>“Three persons, besides ourselves. They were Mr. Denison, -Government agent, his daughter Mabel, and his niece, -Miss Aiken. After the massacre the band divided; the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_15">[15]</span> -larger portion went northward with the three; we fell to the -lot of the minority.”</p> - -<p>“Where did that organ come from?”</p> - -<p>“An Italian was crossing the plains with the emigrants, to -try his fortune in the land of gold.”</p> - -<p>“And he’s found it afore he got there,” said the hunter, -with a strange smile. “He’d hev’ done better on Broadway, -I think. But, my boys, ye weren’t emigrants; yer -clothes—”</p> - -<p>He paused suddenly, ashamed to proceed.</p> - -<p>“No, we were not emigrants,” answered George Long, -glancing at his companion with a smile, which was followed -by a mortifying blush.</p> - -<p>“We are runaways; our parents live in Cincinnati, Ohio, -and are well to do in the world.”</p> - -<p>“Then, why did you leave home and seek this death-land?” -asked Shackelford, the stern part of his nature getting -uppermost.</p> - -<p>“I will tell you the truth,” said George, looking him -squarely in the eyes. “We came hither to shoot white -buffaloes.”</p> - -<p>For a moment the old hunter stared blankly into the -youthful faces before him, then he rose to his feet and gave -a long whistle of profound wonder and astonishment.</p> - -<p>The boys watched him anxiously.</p> - -<p>For several minutes he look vacantly toward the south, -and then a ludicrous smile overspread his countenance.</p> - -<p>“Who told you about white buffaloes?” he asked, stooping -again.</p> - -<p>“No one, sir. We read about them in Gregg’s ‘<cite>Commerce -of the Prairies</cite>.’”</p> - -<p>“And you believed it?”</p> - -<p>“Why—yes!”</p> - -<p>Another long whistle which ended in a laugh.</p> - -<p>“I’ve heard of wild-goose chases afore,” said the hunter; -“but this beats all of ’em. White buffler! Thet Gregg’s -ahead o’ me, and I’ve seen the plains and prairies from the -Platte to the Santa Fe. And I’ve seen buffler, too, boys; -but nary a white one. We’ve got white horses, white foxes, -and the like out here;” but, a short pause, “Gregg <em>may</em> be -right. I don’t call any man a liar till he is proven one.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_16">[16]</span></p> - -<p>The young hunters took courage at this last remark.</p> - -<p>“I wish you boys war at home in Ohio,” said the frontiersman; -“but ye’re here, and I’m goin’ to take care of ye. -We’ll strike Fort Laramie one o’ these days, and then home -ye go! But, we’re in the jaws of death yet, and mebbe two -more Ohio scalps and one Maryland one, may hang at the -Loup’s belt afore the week’s out. We’ll go now; Tecumseh -can carry three, I reckon.”</p> - -<p>“But hold,” cried Charley Shafer. “What will become -of those girls—they’re in a demon’s clutches.”</p> - -<p>“Yer right, boy,” said the scout of the Platte; “but I -guess we’ll let ’em be.”</p> - -<p>“No, no!” cried both boys in a single breath. “They -shall not be his.”</p> - -<p>Frontier Shack smiled:</p> - -<p>“Boys, yer the true grit!” he cried, “jest the chaps to -hunt white bufflers. The girls shan’t be Tom Kyle’s long. -He can muster three thousand red wolves. We’ll face him—the -terror of the Plains—and we’ll free his prisoners, or—”</p> - -<p>“Die in the attempt!”</p> - -<p>The old hunter caught the spirit that animated the breasts -of the youths.</p> - -<p>“Yes! yes! I’m growin’ tired of this life,” he said, “and -I might as well die fighting the White Pawnee as trappin’ -beaver.”</p> - -<p>The next moment he spoke to Tecumseh, and, despite the -load he carried, the noble horse dashed away like an antelope.</p> - -<p>“I’ll crease two splendid horses for ye, boys,” he said, -“and then, for Tom Kyle’s pris’ners and—white bufflers!”</p> - -<p>The last words were clothed in irony, and they set the -two boys to thinking anxiously.</p> - -<p>They had chased an <i lang="la" xml:lang="la">ignis fatuus</i> over twelve hundred -miles of territory—to die, perhaps, at the Pawnee stake.</p> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_17">[17]</span></p> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_II"><span class="gesperrt">CHAPTER II</span>.<br /> -<span class="fs70">THE GOLD GIRL.</span></h2> -</div> - -<p><span class="smcap">While</span> the thrilling scenes recorded above were transpiring -on the banks of the Platte, the fate of two beautiful girls -was being decided not many miles away.</p> - -<p>To this scene we turn, for it is time that one of the most -prominent actors in our wild western drama should appear -in the mad, relentless role he has to play.</p> - -<p>The somber shades of evening were prevailing when two -score and six horsemen entered the great village of the Pawnee -Loups, situated on the head-waters of the Loup fork of -Platte. The hardy mustangs gave forth evidences of fatigue, -their flanks reeked with sweat, and several seemed on the -eve of dropping to the earth from utter exhaustion.</p> - -<p>The mustangs’ riders, with four exceptions, were Indians, -great stalwart fellows, naked to the waist, and painted for -the murderous foray.</p> - -<p>Their leader—let me describe their leader.</p> - -<p>He was a white man, whose tanned countenance denoted -a roving, restless life. His face was faultless to the minutest -particular; his eyes were dark and piercing, like the eagle’s, -and an ocean of long raven locks fell ever his rich crimson -serape. His head was crowned by a black sombrero, whose -snow-white plume swept his silken hair, while his waist was -encircled by a crimson scarf, worked with mythological designs -in gold thread. His fingers, as white and delicately -shaped as a woman’s, glittered with gems, set in hoops of -gold—jewels, which were, no doubt, the fruits of a raid upon -some rich New Mexican hacienda. The ornamented butts -of two revolvers showed themselves above the scarf, and at -his side hung a short Spanish sword, whose metallic scabbard, -carved with quaint designs, among them the Departure -of Boabdil, proclaimed it a relic of early Spanish days.</p> - -<p>To complete the fantastic costume of the Pawnees’ king</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_18">[18]</span></p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> - <div class="stanza"> - <div class="verse indentq">“Spanish spurs, with bells of steel,</div> - <div class="verse indent0">Dashed and jingled at his heel!”</div> - </div> -</div> -</div> - -<p>He possessed the air and bearing of one born to command; -he could have brought subordination from the most -mutinous of Cossack bands, with the flashings of his eyes; -he was, to sum up all in a nutshell, “half angel and half -Lucifer.”</p> - -<p>Such a man, reader, once held the mighty Pawnee nation -under his thumb; they could go and come but at his bidding, -he could inaugurate a massacre with a word, and save -a captive with the same. He was still young, and an American, -bred and born.</p> - -<p>He seemed proud of his authority as he galloped at the -head of his braves into the Indian village, and when he drew -rein in the square, if “square” the plot of ground that held -the council-house can be called, he raised his symmetrical body -in the stirrups, and flashed his eyes over the concourse of -noisy people below.</p> - -<p>“Conduct the pale-faces to Kenoagla’s lodge!” he cried, -suddenly turning to his followers who sat immobile on the -backs of their exhausted steeds. “The River Wolf and his -braves will guard them till I come.”</p> - -<p>At these commands five Indians left their places, and three -steeds were led from the band.</p> - -<p>To one of these horses a handsome middle-aged white -man was bound, while the other blankets, for the only saddle -belonging to the marauders crowned the Pale Pawnee’s -“buck-skin,” were occupied by two young girls, whose pale, -tearful, fearful faces were exceedingly beautiful, and whose -garments indicated wealth, but now, how strangely out of -place!</p> - -<p>“I demand, sir, our release for the last time,” said the gentleman, -looking into the dandy demon’s face, as he was led -past by a Pawnee. “The Government will not brook such -an insult to one of her agents.”</p> - -<p>A contemptuous smile curved the white king’s lips, and that -smile grew broader when he glanced at the girls, just before -his mustache-crowned lips parted in speech.</p> - -<p>“<em>I</em> am a <em>king</em> sir!” he answered, proudly flashing the light -of his dark eyes upon the captive gentleman. “A free king,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_19">[19]</span> -sir, at that. I rule this country, as far as your eyes can reach, -when the sun has reached the meridian. You see my capital, -my subjects, my thunderbolts. Here, in my stronghold, -or out on the plains, at the head of my red-boys, I defy the -Government that sent you hither. I am an American! I am -proud of the name; but I am a king, also. Lead on, Wolf. -I will talk to Uncle Sam’s agent at some future time.”</p> - -<p>“As sure as my name’s Frank Denison, you shall rue this -indignity,” hissed the agent, through clenched teeth. “My -Government will not submit to the hellish deeds of an Apache, -the brutality—”</p> - -<p>“Father, do not imitate the fiend!” interrupted the silvery -voice of Mabel Denison. “Fiery words may send the bullet -to your brain. We can curse in secret, and it will avail as -much as anathemas poured upon his head in thunder tones.”</p> - -<p>Frank Denison became silent; but he grated his teeth, and -bit his pale lips as he moved on from the renegade’s -sight.</p> - -<p>Kenoagla did not catch all the young girl’s words; but the -appellation bestowed upon him, in her first sentence, fell indistinctly -upon his ears, and he flashed a fearful scowl upon -her.</p> - -<p>“My young lady, you’ll rue that, some of these fine days,” -he murmured. “You are completely in <em>my</em> power, and all -the gold in the United States Treasury could not ransom you -therefrom. And your father—if he gets an opportunity to -tell the Government about Tom Kyle, then I’ll give my clothes -to Red Eagle, and transform myself into a squaw!”</p> - -<p>His white teeth met behind the last word, and the next moment -he turned to a young chief that sat near.</p> - -<p>“Ready, Red Eagle?”</p> - -<p>The Pawnee nodded.</p> - -<p>Then the renegade faced his band, and the next moment -every steed was riderless.</p> - -<p>He, however, retained his perch, and made up to Red Eagle, -who was standing on the ground beside his white mustang.</p> - -<p>“Up.”</p> - -<p>Red Eagle vaulted nimbly to his old perch.</p> - -<p>“Follow!”</p> - -<p>The renegade touched the flanks of his “buck-skin” with<span class="pagenum" id="Page_20">[20]</span> -the heavy silver spurs, and through the Pawnee village the -twain galloped, toward the river.</p> - -<p>Not a word was spoken by either until they drew rein on -the bank of the western stream. Then the Pale Pawnee spoke -a single word, and they leaped to the ground.</p> - -<p>The night had fairly thrown her vail about the face of nature -now, and the clear water glittered beautifully beneath -the stars, as it pushed its way, with more than one sweet murmur, -to the broad bosom of the Platte.</p> - -<p>“Now we will settle about the captives,” said the renegade, -as they threw themselves upon the rich grass that thrived -to the very edge of the water. “I speak truly, chief, when I -say that I don’t care which falls to my lot. If you have a -preference, speak it, and you shall have my hand on my satisfaction.”</p> - -<p>“The pale flowers are beautiful,” answered the Indian, -quickly, and with a dash of admiration. “The eyes of one -are as blue as the Manitou’s carpet, and her hair shines like the -stones which the pale-faces seek for toward the setting sun. -Her sister’s eyes are like the night; her hair as black as the -crow’s wing. Red Eagle could live with either; but he and -the Pale Pawnee will play for them.”</p> - -<p>“I am satisfied. Go, get your sticks, chief, and let me -guess as soon as possible.”</p> - -<p>His tones proclaimed much impatience, and he watched the -Indian move up the stream in the demi-gloom.</p> - -<p>“Playing guess for a wife!” he ejaculated with a smile, -when Red Eagle had passed beyond hearing distance. “I’ve -got to humor that accursed red-skin, too. He’s becoming uncommon -popular—too popular for me! I have more foes in -this village than I ever had, and I find it pretty difficult to -rule them. If that chap was out of my way! He’s doing -all the mischief, and doing it so infernal slyly, too. He’s the -best dissimulator this side the Rockies, and I can’t circumvent -him. I know I stand over the crater of a volcano, and the -fire that burns under my feet is his heart—his accursed scheming -heart.”</p> - -<p>“Who Pale Pawnee talking to?”</p> - -<p>Tom Kyle started, and almost sprung to his feet.</p> - -<p>The chief stood before him, his left hand gently clenched.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_21">[21]</span></p> - -<p>“Red Eagle could find no sticks,” he said, smiling at the -renegade’s surprise. “But he has found a black stone and a -yellow one. The black stone is the flower with midnight -hair; the yellow stone is her sister.”</p> - -<p>Then Red Eagle suddenly whirled and dexterously changed -the pebbles, while his face was turned from his white companion.</p> - -<p>“Now!” he cried, facing Kyle again. “Each of -Eagle’s hands holds a stone. Let the Pale Pawnee touch one. -If he touches the hand that holds the yellow stone, the fairest -skinned is his, the black-haired one Red Eagle’s.”</p> - -<p>The great red hands were outstretched toward the renegade, -side by side, and the guesser stood before them, a statue -of indecision.</p> - -<p>He had a preference—his face told his red companion -that—and he did not want to guess the girl he desired into -Red Eagle’s hands. He inspected the fists a long time before -he raised his hand, and then he held his finger over the chief’s -right member, unwilling to see it descend.</p> - -<p>All at once he threw a slight glance upward through his -long black lashes.</p> - -<p>The Indian’s eyes were riveted upon his finger, and a strange -smile, which the renegade deemed one of triumph, toyed with -his handsome lips.</p> - -<p>“I’ll catch him!” mentally ejaculated the renegade, dropping -his eyes to his hand again. “I’ll cheat him out of the -blonde, yet.”</p> - -<p>The next moment his finger took a great leap, and alighted -on Red Eagle’s <em>left</em> hand.</p> - -<p>The Indian laughed triumphantly, and opened his hand.</p> - -<p>The black stone glittered in the red palm.</p> - -<p>The Pale Pawnee could not repress a cry of rage and disappointment.</p> - -<p>“Kenoagla wanted the Gold Girl,” said Red Eagle, calmly; -“but she has fallen to the lot of the Pawnee. She shall build -his fires and warm his couch when the snow comes.”</p> - -<p>Tom Kyle bit his nether lip till the blood dyed his -chin.</p> - -<p>“Would not Red Eagle have been content with the dark -flower?”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_22">[22]</span></p> - -<p>“Yes.”</p> - -<p>“I will give him the dark flower, then, for the gold -one.”</p> - -<p>The Indian drew back.</p> - -<p>“No, no!”</p> - -<p>“I’ll throw this serape into the bargain. You have coveted -it for five years.”</p> - -<p>“Red Eagle won’t sell the Gold Girl.”</p> - -<p>“Not for the darker flower, my serape and sword?”</p> - -<p>“<em>No!</em>”</p> - -<p>“Then he shall keep her! The Pale Pawnee will love his -captive, and he hopes that the gold flower will thrive in Red -Eagle’s lodge.”</p> - -<p>With the last word, he put forth his hand, and in the soft -starlight the palms of red and white met.</p> - -<p>It was the grip of a Cæsar and his Brutus—the silent -pledge, beneath friendship’s cloak, of hatred and treason bitter -and intense.</p> - -<p>“The fate of the pale flower is settled now—settled forever, -chief. One is mine, the other yours. <em>I’ll</em> settle the insulting -agent’s doom hereafter.”</p> - -<p>A few moments later the arbiters of others’ fates remounted -their steeds and rode toward the Pawnee lodges.</p> - -<p>They did not cast their eyes behind as they galloped from -the river, therefore they did not see the figure which suddenly -appeared on the scene, and stood between them and the silver -of the starlit waves.</p> - -<p>“The Gold Girl is his,” said a woman’s voice, stern with -terrible sarcasm and determination. “Winnesaw thought she -was his. But who is this Gold Girl? Where did she come -from, and where is her father’s lodge? Ha! Kenoagla has -returned from the war-path; his band has struck the pale-faces -who travel along the big river to the land of yellow -stones. He found two girls there—dark and gold. They -played for them here to-night. Kenoagla wanted the Gold -Girl, but he got the dark one. But he shall have the Gold -Girl—at least Red Eagle shall never see her asleep, like the -fawn, on his couch. Winnesaw is Red Eagle’s—the Gold Girl -is not.”</p> - -<p>The slender and beautiful Pawnee girl grew into a very<span class="pagenum" id="Page_23">[23]</span> -Pythoness as, with clenched hands and gritted teeth, she stood -on the spot which the secret enemies had just vacated.</p> - -<p>Several moments of silence followed her last word, when -she suddenly tore herself from the river-bank, and darted toward -the village, hidden by the darkness.</p> - -<p>“The Gold Girl—the Gold Girl!” she repeated, in an audible -tone, as she bounded over the ground. “Winnesaw is -going to see the Gold Girl, whom Red Eagle won to-night.”</p> - -<p>Poor, unloved Winnesaw!</p> - -<p>She never dreamed what would follow her meeting with -Lina Aiken, the “Gold Girl.”</p> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_III"><span class="gesperrt">CHAPTER III</span>.<br /> -<span class="fs70">THE VENGEANCE-HUNTER.</span></h2> -</div> - -<p><span class="smcap">The</span> occupants of the Pale Pawnee’s lodge awaited, with -fear, anxiety and impatience, his return. They had witnessed -his departure with Red Eagle, and they felt that something -terrible was about to transpire.</p> - -<p>Mr. Denison now knew that the renegade defied the American -Government, and he believed that it was Kenoagla’s intention -to make short work of him. He had heard of the -cruelties of the Pawnees; their treatment of the emigrant -trains had reached the ears of the authorities at Washington, -and measures were being adopted to chastise the red marauders -and protect the trains. But the Government was snail-like -in its operations; and while it hesitated, while other -measures not so important as the lives of our emigrants retarded -the humane step, the Pawnee tomahawk was reeking -with blood on the banks of the Platte.</p> - -<p>The Indians would submit when the iron hand of the Great -Father at Washington closed on them; but they would massacre -so long as the blue-coats kept out of sight. Train after -train was halted by the savage whoop; and the poor emigrants -were suddenly called upon to sell their scalps at the price of -blood. Seldom mercy was shown, but now and then some<span class="pagenum" id="Page_24">[24]</span> -lovely girl was spared and carried to a dreadful captivity, in -the lair of the Pawnee or the giant Sioux.</p> - -<p>The train in which Mr. Denison and the dear ones under -his charge had taken passage, was attacked near the banks of -the Platte, ten miles below the mouth of the Loup Fork. The -force that bore down upon the caravan was overwhelming—it -could not be resisted. The train was feeble in point of -numbers—too feeble, in fact, to cross the plains; but the men -fought bravely for themselves and families. But their bravery -availed them naught, for the Indians were armed with Government -rifles and revolvers, which they could handle with -deadly effect.</p> - -<p>Finally the defenders surrendered. Kenoagla—Tom Kyle—had -promised quarter, but he broke his word. He did not -attempt to restrain his red fiends; but he saved the lives of -the Government agent and his charges, while an inferior chief -belonging to a Pawnee village situated many miles toward the -head of the Platte, succeeded in rescuing the brace of white -buffalo-hunters from the vengeance of the tomahawk.</p> - -<p>After the massacre the bands separated.</p> - -<p>“Father, some dark work is brewing. The white Ogre of -these beautiful plains and his red ally are plotting mischief -somewhere beneath the stars. I fear your words have irritated -him to a fearful degree. I heard him grit his teeth -when I rode by. I do not fear for myself—no, no; but for -you, father, for you!”</p> - -<p>It was Mabel Denison who spoke, and in the darkness that -reigned throughout Tom Kyle’s lodge, the fearful girl crept -nearer her parent, and threw her arms about his neck.</p> - -<p>“I have not thought once of myself, Mabel,” he answered, -searching for the pale cheeks, which his lips found, as he -spoke her name. “I have been thinking about you and Lina, -there. He has saved you for a purpose—he and his red ally.”</p> - -<p>“But he shall not carry out his purpose!” returned Mabel, -fiercely. “I am not to be this Ogre’s wife; sooner than bear -such relation to him I would fly, if I could, to the brazen -doors of perdition and knock for admission there!”</p> - -<p>“My fair lady will need wings ere long, then.”</p> - -<p>The trio turned at the sound of the voice, and saw a dark -form between them and the stars.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_25">[25]</span></p> - -<p>Though the face of their visitor could not be seen, the -great feather that fell gracefully over his head, and the glitter -of silver ornaments on the shoulders of his serape, told them -who he was. He had parted the skins without noise, and no -doubt had listened to much of the conversation which had -lately passed between his prisoners.</p> - -<p>Mabel Denison uttered a light cry as she beheld the renegade; -but her father gritted his teeth in silence.</p> - -<p>“I say you’ll need wings ere long, Miss Denison, if you -intend carrying out your resolve,” continued Tom Kyle, and a -light chuckle followed his last word. “Your father spoke -truly when he said that I spared you girls for a purpose. -And I will inform him just now that he, too, has been spared -for a purpose, differing widely from the one for which his -child has been spared.”</p> - -<p>He paused as if expecting Mr. Denison to speak; but, as -no word fell from the agent’s lips, he continued:</p> - -<p>“Ladies, I must separate you.”</p> - -<p>“No! no!” and Mabel threw herself upon her golden-haired -cousin. “If we are to remain your captives, let us, -at least, enjoy, if we can, our captivity together. Do not -tear us apart; if you still retain a spark of respect for womanly -affection, you will change your resolution.”</p> - -<p>“I am not the sole arbiter of your fates,” the renegade replied. -“I have been compelled to divide the spoils of our -last excursion. Mabel Denison, you are mine; your cousin -belongs to Red Eagle.”</p> - -<p>A trembling cry parted Lina Aiken’s lips, and she sunk -senseless into Mabel’s lap.</p> - -<p>“Sir, you are blighting the purest, the sweetest of lives!” -cried the agent’s daughter, forgetting the passions of the -man who confronted her. “Sir renegade, let me tell you, -now, that I am not yours. I loathe you, as I loathe the -scaly folds of the serpent, and—”</p> - -<p>“Girl,” and the word sounded like ice-drops falling on -red-hot iron, “I beg of you to desist. I am passionate—a -word makes me a devil!”</p> - -<p>“No, no! you have ever been such.”</p> - -<p>The Spanish sword leaped from the gilded scabbard, and -Tom Kyle sprung forward with an oath.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_26">[26]</span></p> - -<p>“Girl, curse you! I can find a wife in the next train, or -the Gold Girl—”</p> - -<p>His vengeful sentence was broken by the entrance of an -Indian, and the renegade found himself hurled to the furthest -part of the lodge.</p> - -<p>“Kenoagla would kill Gold Girl!” cried the new-comer, -snatching Lina Aiken from Mabel’s embrace. “Gold Girl -belong to Red Eagle. Kenoagla die if he touches her!”</p> - -<p>“Leave me Lina, Red Eagle,” cried Mabel, springing to -her feet, to be met by the broad palm of the Pawnee chief.</p> - -<p>“No, no, Gold Girl Red Eagle’s; dark girl Kenoagla’s. -The sisters meet often in Pawnee lodges. Gold Girl must go -to chief’s wigwam; she still sleeps.”</p> - -<p>With a painful groan Mabel Denison sunk back and -dropped into her father’s arms.</p> - -<p>At this juncture the renegade regained his feet, and came -forward, gritting his teeth with rage.</p> - -<p>“Who, in the name of the furies—”</p> - -<p>He paused suddenly when he found himself face to face -with Red Eagle.</p> - -<p>“Kenoagla let the storm rise in his heart. He sought Gold -Girl’s blood; but Red Eagle came, and he pushed Kenoagla.”</p> - -<p>“I didn’t seek the Gold Girl; the dark one made me mad.”</p> - -<p>“Then Red Eagle did wrong!”</p> - -<p>“No, no, chief. I am glad you pushed me. I wouldn’t -kill that girl for the world now. All the venom she can fling -can irritate me no more. But I’m going to show her, in more -senses than one, that she is mine! mine! mine!”</p> - -<p>He bent forward as he hissed the last words, and Mabel -Denison felt his hot breath scorch her pale cheek.</p> - -<p>“Red Eagle, and his Gold Girl go now,” said the Pawnee, -breaking the silence that followed.</p> - -<p>“Yes, go.”</p> - -<p>The next instant the Indian turned on his heel, and hurried -away with the unconscious Gold Girl in his arms.</p> - -<p>“I’m not going to disturb you with my presence longer to-night,” -said Tom Kyle, addressing his captives. “But I -would bid you, before I go, to prepare for another separation. -Mr. Denison, you leave the Pawnee village to-morrow.”</p> - -<p>The agent and his child were silent.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_27">[27]</span></p> - -<p>“Did you ever read the story of Mazeppa?” the renegade -asked, after a long silence.</p> - -<p>A low “My God, Mabel,” told the villain that that famous -ride was not unknown to his captive.</p> - -<p>“So you have heard of that ride,” chuckled Tom Kyle. -“Well, Mr. Denison, to be brief, we’re going to make a Mazeppa -out of you to-morrow. I’ll have some of my fellows -to lasso or crease a wild horse, and perhaps the beast may -bear you to Washington, where you can lay your wrongs before -the Government. So prepare for the ordeal, I say.”</p> - -<p>He stood a moment longer in the doorway, then turned abruptly -on his heel, with a fiendish laugh, and walked away.</p> - -<p>“I’m going to see what Red Eagle is doing with the Gold -Girl,” he murmured, walking toward the chief’s lodge. “By -heavens! she shall not belong to him. I had marked her for -my own long before the train surrendered, and Tom Kyle -can’t be balked by a red-skin. Let me get her in my clutches -once, and a buck-skin shall bear me to the Apaches. I’ve -been among them; they are ready to follow my white plume. -What a beautiful white queen the Gold Girl would make! -Red Eagle, she shan’t be yours long. I mean it, I swear it!”</p> - -<p>A certain light now attracted the renegade’s attention, and -his voice ceased altogether. He walked more cautiously than -ever, and at last knell behind a wigwam, the build and decorations -of which proclaimed it the habitation of a chief.</p> - -<p>He lay like a corpse on the ground, and his eyes, flashing -like fire, almost touched a crack, through which he was drinking -in the scenes that were transpiring in the lodge.</p> - -<p>Red Eagle bent over Lina Aiken, who lay upon a couch of -skins, pale and motionless.</p> - -<p>The red-man was watching her intently.</p> - -<p>“Gold Girl sleep long,” the Indian murmured, and a look -of fear sat enthroned upon his anxious face. “The Pale -Pawnee’s words chased her near the dark river. He wants -Gold Girl; he tried to cheat Red Eagle to-night, but she shall -never warm his couch. The Indians hate him; they would -give Red Eagle his plume, his serape, his sword; but Red -Eagle say, ‘not yet.’ But,” and a dark scowl overrode the -fearful expression, “let the Pale Pawnee touch Gold Girl and -he get this—this.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_28">[28]</span></p> - -<p>Significantly, as if addressing some one, the chief touched -the hilt of his knife, and the silvered butt of “Colt,” -then clenched his hands and gritted his teeth till they -cracked.</p> - -<p>The passions that bubbled and hissed in the spectator’s -heart cannot be described, and once he drew his revolver and -cocked it, and put it up again.</p> - -<p>“Curse you, Indian!” he hissed. “It’s diamond cut diamond -now; you won’t live ten days, I swear it, by my hopes -of eternal life! and the Pawnees shall be kingless before the -expiration of that time.”</p> - -<p>For several moments longer Red Eagle watched over his -beautiful captive, whose insensibility had created some alarm -in the breast of his arch-enemy, lying at the base of the -wigwam, watching and biding his time for revenge and success.</p> - -<p>“Red Eagle go bring Medicine,” suddenly cried the chief, -starting to his feet. “Gold Girl sleeps too long. Red Eagle -can’t wake her; Medicine can.”</p> - -<p>Then the Indian, after casting a long look upon the -marble form on the couch, walked from the lodge, and Tom -Kyle heard him bounding away toward the Pawnee doctor’s -wigwam with the fleetness of the deer.</p> - -<p>“Now I could rob him of his Gold Girl, and rob him effectually,” -ejaculated the renegade. “One blow could constitute -my revenge; but I would have to fly for my life, and -leave my captives here. No, I won’t do it. I will bide -another time; then, if I can’t wed her, I can strike.”</p> - -<p>Again he turned his eyes to the crack, but started from the -wigwam with a low ejaculation of surprise.</p> - -<p>The figure of a girl stood over Lina Aiken. It was Winnesaw. -The renegade recognized her in a moment, and he -almost cried aloud when his gaze dropped from her flashing -eyes to the slender-bladed knife that glittered in her right -hand.</p> - -<p>He saw, too, that the girl had just entered the lodge, and -that the beauty of Lina had riveted her, as it were, to the -ground.</p> - -<p>He gazed upon her, too horror-stricken to dissipate the -striking tableau!</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_29">[29]</span></p> - -<p>Suddenly the Indian girl stooped over her rival; the passionate -fire vanished from her dark eyes, like mists from a -morning sun, and the light of love and pity supplied its -place.</p> - -<p>Nearer and nearer the red face approached Lina Aiken, -and at last the lips of the strange twain met.</p> - -<p>“Poor Gold Girl!” the renegade heard Winnesaw murmur, -as she slowly raised her head. “Winnesaw came -here to kill; but the Gold Girl is too pretty for her -knife.”</p> - -<p>For an instant she knelt over Lina, admiring her unconscious -form; then the knife suddenly flew aloft again.</p> - -<p>Tom Kyle, the watcher, started, and held his breath.</p> - -<p>He saw the firm set lips of the Pawnee girl, by the light of -the fire in the center of the lodge; and he saw the glittering -blade descend like a bolt of lightning!</p> - -<p>It grazed the Gold Girl’s head and severed a shining tress, -which rolled from the fox-skin pillow.</p> - -<p>Winnesaw’s hand darted upon the severed lock, and the -next moment it was hidden away in her bosom.</p> - -<p>Then the Indian started to her feet, and Lina Aiken was -alone again.</p> - -<p>Slowly her eyes unclosed, and with a look of bewilderment -she rose to a sitting posture and gazed about the apartment.</p> - -<p>The sleep of insensibility had been broken, as it were, by -the rape of a lock.</p> - -<p>The watcher hailed her recovery with an exclamation of -joy, and, simultaneously with the return of Red Eagle, accompanied -by the Pawnee Medicine, he was brought to his -feet by a yell.</p> - -<p>“The Platte Pawnees have entered the village!” he exclaimed. -“What can it mean?”</p> - -<p>He bounded to the council square, and found a crowd of -red-skins swarming about several wild-looking men seated on -jaded steeds.</p> - -<p>In an instant his voice quieted the Bedlamic uproar.</p> - -<p>The new-comers sprung erect on the backs of their horses, -and in thundering tones told the story of Frontier Shack’s -victory on the banks of the Platte.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_30">[30]</span></p> - -<p>A thousand yells of vengeance followed the narration.</p> - -<p>“I must lead them,” muttered Tom Kyle. “That infernal -trapper has been too fresh of late; he hasn’t heeded my summons -an accursed bit!”</p> - -<p>Then he called for his horse: but a savage had anticipated -the command, and the renegade turned to find his steed at -his side.</p> - -<p>A few moments later two hundred Pawnees sat astride -their horses.</p> - -<p>At a motion from the renegade they sprung erect, uttered a -thrilling war-whoop, and then galloped from the village, -shouting like demons, standing like statues on the backs of -their steeds.</p> - -<p>The Pale Pawnee was ill at ease, and he bit his lips till they -bled, as he rode, like a fantastically-dressed circus performer, -at the head of his red band.</p> - -<p>He felt that his reign was drawing to a close, and he was -acting through policy now.</p> - -<p>“Curse that Indian!” he suddenly hissed, and, while the -words still quivered his lips, he heard his followers divide for -the purpose of allowing a horseman to gain the front.</p> - -<p>A moment later that horseman joined the renegade.</p> - -<p>It was Red Eagle.</p> - -<p>“Red Eagle help punish the island pale-face, too,” said the -chief. “We catch and burn, or tie to wild horse, the beaver-catcher -and the pale boys.”</p> - -<p>“Yes, yes, chief,” said Tom Kyle, but he added, under his -breath, “Mr. Red Eagle, you’ve seen the Gold Girl for the -last time; that is, if I can shoot straight enough to-morrow -night, and, for ten years, I haven’t missed a mark.”</p> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_31">[31]</span></p> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_IV"><span class="gesperrt">CHAPTER IV</span>.<br /> -<span class="fs70">CHARLEY SHAFER’S RIDE.</span></h2> -</div> - -<p>“<span class="smcap">Dash</span> me, boys, if we ain’t in sight of the old place already,” -cried Frontier Shack, abruptly terminating a silence -which had lasted for many minutes, during which time -Tecumseh had borne his riders rapidly from the scene of the -trapper’s victory. “Things look remarkably quiet about the -shanty, and I guess we’ll find everything in apple pie order—just -as I left ’em yesterday.”</p> - -<p>The horse knew that he was near the trapper’s home, for -he gave a shrill, joyous neigh, and sprung forward with new -zeal.</p> - -<p>Daylight now flooded the plains once more, every vestige of -darkness had disappeared, and the scene that stretched before -the young hunters’ vision filled their souls with rapture, and -caused them to forget that they were riding over dangerous -ground—that this fair land was still inhabited by the fierce -aborigine of America.</p> - -<p>They were on rising ground, and the beautiful valley of -the Platte lay at their very feet. The water shone like silver -in the strong light that preceded the rising of the sun, and -the islands that dotted the stream—the cotton-wooded islands—resembled -rich gems in a magnificent setting. Far -beyond the stream a black mass, imbued with life, moved -westward, like some giant cloud creeping along the horizon’s -bar.</p> - -<p>That living blackness was a herd of buffalo. The young -hunters had encountered the emperors of the plains before, -but not in such numbers; and they could not repress an exclamation -of wonderment when they gazed upon the mighty -bisonic legion.</p> - -<p>“Yes, them’s buffler,” said Shackelford, “and they’re all -brown fellars, too.”</p> - -<p>The boys exchanged looks and curious smiles.</p> - -<p>“So you think there are no white ones in that herd?”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_32">[32]</span></p> - -<p>The frontiersman laughed.</p> - -<p>“Nary a white one,” he said; “but look yonder—up-stream -I mean. D’ye see thet conical island?”</p> - -<p>“Yes.”</p> - -<p>“Well, I live there.”</p> - -<p>“I see no house.”</p> - -<p>“Ye’ll see it d’rectly. The cottonwoods hide it now.”</p> - -<p>“How long have you dwelt yonder?”</p> - -<p>“Nigh onto six years. I was with the ’Paches awhile, -but we hed a slight difficulty, so I came north, and squatted -on Pawnee territory. Tecumseh and I hev enjoyed life -splendidly here.”</p> - -<p>“Unmolested by the Indians?”</p> - -<p>“Well—no. If it hadn’t been fur thet Tom Kyle, I’d -hev been scalped long ago. The red greasers caught me -when I first squatted here; but thet white devil happened -to hev a streak of mercy on then, and he made ’em let me -go. Then he gave me liberty to trap on the Loup, and its -branches, so long as I behaved myself. But I haven’t done -thet of late. Tecumseh and Shack have helped more’n one -emigrant out of a scrape, and I’ve been looking for Tom -Kyle every day for two months. It’s human natur’ to help -a suffering fellar human; and I’ve killed nigh onto as many -Pawnees as beaver within the last thirty days. But the -safety jig is up now, I feel it in my bones. Tom Kyle -won’t keep off much longer, and he is a reg’lar thunderbolt, -he is, by Joshua!”</p> - -<p>By this time the river had been reached, and a small hut -was visible on the island, that lay in the center of the glittering -water.</p> - -<p>“Every thing’s snug,” said the trapper, when a great -mastiff bounded from the cottonwoods and waded a short -distance into the stream. “If any thing was wrong, ye -wouldn’t see Massasoit there.”</p> - -<p>The next moment the steed had plunged into the water, -which scarcely touched his flanks, and after a brief spell the -trio found themselves on the island.</p> - -<p>“This river beats all for quicksands,” said Shackelford; -“but Tecumseh understands ’em. If he’d hev stopped for -one moment the infernal sand would hev caught ’im, and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_33">[33]</span> -then good-by, Tecumseh. I shot a prowling Pawnee in this -river about four years ago, and the sand took him and his -horse down, down, and he never come up again, dash me! -if he did.”</p> - -<p>It was a relief to the white buffalo hunters to find themselves -under a roof once more. Everywhere they saw the -fruits of the trapper’s industry. <ins class="corr" id="tn33" title="Transcriber’s Note—“A large quantity of valuaable” changed to “A large quantity of valuable”.">A large quantity of valuable</ins> -pelts was stored away in the cabin, and the larder was -well stocked with meat, and firearms also abounded.</p> - -<p>The hut was divided into two apartments on the ground, -and a rough unfinished dormitory lay above. One of these -rooms served as Tecumseh’s stable on stormy nights, or when -horse-stealers infested the neighborhood; and then Frontier -Shack lay at the threshold, guarding the noble horse he -loved, while Massasoit slept in the hollow trunk of a tree just -beyond the cabin door.</p> - -<p>The sun scaled the horizon and added a myriad of new -beauties to the Platte, while the western trapper and his -new-found companions discussed the contents of the cabin’s -larder, with zest mingled with merriment.</p> - -<p>The frontiersman was in the midst of an exciting narration -of life in the Apache country, when a sharp bark from -Massasoit saluted the trio’s ears.</p> - -<p>Frontier Shack sprung to his feet and griped his rifle.</p> - -<p>“Wild horses!” he exclaimed, as handing the weapon to -Charley Shafer, he jerked the Spanish saddle from its pins, -beside the door.</p> - -<p>“Boys, select a rifle from the corner, and be quick about -it! Mebbe you can get good horses now, and God knows -we’ll need ’em when we go after the girls.”</p> - -<p>The next moment the youths were well armed, and Tecumseh -stood before the cabin equipped for a battle with his -wild brethren.</p> - -<p>“They’re coming up the river,” said the trapper as he -drew the boys to a place behind the saddle. “I believe it’s -the lost band.”</p> - -<p>“The lost band?”</p> - -<p>“Yes; the wild horses don’t belong to this latitude,” he -answered; “but, somehow or other, a gang hev been cavorting -around here for several months, and I b’lieve thet<span class="pagenum" id="Page_34">[34]</span> -they’re actually lost. I’ve tried to crease a black stallion -among ’em, fur several weeks; but they won’t let me get -within range. Now, p’raps—dash me! I’ll get Blackey -this time.”</p> - -<p>A word drove Tecumseh into the water, and amid the -thundering of the wild cavalcade, the bank was gained.</p> - -<p>“Something is chasing ’em!” said Frontier Shack, listening -to the noise of the unshod hoofs which momentarily -grew louder. “Mebbe it’s Pawnees, and they’ll cheat us out -of a horse if they can.”</p> - -<p>The thunder of the curbless steeds seemed to shake the -ground beneath Tecumseh’s feet, and it was with difficulty -that Shackelford could restrain his horse from rushing forward. -With arched neck, flashing eyes, and distended nostrils -the iron-gray stood on the river’s bank, trembling from -head to fetlocks with intense excitement.</p> - -<p>Nearer and nearer, though still unseen, came the wild -army, and it was evident that they would pass the base of the -rise that hid them from the trio’s vision.</p> - -<p>“Quiet, Tecumseh!” hoarsely commanded Frontier Shack.</p> - -<p>“What’s got into ye to-day? Ye’ve heard wild horses -afore. I creased ye once, and now, mebbe, yer thinking of -old times. Be still! I say! Now they’re passing the round -hill,” he said, addressing the boys, and the next moment, -cocking the rifle he carried, the trapper ordered his steed -forward.</p> - -<p>Tecumseh obeyed with a snort.</p> - -<p>The top of the rise was gained, and the magnificent sight -at his base burst upon the trio’s gaze.</p> - -<p>Three hundred wild horses, black, white, iron-gray, and -piebald, were sweeping along in the glory of majestic beauty -and strength. Uncurbed by bit, and unbled by spurs, each -looked like a monarch, as with head erect, and flecked with -foam, he rushed westward toward the land of the setting -sun.</p> - -<p>“There’s my horse!” cried the trapper, “there’s the black, -and on the edge of the band, too. I’ll crease him now. Be -ready with your rifle, George, for we must have two horses -to-day; and when I drop the black, poke the gun over my -shoulder.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_35">[35]</span></p> - -<p>Frontier Shack had creased more than one wild horse, and -for six years he had not fractured a single vertebra.</p> - -<p><em>Creasing</em> a wild horse consists in shooting him through the -upper crease of the neck, above the cervical vertebrae, when, -the ball cutting a principal nerve, he falls as suddenly as if -shot in the brain, and remains senseless for a few moments, -during which he is secured with a rope. He is easily tamed -after this, and the wound heals without leaving any physical -injury.</p> - -<p>For the first time the “lost band” was passing within rifle-shot -of the trapper, and with a countenance flushed with mingled -pride and triumph, he raised the rifle.</p> - -<p>His eyes were riveted upon the coal-black stallion; he -seemed to see, to think of nothing else, and the two youths -watched the doomed horse with an interest truly indescribable.</p> - -<p>All at once their ears were saluted with a sharp report—they -saw the black horse stop, shake like a storm-tossed reed -from head to foot, and then drop to the ground!</p> - -<p>“Dash me if I hevn’t dropped ’im at last!” cried Shackelford. -“No—no! I don’t want your rifle, George; the black -can carry double well enough. He’s as strong as a lion. Tecumseh!”</p> - -<p>As the iron-gray shot forward toward the prostrate horse, -the trapper unloosed the coil of rope that hung at the saddle-bow, -and presently he leaped to the ground beside his victim.</p> - -<p>“Now, Blackey!” he cried, in tones of triumph, but the -next moment a wild cry of horror followed.</p> - -<p>He had scarcely touched the ground when Tecumseh, finding -himself masterless, reared on his haunches, then bounded -forward with an unearthly snort.</p> - -<p>George Long dropped from his perch and fell at the trapper’s -feet, while Charley Shafer clung to the reins with the -grim tenacity of despair.</p> - -<p>The “lost band” was yet in sight, and Tecumseh seemed -to fly toward them on the pinions of the wind.</p> - -<p>He tried to unhorse his young rider; but the youth griped -the gray mane with his teeth and incircled the strong -neck with his arms. His hat and rifle had fallen to the -ground at the outset of his wild ride, and the horror-stricken<span class="pagenum" id="Page_36">[36]</span> -spectators knew that he did not possess a single weapon—not -even a knife.</p> - -<p>Tecumseh was beyond rifle-shot before the trapper recovered -from his fright, and George Long covered his face with -his hands to hide his young comrade’s doom from his -sight!</p> - -<p>“Curse that horse!” grated Frontier Shack, breaking the -unearthly silence. “He never had the devil in him afore like -he hes to-day. Them horses made ’im think what he was -once, and now he’s gone back to his old life.”</p> - -<p>“And Charley—poor Charley—is riding to his death.”</p> - -<p>Frontier Shack shook his head dolefully, as he gazed at the -horse and his despairing rider, now a dark speck in the distance.</p> - -<p>“I wouldn’t give that for the boy’s chances,” and he snapped -his fingers at his side. “If Tecumseh catches the lost -horses, may God help Charley then. God help him, anyhow!”</p> - -<p>George Long repeated the prayer away down among the -deepest and holiest shrines of his terror-frozen heart.</p> - -<p>The next moment the runaway and his victim disappeared!</p> - -<p>A snort from the black steed startled the couple, and with -ready rope the trapper sprung forward. But, before he could -secure his dearly-won prize, George Long touched his arm, -and uttered a wild shriek.</p> - -<p>“My God! Indians!”</p> - -<p>In an instant Frontier Shack was on his feet.</p> - -<p>His hurried look north-eastward showed him a line of dark -forms between him and the horizon.</p> - -<p>“Pawnees, by Joshua!”</p> - -<p>The savages were distinctly visible, and the rider of the -foremost horse could be easily recognized from the spot where -the couple stood.</p> - -<p>“Tom Kyle wants me,” said the Westerner, gritting his -teeth. “The upper Pawnees hev told ’im about the fracas -last night. We’re in for it now, and blood hes got to -flow!”</p> - -<p>He snatched the rifle which had fallen from the ill-fated -boy’s hands, and then sprung to the black horse.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_37">[37]</span></p> - -<p>“They shan’t have Blackey!” he ejaculated, striking the -animal’s rump with his open hand, and the next moment the -horse was flying over the plains, free once more, but marked -for life.</p> - -<p>“Now for the river, boy!”</p> - -<p>A wild yell broke from the Pawnees’ throats, as our friends -sprung toward the stream, and the red-skins were seen urging -their horses into a faster gait.</p> - -<p>But they could not overtake the trapper and his protege, -and at the brink of the river they halted, afraid to trust their -jaded steeds to the mercies of the ingulfing sands.</p> - -<p>“Poor Tecumseh!” sighed Frontier Shack, as he closed -the cabin door and barricaded it firmly. “I feel like one -who has lost his best friend. That horse was the only true -friend Ote Shackelford ever had, and if he gits out o’ this -scrape, he’s going to hunt Tecumseh till he finds him, dead or -alive!”</p> - -<p>George Long saw the trapper’s lips meet with terrible determination -behind the last word, and his mind was called -from the contemplation of Charley Shafer’s fate by the report -of a score of rifles and the thud of bullets, as they buried -themselves in the cottonwood logs.</p> - -<p>“Fort Shackelford is attacked,” said the trapper, with a -grim smile, “and the odds are somewhat enormous—two -hundred against two.”</p> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_V"><span class="gesperrt">CHAPTER V</span>.<br /> -<span class="fs70">RIFLE, FIRE AND LASSO.</span></h2> -</div> - -<p><span class="smcap">Several</span> minutes of silence followed the thud of the Pawnee -bullets.</p> - -<p>Then the voice of a white man came from the brink of the -stream.</p> - -<p>“Shackelford!”</p> - -<p>The trapper glanced knowingly at George Long, and ascended -to the uncouth dormitory. In the gable that looked<span class="pagenum" id="Page_38">[38]</span> -toward the besiegers a small window was situated, and to this -the frontiersman applied his face.</p> - -<p>“Well, what do you want, Kyle?”</p> - -<p>“Reports which reached my ears say that you slew eight -Pawnees last night. Is it true?”</p> - -<p>“I suppose it is,” was the reply, “though I counted but -seven.”</p> - -<p>“I fear that your deeds have sealed your doom.”</p> - -<p>“You don’t fear any such thing, Tom Kyle.”</p> - -<p>The renegade bit his lip, and said a few words to Red -Eagle, who sat on his horse near by.</p> - -<p>“Shackelford, our errand here can not be a mystery to -you,” he said, turning toward the cabin again.</p> - -<p>“It is not, Tom.”</p> - -<p>“The odds are against you!”</p> - -<p>“Decidedly so.”</p> - -<p>“Then you had best surrender without further bloodshed.”</p> - -<p>“What are your terms?”</p> - -<p>“I have left all to the Indians; but I will do all I can for -you.”</p> - -<p>“We won’t surrender.”</p> - -<p>“Consider, man.”</p> - -<p>“We won’t surrender.”</p> - -<p>“Shackelford—”</p> - -<p>“<em>We won’t surrender!</em> we’ll fight you and your cutthroats, -Tom Kyle, so help me God!”</p> - -<p>Then the renegade consigned the inmates of the cabin -to the depths of perdition, and turned to his followers -again.</p> - -<p>The trapper remained for a few moments at the gable -loop-hole, and then ducked his head and disappeared.</p> - -<p>“Did you hear everything, George?” he asked, as he struck -the ground before the youth.</p> - -<p>“Yes.”</p> - -<p>“Do you want to surrender?”</p> - -<p>“No!”</p> - -<p>The <ins class="corr" id="tn38" title="Transcriber’s Note—“young lips closed emphatically behind the monosylable” changed to “young lips closed emphatically behind the monosyllable”.">young lips closed emphatically behind the monosyllable</ins>, -and additional emphasis flashed from the young speaker’s -dark eyes.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_39">[39]</span></p> - -<p>“You’re a man, by Joshua!” exclaimed Frontier Shack, -grasping the boy’s hand. “We’ll fight the hounds to-day, -and when night comes we’ll do suthing else, probably.”</p> - -<p>After his failure in effecting a surrender, Tom Kyle moved -his forces further up-stream, and halted just beyond rifle-shot -of the cabin.</p> - -<p>He evidently did not care to trust himself within range of -Shackelford’s rifle, nor was Red Eagle loth to leave the spot -where they had first halted.</p> - -<p>From his dormitory Shackelford could note the movements -of his foes. He saw them lounging about carelessly, or -overhauling their ammunition-pouches, and cleaning their -weapons. He knew that they were preparing for the darkness, -that his island home would then be invested, and stormed -by the treacherous two hundred.</p> - -<p>“I half expected that the hounds would wait till night,” -he said, addressing the boy adventurer, who was engaged in -cleaning the chambers of a revolver. “Tom Kyle is not -going to attempt to reach the island so long as I can cover -his heart; but if they get to this grove to-night, they’ll hear -the biggest noise they ever heard.”</p> - -<p>The youth looked up, inquiringly.</p> - -<p>A minute later the trapper rose and unbarred the door. -Opening it boldly, he stepped out, and, in full view of the -savages, walked to a giant cottonwood which stood perhaps -fifty feet from the cabin.</p> - -<p>His movements, which, to say the least, were mysterious, -caused the Indians to suspend operations, and watch him.</p> - -<p>He walked around the cottonwood several times, not appearing -to notice the Indians, then suddenly hastened to the cabin -again.</p> - -<p>He smiled as he barricaded the door, and George Long -could not restrain his curiosity.</p> - -<p>“What do such movements mean?” he asked.</p> - -<p>“You’ll see to-night if they come to the island.”</p> - -<p>“They will come; I feel certain of that.”</p> - -<p>“Of course they will.”</p> - -<p>The day wore wearily on and as the shades of night -gathered about the scene, the Pawnee band seemed to gain -new life. Ammunition-pouches were carefully inspected, and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_40">[40]</span> -adjusted for the last time, and Tom Kyle was seen in the -midst of eight or ten sub-chiefs, holding, as it were, a pacific -council of war.</p> - -<p>When, at last, the council broke up, a young Pawnee, bearing -a white fabric on the point of his lance, ran down the -river.</p> - -<p>Opposite the center of the wooded cove, he hesitated.</p> - -<p>“Pale faces give up now?”</p> - -<p>“No!”</p> - -<p>The undaunted reply caused the brave to whirl on his heel -and dart back to his brethren.</p> - -<p>Then night, as if eager to witness appalling deeds, suddenly -swooped like a black eagle down upon the earth.</p> - -<p>“They’re swimming the river!” said Frontier Shack, from -the loop-hole in the gable. “They were afraid to trust their -horses among the sand. Now look out, boy, for they’ve -reached my island.”</p> - -<p>For the last time Shackelford descended from the gable, -and prepared for the attack.</p> - -<p>Large numbers of the attacking party had remained on the -river banks for the purpose of intercepting the white-faces’ -escape, should they be so fortunate as to leave the island -safely.</p> - -<p>The cabin was almost noiselessly surrounded; but the -cautious footsteps had been heard by Massasoit, and the faithful -animal would follow them around the limits of the hut, -with flashing eyes and bristling back.</p> - -<p>“I hate this suspense,” said George Long, looking up into -the trapper’s face. “I wish the ball would open.”</p> - -<p>“They’re hatching up something devilish. I know Tom -Kyle, and what he can’t think of, that Red Eagle can.”</p> - -<p>At this juncture Massasoit sprung to one corner of the hut -with a fierce growl.</p> - -<p>“The devils’ work has commenced,” said Shackelford, -calmly. “They’re burning us out!”</p> - -<p>Without another word he began to ascend to the eaves, -with the aid of the rough logs that formed the cabin. George -Long watched him by the fire, that cracked in the center of -the room.</p> - -<p>Presently he heard the report of a pistol, and the sound<span class="pagenum" id="Page_41">[41]</span> -of a heavy body falling on brushwood quickly followed.</p> - -<p>“One Pawnee won’t kindle any more fires,” said Frontier -Shack, descending. “First blood for Ote Shack. Next!”</p> - -<p>A wild yell drowned his last words, and again a volley -was poured against the door.</p> - -<p>The hunter sprung from the logs and snatched a torch from -the fire.</p> - -<p>“Dash me if they ain’t standing around the tree!” he -exclaimed, his eyes lighting up with fierce triumph. “I’ll -make a scatteration ’mong their ranks now, by Joshua! I -will!”</p> - -<p>He sprung toward a heavy tinned box which sat in one -corner of the apartment, and threw back the lid with his left -hand. The next moment he stepped back, thrusting the -torch into the box as he executed the movement. A -slight noise, like the explosion of a few grains of powder -succeeded, and a white smoke rose from the recesses of the -box.</p> - -<p>But the noise that followed the explosion of the fuse was -most terrific. It shook the cabin from gable to foundation -and drove our young buffalo-hunter from the crevice by which -he was standing. His eyes, too, were blinded by a bright -light, and before the noise died away he heard the shrieks of -Indians, frightened, wounded, and dying!</p> - -<p>“By Joshua! it set the tree on fire!” cried the trapper, -gazing at the large cottonwood, now terribly lacerated by the -mine which so long had slept in its recesses.</p> - -<p>From behind the magnificent trees, the Pawnees were now -raining balls upon the cabin, and burning arrows were hissing -toward the dry roof.</p> - -<p>The destruction must have been fearful, for the burning -tree revealed more than a score of forms, mangled and motionless, -on the ground, while others, badly injured, were -crawling from the spot.</p> - -<p>“Listen!”</p> - -<p>The dry stuff that formed the roof of the cabin was crackling -beneath the blaze of the fiery arrows, and the object of -the Pawnees to fire the cabin seemed at last attained.</p> - -<p>“They’ll burn us out.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_42">[42]</span></p> - -<p>“Yes; the old house is bound to go, and we’re going, too, -presently.”</p> - -<p>“Going where?”</p> - -<p>“To Fort Kearny, mebbe; p’r’aps to the Pawnee village.”</p> - -<p>“As prisoners?”</p> - -<p>“Yes, if we go thar at all, <em>to-night</em>.”</p> - -<p>Then the trapper suddenly walked into the apartment which -had served as Tecumseh’s stable.</p> - -<p>Three minutes later he returned and startled the youth with -cocked rifle near the door.</p> - -<p>“Did you shoot?”</p> - -<p>“No.”</p> - -<p>“But you heard the report?”</p> - -<p>“Yes; it seemed to come from a spot above us.”</p> - -<p>Frontier Shack lifted his eyes, and placed his index finger -on his lip.</p> - -<p>Somebody was on the burning roof.</p> - -<p>Frontier Shack climbed up the logs, and waited at the aperture -between the eave and the uppermost log, for the person -on the roof.</p> - -<p>Presently he heard the unknown person descending, and -sustaining himself with one hand, the trapper cocked a revolver.</p> - -<p>But he hesitated; the person might be a friend, for the -shot, which had been fired from the roof, had killed an Indian, -and who among the Pawnees would attempt such a -deed?</p> - -<p>The unknown let himself over the eave hurriedly yet cautiously.</p> - -<p>The legs first descended, then came the body, and when the -head appeared between the trapper and the stars, a low hiss -sounded:</p> - -<p>“I hit him between the eyes; the Gold Girl is mine -now!”</p> - -<p>Frontier Shack raised the pistol, but the head had disappeared -before he could scatter the brains he wished to.</p> - -<p>“Tom Kyle was on the roof.”</p> - -<p>“Tom Kyle?” echoed George Long.</p> - -<p>“Yes, and he shot an Indian, too.”</p> - -<p>“What can he mean?”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_43">[43]</span></p> - -<p>“A girl’s at the bottom of the thing,” said Shackelford. -“He shot somebody important, for listen at them Indians.”</p> - -<p>Loud cries, which indicated the death of some Indian of -distinction, came from beyond the burning tree, and dark -forms could be seen moving wildly in every direction.</p> - -<p>“Dash me if he hasn’t audacity!” suddenly exclaimed -Shackelford, who was watching the savages from a crack near -the door. “After killing the Pawnee, Tom Kyle walks right -among ’em, no doubt swearing I plugged ’im.”</p> - -<p>Almost wholly absorbed in the scene before them, the twain -continued to look until a burning brand fell at their feet.</p> - -<p>“By Joshua! it’s getting too hot here, boy. Now for Fort -Kearney or Pawneedom.”</p> - -<p>“I’m ready.”</p> - -<p>“We must hurry. The Indians won’t do much till the chief -dies, I calculate; but we must move rapidly.”</p> - -<p>For a moment the trapper disappeared in Tecumseh’s stable, -and when he faced the youth again he held a light boat -in his arms.</p> - -<p>“I hev two boats, but, of course, the dirty dogs found the -one at the western point of the island,” he said, standing the -canoe on end against the logs and clambering to the eaves. -“The renegade’s bullet has drawn the Indians from behind -the cabin, and now is the accepted time.”</p> - -<p>His strong hands tore the heated roof timbers aside, and almost -in less time than I can record the fact, the couple had -safely landed themselves with the boat on the island.</p> - -<p>George Long breathed freer.</p> - -<p>Frontier Shack picked up the canoe and bounded toward -the eastern extremity of the cottonwood cone.</p> - -<p>They reached it safely, and the boat was launched.</p> - -<p>“Silence,” admonished the trapper, in the lowest of whispers, -and the next minute a noiseless stroke sent the light -craft with the speed of a rocket down the quick-sanded river -toward Fort Kearney.</p> - -<p>The oars were lifted from the clear waves for a second -stroke, when a score of rifles sent their leaden contents after -the daring fugitives. But the bullets whistled harmlessly -past their heads, and George Long uttered an ejaculation of -joy.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_44">[44]</span></p> - -<p>“We ain’t out of the frying-pan yet,” whispered the Westerner. -“There’s a sunken island hyarabouts, and if we strike -it, there’ll be the deuce to pay.”</p> - -<p>With the utterance of the final word, Frontier Shack suddenly -guided the canoe to the right, and the next second several -rifles flashed on the bank.</p> - -<p>An oar dropped from the strong hand that griped it, and -the boat was borne around by the rapids.</p> - -<p>Suddenly it struck!</p> - -<p>“The island, by Joshua!”</p> - -<p>George Long sprung to his feet, and the following moment -the light craft capsized, hurling him out into the water!</p> - -<p>He could not repress a shriek, as he struck the sand, and -felt it ingulfing his nether limbs, drawing him, slowly yet -surely, down to a terrible death!</p> - -<p>Frontier Shack had suddenly disappeared, nor was Massasoit -to be seen.</p> - -<p>The unfortunate boy struggled bravely; but the accursed -sand continued to drag him down. He could not extricate -himself.</p> - -<p>Suddenly he saw two Indians spring to the water’s edge. -The stars revealed their forms and actions.</p> - -<p>He saw the tallest of the twain whirl a rope above his -head.</p> - -<p>After three circles, the noose suddenly shot from the Pawnee’s -hand, quivered for a moment in mid-air, and then dropped -over the boy’s head!</p> - -<p>A quick jerk, which almost threw the young Ohioan on his -face, tightened the lasso around his body, and he saw the savages -grip the lariat tightly, while a yell of triumph pealed -from their throats.</p> - -<p>It was now a battle between the Pawnee and the quicksand!</p> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_45">[45]</span></p> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_VI"><span class="gesperrt">CHAPTER VI</span>.<br /> -<span class="fs70">WHITE LASSO’S CAPTURE.</span></h2> -</div> - -<p>“<span class="smcap">Heaven</span> help me!” broke from Charley Shafer’s lips, -when he found himself in the perilous situation described in -chapter <em>fourth</em>.</p> - -<p>As Frontier Shack sprung to the ground to attend to the -black stallion, Charley immediately assumed the saddle. He -feared that Tecumseh’s restlessness might result in some wild -freak, and he hoped to reach the bridle and curb his ire while -his master secured his new prize. But the boy’s hand had not -disengaged the bridle from the thick mane, when the iron-gray -bounded forward.</p> - -<p>Young Shafer felt his comrade hurled from his perch, and -found himself jerked forward by the bridle which his fingers -tightly clutched.</p> - -<p>Still, however, he retained his presence of mind, and discovering -at once that he could not stop Tecumseh with the -bridle, he grappled the long gray hairs of the mane with his -hands, and held on for dear life.</p> - -<p>Tecumseh was conscious that he had a rider, for he tried -to shake the youth off as he bounded over the prairie like a -rocket; but he found himself unable to do so.</p> - -<p>On, on, still on; the horse actually seemed to gain strength -as he proceeded, and, by fearful glances ahead, the young -Ohioan saw that he was nearing the lost herd.</p> - -<p>“I can’t hold out much longer!” he gasped between the -clenched teeth, “but I dare not release my hold. In a moment -I would be trampled to death by his hoofs, and father would -never see his runaway boy again.”</p> - -<p>Strangely Tecumseh would turn his head whenever a word -fell from rider’s lips; the horse seemed to think the voice that -of his master; but the desire to see his free comrades overruled -the obedience he had loved in days gone by, and kept -the demon in his eyes.</p> - -<p>All at once the boy saw the wild herd execute a sudden<span class="pagenum" id="Page_46">[46]</span> -halt, but the next moment they wheeled to the right, and -dashed northward as swiftly as before.</p> - -<p>The halt enabled Tecumseh to approach very near the lost -horses, and, as he “cut corners” at break-neck speed, his -rider saw the cause of the horses’ sudden change of route.</p> - -<p>A long line of dark forms appeared between him and the -gray horizon.</p> - -<p>They were Indians, scarce a mile away.</p> - -<p>How Charley Shafer’s heart sprung into his throat at the -sight.</p> - -<p>If they could but see him!</p> - -<p>He released one hand from Tecumseh’s mane, waved his -handkerchief above his head, wildly and with frantic gestures. -But he found that he occupied an insecure seat, and -was soon forced to clasp the mane again.</p> - -<p>He groaned, as well he might, when he saw that his exertion -for salvation had accomplished nothing, for the Indians -turned toward the river and he soon lost sight of them.</p> - -<p>At last Tecumseh reached his lost brethren. With wild -neighs they welcomed him back, and he returned the salute -with sundry plunges which almost unhorsed his despairing -rider. The horse’s strength did not seem weakened in the least -degree, and this told Charley Shafer that, in bygone days, he -had been the monarch of some great equine family.</p> - -<p>For he skirted the edge of the wandering herd like a meteor, -and boldly threw himself in the van.</p> - -<p>Now the boy clung closer than ever to the iron-gray, for -eight hundred hoofs were thundering behind him, and the -sound fell doomfully upon his ears.</p> - -<p>He was riding, helpless, at the head of death.</p> - -<p>The sun descended toward the grayish clouds that crowned -the horizon, and still over the rolling land the lost herd, and -its new leader, thundered on.</p> - -<p>The boy at length became so weak and discouraged that it -seemed as if he must tumble off the horse’s back, and Tecumseh -himself seemed to know that his rider would soon drop -from his perch.</p> - -<p>Suddenly he thought of the Pawnee village, which Frontier -Shack said was north of the Platte; and he knew that -the horses were running in a northerly direction. Might they<span class="pagenum" id="Page_47">[47]</span> -not encounter the Pawnee Loups, and then might a lasso not -fall near Tecumseh’s head, and he be saved?</p> - -<p>He scarcely dared hope for such a finale to his wild ride, -and yet he prayed devoutly for it.</p> - -<p>The prayers for such a deliverance still rose from his lips, -when Tecumseh snorted with rage and sprung to the right.</p> - -<p>Almost unhorsed by the unexpected movement, the young -white buffalo-hunter raised himself, and uttered an ejaculation -of joy commingled with anxious fear.</p> - -<p>The lost band, in scaling a prairie hillock, had suddenly -come upon a Pawnee village, and a band of Indians!</p> - -<p>The latter were near, while far away he saw the former, -resting idly by a shining stream, which he felt must be the -Loup fork of the Platte.</p> - -<p>The Pawnee horsemen, perhaps thirty in number, at once -drove their spurs into the rowels of the fresh animals, with a -yell which the lost steeds greeted with neighs of astonishment.</p> - -<p>Charley saw lassoes made ready as the Pawnees rushed forward, -and he saw, too, with infinite joy, that they were gaining -on him, at no insignificant rate.</p> - -<p>“God help them catch me!” he cried, for captivity was -preferable to the doom which had stared him in the face so -long.</p> - -<p>The singular turn which affairs had taken threw new -strength into his limbs; he reached forward, and griped the -bridle which lay on Tecumseh’s neck. Then, sitting bolt upright -in his saddle, he “see-sawed” on the Mexican bit with -all his might.</p> - -<p>His action bothered the horses that pressed in his rear, for -Tecumseh could not push forward with the alacrity he had -known, and the others crowded against him, much to his disquietude.</p> - -<p>They tried to pull the brave boy from the saddle; they -caught his garments with their teeth, and lacerated his limbs -with their frantic exertions.</p> - -<p>But, finding that Tecumseh’s rider was delaying his progress, -they suddenly divided ranks, and, without mercy, left -the iron-gray in the rear.</p> - -<p>Charley Shafer could have shouted at his victory, but he<span class="pagenum" id="Page_48">[48]</span> -was still in the midst of great perils, and he realized his situation.</p> - -<p>Still with the strength born of desperation he “see-sawed” -on the bit, each moment making the iron-gray more frantic -than ever.</p> - -<p>He did not look backward for the Pawnees; he feared -that a backward glance, like that of Lot’s wife, might prove -his destruction, and he was bent on conquering the trapper’s -runaway.</p> - -<p>Tecumseh tried to regain his position at the head of the -band, but failed, and at last he found himself quite a distance -in the rear. Foam now completely covered his fiery -body, and he seemed more a white horse than a gray one.</p> - -<p>On, on, he pushed with splendid resolution, and so intent -was his rider in the work of conquering, that he did not -hear the hoofs that crushed the new-born grass in his rear.</p> - -<p>But Tecumseh heard the sounds, and put forth every effort -of strength.</p> - -<p>“What ails the bridle?” suddenly cried the young Ohioan, -discovering that the reins had suddenly lengthened. -“By my heart! the bit is out of his mouth!”</p> - -<p>He spoke truly; his eye had not deceived him.</p> - -<p>Now the steed was ungovernable again, and the boy dropping -the reins fell forward on Tecumseh’s neck, too weak to -sit upright.</p> - -<p>Where were the Indians now? He turned, but could not -see clearly. A dazzling mist floated before his eyes, and the -air to him suddenly became dense.</p> - -<p>He saw not, felt not, what Tecumseh did—the whirling -rope, the sudden tightening of the strong cord, and the throttling -that quickly followed.</p> - -<p>He felt his hands unclasp, then came the sensation of being -hurled through the air—then insensibility!</p> - -<p>He opened his eyes amid thirty anxious Pawnee Indians, -and his recovery was greeted with yells of delight and triumph.</p> - -<p>“White boy ride hunter’s horse like young brave,” said -the giant, who had lassoed Tecumseh, kneeling beside the -youth he had rescued. “How he get off with the big -steed?”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_49">[49]</span></p> - -<p>In a few words our hero acquainted the Pawnees with -the circumstances attending his perilous ride, and they admired -his pluck in sticking to the animal.</p> - -<p>“Pale boy brave enough to be Pawnee,” the Indian, who -was evidently a chief, continued. “He made White Lasso -catch him, by making hunter’s horse tired. If gray horse -stay at head of band, White Lasso no catch ’im and save -boy.”</p> - -<p>The youth smiled, and thanked the Pawnee for the life he -had saved.</p> - -<p>He felt that his pluck had gained him a friend among -the Indians, and the thought was further strengthened by -the Pawnee’s words.</p> - -<p>“White boy sleep in White Lasso’s tent,” he said, lifting -our weakened hero from the ground.</p> - -<p>“Red Eagle got Gold Girl, Pale Pawnee keep the darker -rose, and White Lasso make the young rider great chief.”</p> - -<p>The youth instantly comprehended the Pawnee’s words. -A division of the captives had already been made, and -Mabel Denison had fallen into the hands of the renegade. -He allowed a flush of mingled fear and shame to overspread -his face, and he clenched his white hands till the nails blued -the palms.</p> - -<p>Perhaps he already loved the fair girl who had been his -companion across the plains, and well might he fear for her -safety, if such was the case.</p> - -<p>“I will be near her,” he murmured, “and perhaps I may -yet thank God for my fearful ride through the jaws of -death.”</p> - -<p>The Indians watched the youth and the disappearing -horses alternately, until White Lasso strode toward his own -steed, panting near by. He bore our hero in his arms, and -seated him on the foam-flecked mustang, before vaulting into -the Spanish saddle himself.</p> - -<p>“White Lasso love white boy,” the Indian whispered to -his charge. “He had a boy once; but the Apaches scalp -’im ’fore he won his feathers. Pale-face take that boy’s place -now.”</p> - -<p>The next moment a middle-aged Indian rode up to the -chief.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_50">[50]</span></p> - -<p>“Upper Pawnees will want white boy. Kenoagla give -him them other day.”</p> - -<p>White Lasso’s face darkened, and fire flashed from his -midnight orbs. His hand flew to his knife.</p> - -<p>“White boy is White Lasso’s son now. Upper Pawnees -no git ’im again. The Pale Pawnees can not give ’im back. -Kenoagla not Pawnee’s true king!”</p> - -<p>He shot a glance burdened with passion around upon the -band, and the eyes which he met told that Tom Kyle’s days -of mastery were drawing to a close.</p> - -<p>Charley Shafer shot a look of admiration into White -Lasso’s face; but the next words that fell from the Indian’s -lips blanched his cheek.</p> - -<p>“White Lasso cut boy’s heart ’fore he give ’im back to -upper Pawnees.”</p> - -<p>The night closed about the party before they entered the -Indian village, and without exciting many of its inhabitants. -Charley Shafer reached his captor’s tent.</p> - -<p>“White boy tired; he sleep now,” said the chief, pointing -to a couch of buffalo skins, in one corner of the lodge. “Nobody -hurt ’im. White Lasso stand ’tween ’im and Upper -Pawnees, Red Eagle and Kenoagla.”</p> - -<p>The boy started.</p> - -<p>If those three evils should combine against him, what -could White Lasso do? The answer to this interrogative -came to him in the echo of the Pawnee’s words.</p> - -<p>“White Lasso cut boy’s heart ’fore he give ’im back to -Upper Pawnee.”</p> - -<p>With a sigh that indicated the prostration of a human -frame, the peril-environed Ohio youth threw himself upon -the skins and immediately went to sleep.</p> - -<p>He dreamed of home in that peaceful slumber—not of his -own danger, nor of his young comrade, who, during his -sleep, was being ingulfed by the treacherous quicksand -with a Pawnee lariat around his body.</p> - -<p>After watching his captive awhile, White Lasso stole from -the lodge, on tip-toe, and walked away.</p> - -<p>Scarcely had he disappeared when the skinny curtain -slowly parted, and a face was revealed by the fire which -lighted up the small apartment.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_51">[51]</span></p> - -<p>“How come pale boy here when Kenoagla still far off?” -murmured the secret visitant. “Where White Lasso find -him? Ha! he pretty as river lily; his skin fairer than Red -Eagle’s.” Then, after a long pause, “Red Eagle not so pretty -as pale boy. But Winnesaw go tell Gold Girl that her fair-skinned -brother sleeps in White Lasso’s lodge.”</p> - -<p>Then the face disappeared, and the curtains met again.</p> - -<p>A new love was born in the Pawnee village that night.</p> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_VII"><span class="gesperrt">CHAPTER VII</span>.<br /> -<span class="fs70">TREASON.</span></h2> -</div> - -<p><span class="smcap">Winnesaw</span>, the Pawnee girl, could not conjecture how -Charley Shafer had fallen into the hands of the thirty braves. -She had witnessed the departure of Tom Kyle and his red -marauders, the previous night, and the upper Pawnees had -informed her that the young pale-faces were with Frontier -Shack, and under his strong protecting care.</p> - -<p>The return of the renegade was not looked for until some -time the coming day, for the savages knew that the trapper -would defend his charges to the last extremity, and that the -cabin could not be attacked successfully until nightfall. Bent -on solving the mystery that enveloped our hero’s appearance -in the Indian village, Winnesaw did not immediately return -to Lina Aiken, the Gold Girl, but proceeded to look up -some brave who had composed a part of White Lasso’s -party.</p> - -<p>She saw that individual himself talking in low tones to a -young warrior. Both stood in the gloomy shade of a lodge, -and all at once Winnesaw grew into a statue not far -away.</p> - -<p>She felt that she was the subject of the Indian’s conversation, -and with every sense on the alert she watched the half-naked -twain.</p> - -<p>“Wolf Eyes will do it all?” she heard White Lasso say -in a half interrogative manner.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_52">[52]</span></p> - -<p>Wolf Eyes answered, “Yes.”</p> - -<p>A moment later the Indians parted in the shadows, and -Winnesaw glided after the younger, who walked toward -the lodge occupied by Mr. Denison and his daughter, -Mabel.</p> - -<p>She saw him approach the guard with a boldness for -which she was not prepared, when she knew that a secret -hatred existed between the sub-chief and the renegade, and, -parting the curtains, Wolf Eyes stood in a listening attitude a -long time.</p> - -<p>Some dark project was ripening; the girl felt it no longer -now—she knew it.</p> - -<p>All at once Wolf Eyes turned from the door, and, in the -moonlight that bathed his dark but finely-chiseled face, she -saw a smile of triumph, dark, sinister, triumphant, which a -Lucifer might covet and be satisfied.</p> - -<p>He said a few words in an undertone to the guard, who -looked up at the moon, pointed to a wall of black clouds, -and nodded his plumed head.</p> - -<p>Then Wolf Eyes walked away, dogged by the form of the -Indian girl.</p> - -<p>She watched him to the door of his lodge, saw him enter, -and, approaching as near as she dared in the stillness of the -night, she heard the overhauling of revolvers, and the clicking -of a rifle-lock.</p> - -<p>“What must Winnesaw do now?” she asked herself, with -a puzzled expression. “Shall she go back and tell the Gold -Girl what she has seen, or shall she watch the traitors?”</p> - -<p>Several times she repeated these puzzling questions, and in -the end she slowly walked away. A few moments later she -passed two Indians, who lay before a large lodge, conversing -in low tones, and disappeared beyond the skinny door.</p> - -<p>The fire in the center of the apartment was burning low, -but it revealed the form of Lina Aiken, stretched upon Red -Eagle’s couch, fast asleep and dreaming, with a smile on her -ripe lips.</p> - -<p>For several minutes Winnesaw stood undecided over the -sleeping one, and then, stooping, she gently touched Lina’s -rosy cheek.</p> - -<p>The Gold Girl started up with a frightened look.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_53">[53]</span></p> - -<p>“Why, Winnesaw, how you frightened me!” she exclaimed, -smiling, as she recognized the face above her. “I -was dreaming, and you broke my dream in the most bewitching -part.”</p> - -<p>“Winnesaw sorry to wake Gold Girl,” said the Pawnee -maiden; “but she may dream of spirit-land again when she -has told her white sister what she saw to-night.”</p> - -<p>Lina Aiken instantly became on the alert, and Winnesaw -smiled at her eagerness, which drove every vestige of slumber -from her eyes.</p> - -<p>“What has Winnesaw seen?” she questioned, grasping the -girl’s arm, and speaking in a tone which caused the Pawnee -to shake her head.</p> - -<p>“Guards not asleep,” she whispered, glancing fearfully at -the door. “The Pawnee village is full of red traitors; they -seem to outnumber the flowers of the prairies. Winnesaw -saw and heard them to-night; they talk low, but are as bold -as the Sioux.” And then she told Lina Aiken about the conference -between White Lasso and Wolf Eyes, and the subsequent -actions of the latter.</p> - -<p>“What does it all mean?” asked the Gold Girl.</p> - -<p>“Cheatery.”</p> - -<p>“But who is to be cheated?”</p> - -<p>“Kenoagla and Red Eagle.”</p> - -<p>“Explain, Winnesaw; your astounding declarations have -confused my poor brain, I can not comprehend you; explain, -I say.”</p> - -<p>“Wolf Eyes loves the Gold Girl’s brown sister,” the Indian -went on, “and White Lasso’s heart beats in fire for—for -you, my fair-skinned sister.”</p> - -<p>“What! am I beloved or rather coveted by another red-skin?” -groaned the captive blonde, a pallor flitting over her -face.</p> - -<p>“White Lasso wants Gold Girl,” said Winnesaw.</p> - -<p>“But, girl, may all this not be a plot of Red Eagle’s planning? -You know he hates Kenoagla, as your people call the -renegade, and may not the two chiefs be in his employ to rob -him of Mabel while he is absent?”</p> - -<p>Winnesaw shook her head.</p> - -<p>“White Lasso and Red Eagle disputed a deer once, and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_54">[54]</span> -since that time their lips have been scaled to each other and -Wolf Eyes is White Lasso’s brother’s son.”</p> - -<p>Lina Aiken did not speak.</p> - -<p>“If they waited until the war-party returned, they could -not tear the pale-face girls from their captors,” continued the -Indian girl, after a brief pause.</p> - -<p>“Then you think that they intend to carry out their plots -to-night?”</p> - -<p>“Yes.”</p> - -<p>“What of my guards?”</p> - -<p>“They are the chief’s friends; they too are traitors!”</p> - -<p>“Then why did Red Eagle place them here?”</p> - -<p>“He did not. The Big Medicine put them where they -stand.”</p> - -<p>“Would he betray Red Eagle?”</p> - -<p>“He would.”</p> - -<p>“What dark-faced treachery! I have fallen into a den of -traitors, and treachery fills the very air I breathe. But the -boy?”</p> - -<p>A blush suffused the red girl’s face.</p> - -<p>“White Lasso will take him along if he goes to-night.”</p> - -<p>Lina Aiken was silent for a long time.</p> - -<p>“I wonder where George is!” she murmured.</p> - -<p>“The other pale-face?”</p> - -<p>The white girl started and it was her time to blush.</p> - -<p>“Did you hear me, Winnesaw?”</p> - -<p>“Yes; Gold Girl loves other pale boy.”</p> - -<p>Lina’s blue eyes dropped to her feet, and the crimson -mounted to her temples, and tarried there until the Indian -girl arose.</p> - -<p>“You are not going to leave me now, girl?” said the blonde, -imploringly.</p> - -<p>“Winnesaw go watch traitors; she come back soon,” was -the reply, and before the last sound died away, Lina found -herself alone.</p> - -<p>The Pawnee girl soon perceived that her footsteps were -dogged by a black shadow, and she walked directly to her -lodge. After dropping the curtains, she turned, and saw the -black detective approaching with the tread of the cat.</p> - -<p>After watching him a moment, she turned and threw herself<span class="pagenum" id="Page_55">[55]</span> -upon her couch like one who would soon yield to the -wooings of the drowsy god.</p> - -<p>The moonlight stole faintly into her lodge, and a stray -beam fell across her face. She threw an arm across her -cheeks in sleepy abandon; but peeped out under the bridge -of the elbow, and saw the eyes that regarded her from the -outside of the wigwam. One of the Indian’s hands clutched -a silver-mounted revolver, <ins class="corr" id="tn55" title="Transcriber’s Note—“but she had no occason” changed to “but she had no occasion”.">but she had no occasion</ins> -to use it, for the eyes soon disappeared, and she heard their owner -walking away.</p> - -<p>She arose and gazed upon the retreating form.</p> - -<p>It was Wolf Eyes; the peculiar gait, the crest of hawk-feathers, -proclaimed his identity beyond question.</p> - -<p>He disappeared among the shadowy lodges, satisfied, no -doubt, that the object of his espionage slept suspicionless and -sound.</p> - -<p>The girl had completely deceived him, and when his form -no longer obstructed her vision, she snatched a rifle from a -corner, and left the lodge.</p> - -<p>“The traitors shall not carry out all their plans,” she muttered, -with determination; “they may have the pale-face -girls; but they shall not carry the white boy away. The -Great Spirit made his pretty face for Winnesaw, and he shall -not be taken from her now.”</p> - -<p>These words meant much, and the red lips closed over -them with fearful emphasis, which told what a woman would -dare for love.</p> - -<p>Once the Indian girl thought of arousing the village, and -thus baffle the designs which were to be carried out when the -dark clouds settled over the disk of the moon; but when she -recollected that desperate men would do desperate deeds, and -that the entire village swarmed with plots and counterplots, -and traitors of the deepest dye, she relinquished all such intentions -and resolved to do it all herself.</p> - -<p>She hurried toward White Lasso’s lodge; but now two Indians -guarded it, and the chief was not to be seen.</p> - -<p>She felt that she was suspected.</p> - -<p>For several minutes she watched the lodge, but the Pawnee -did not return. She crept to the base of the structure, and -heard the regular breathings of a sound sleeper.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_56">[56]</span></p> - -<p>Charley Shafer was still there.</p> - -<p>While she listened, the whinny of a mustang reached her -ears, and drove her to her feet.</p> - -<p>The next moment she was hurrying cautiously toward the -western suburbs of the village.</p> - -<p>The whinny had told her much that was startling, and -presently she saw an Indian holding three horses by the -bridles on the banks of the Pawnee Loup.</p> - -<p>Treason was hatching, and the shell would soon be broken -by the giant offspring.</p> - -<p>The girl crept near the horses, taking good care to keep to -windward, and all at once she dropped in the grass, and -griped the silvered butt of the revolver which Pawnee -ferocity had torn from the hand of some murdered emigrant.</p> - -<p>It was near midnight now, and the darkest hour was at -hand. The black cloud wall had blotted the moon, as it -were, from the heavens, and but four stars, toward the east, -still illuminated the skies.</p> - -<p>The horses were fresh and eager to rush over the prairies, -in the face of the cool breeze, that came from the west. -They pawed the sod, and arched their noble necks, until the -Indian curbed their ire with his voice, and made them seem -statues in the darkness.</p> - -<p>Winnesaw watched and waited with bated breath.</p> - -<p>The consummation of treason seemed never to dawn. -But what seemed hours to the girl were but minutes, and at -last footsteps broke the ghastly silence.</p> - -<p>The click, click, of rifle and revolver were drowned by the -noise of the swaying grass.</p> - -<p>Three forms joined the single Pawnee, but <ins class="corr" id="tn56" title="Transcriber’s Note—“two bore human-shaped objects in ther” changed to “two bore human-shaped objects in their”.">two bore human-shaped objects in their</ins> -arms.</p> - -<p>The next moment two Indians vaulted to the mustangs’ -backs, and the steed-watcher lifted the girls to their arms.</p> - -<p>“Now the boy!”</p> - -<p>It was White Lasso’s voice, and Winnesaw was near -enough to see that a tight bandage covered the boy’s mouth, -and that Mabel Denison and the Gold Girl were similarly secured.</p> - -<p>The Indian addressed by the chief caught Charley Shafer<span class="pagenum" id="Page_57">[57]</span> -in his arms, threw him upon the back of the third horse, and -then leaped up after him.</p> - -<p>“Now good-by Pawnee Loup,” said White Lasso, waving -his hand toward the river. “We ride to the Sioux, and with -them we’ll hunt the buffalo, and fight the Pawnee if he comes -for White Lasso and his friends.”</p> - -<p>Quickly, then, the mustangs’ heads were turned toward the -north, but before the spurs touched the scarred rowels, a pistol -cracked and the Indian who held Charley Shafer groaned -and dropped to the ground!</p> - -<p>The boy still retained his seat, and as the horses started -forward, a slender form sprung from the grass, and threw herself -before the horse’s hoofs. A hand clutched the bridle, -and the flash of powder drove the animal back upon his -haunches. Then, before he could recover, his rider was -jerked to the ground, and the hand released the bridle.</p> - -<p>White Lasso and Wolf Eyes did not pause; but the chief -turned and sent a bullet after the Pawnee girl, who darted -forward as the weapon cracked.</p> - -<p>She stooped and snatched her rifle from the grass.</p> - -<p>“Don’t, girl, you may shoot Mabel!”</p> - -<p>Charley Shafer’s hands griped Winnesaw’s arm; but he -could not prevent the shot.</p> - -<p>A wild cry came back over the prairie, and in a ray of -moonlight which shot through a break in the cloud wall, they -saw two forms fall from a horse.</p> - -<p>The remaining horseman dashed on.</p> - -<p>The young twain rushed forward.</p> - -<p>White Lasso lay in the grass quite dead, and Lina Aiken -stood over him, transfixed with horror.</p> - -<p>Charley Shafer snatched Winnesaw’s rifle from her hand; -but the next instant he threw it away with a despairing cry.</p> - -<p>Wolf Eyes and his beautiful captive had entirely disappeared.</p> - -<p>The young adventurer staggered back with a groan.</p> - -<p>Lina Aiken stole to his side.</p> - -<p>“Poor Mabel,” she said; “they killed her father but an -hour ago, and now the second sorrow of her life begins.”</p> - -<p>The boy gritted his teeth.</p> - -<p>“I would have been with her, to comfort and save perhaps,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_58">[58]</span> -had it not been for that red-skin,” and, as he turned to -Winnesaw, he hissed: “Girl, I hate you; may Heaven increase -that hatred!”</p> - -<p>Winnesaw dropped her eyes and turned away.</p> - -<p>“Don’t hate her, Charley, don’t! she has been very kind -to me.”</p> - -<p>“Hark!”</p> - -<p>The Indian girl started forward, but paused and turned to -the couple again.</p> - -<p>“The Pawnees come!” she said. “The clouds gather, -but Winnesaw will stand by the pale faces through the -storm!”</p> - -<p>The next instant they were surrounded.</p> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_VIII"><span class="gesperrt">CHAPTER VIII</span>.<br /> -<span class="fs70">AN UNEXPECTED ACCUSATION.</span></h2> -</div> - -<p><span class="smcap">We</span> left George Long among the devouring quicksands of -the Platte, and now, after a brief absence, we return to him.</p> - -<p>His weight, though not great, seemed to take him down, -and the Indians, seeing this, set up wild yells for assistance. -Meanwhile, they tugged with all their strength at the lasso, -and the boy thought that they would rend him in twain. -Tighter and tighter grew the lariat about his body; his arms -seemed to be forced into his sides, and his breath became mere -gasps, and brief ones at that.</p> - -<p>“Let go! let go!” he shouted to the savages in the agony -of mingled pain and despair. “You can’t get me out! my -knees are below the sand now; my feet are lumps of ice. -Drop the rope, and let me sink!”</p> - -<p>But the savages did not obey. On the other hand, they -braced themselves anew, and pulled in quick, torturing jerks. -The unfortunate boy’s body lay on the water now, and the -jerks would submerge his face in the cold fluid, which seemed -destined to be his grave.</p> - -<p>All at once several Pawnees joined the red twain, and presently -five pair of hands griped the sinewy rope.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_59">[59]</span></p> - -<p>“Steady!” shouted a new voice, and the next moment Tom -Kyle, the renegade, appeared on the scene, at the head of a -score of warriors.</p> - -<p>George looked up and saw the Pale Pawnee doff his serape -and plumed hat. Then he handed his pistol-belt to an Indian, -and urged his horse into the fatal river.</p> - -<p>“Pull steady!” he cried, glancing over his shoulder at his -red-men. “We’ll get the boy out yet—the boy who shot -Red Eagle!”</p> - -<p>If George Long could have uttered an intelligible word, he -would have flung the lie into his would-be-rescuer’s teeth. -He saw the motive that prompted the renegade’s action; he -would rescue him for the purpose of covering up a dastardly -crime of his own, for, as yet, the youth had not shed a drop -of Indian blood.</p> - -<p>Nearer and nearer came the renegade. His steed sunk at -each step, and Tom Kyle spurred him out of the devouring -sand before it could clutch its victim, and at last he drew -rein beside the youth. George had sunk but a few inches -since the tightning of the lasso; the Indians’ strength had -counteracted the work of the sand; but they could not extricate -him. It wanted a strong upward pull, and that was -coming in the arm of the renegade.</p> - -<p>“You’re in a bad fix, boy,” cried Tom Kyle, reaching down -for the motionless form lying on the water. “The Indians -were about giving you up when I came, and you couldn’t hire -one to ride out here and try and pull you out with all the -scalps in Christendom.”</p> - -<p>He caught the young Ohioan’s shoulder, and shouted to the -Indians on shore to loosen the tension of the lasso. Instantly -it was done, and steadily Tom Kyle rose in the heavy Spanish -stirrups, pulling the boy upward with all the strength he could -command.</p> - -<p>While he exerted his strength, his noble horse was sinking, -and thus loosening the sand about the boy’s legs. It sprung -to its new victim—the horse—and as the spur-scarred flanks -touched the water, George Long felt himself being pulled -through the waves, while a thousand hellish cries filled his -ears.</p> - -<p>The renegade saw that he could not save his horse, and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_60">[60]</span> -stripping the accouterments from him, he sprung into the -water and swam ashore.</p> - -<p>A few frantic struggles settled the brave steed’s fate, and at -last the water rushed over the sandy grave.</p> - -<p>George Long fainted in the water; but four Indians -rubbed him back into life, and he was jerked upon his -feet.</p> - -<p>“Where’s white trapper?”</p> - -<p>George pointed to the river, and the Indians who had fired -the volley which resulted so fatally to the voyagers, declared -that Frontier Shack had disappeared in one of the quicksand -whirlpools which abound in the Platte.</p> - -<p>“I guess you’re able to sit on a horse,” said Tom Kyle, turning -to our hero. “We’re going home now.”</p> - -<p>The boy declared that he felt stronger, and presently the -party were riding in a full gallop toward the north. While -they were mounting, a bright light illumined the cove, and -several Pawnees, loaded with pelts, rode up and joined the -band. The island home of Otis Shackelford was in flames, -and it looked as if the entire island would be devoured by the -scarlet demon, fire.</p> - -<p>“Where is the trapper’s horse?” questioned Tom Kyle, of -the youth, as they rode along.</p> - -<p>George replied by relating the story of Charley Shafer’s -sudden departure.</p> - -<p>“I wanted that horse,” replied the renegade, “and you -must know that I am terribly disappointed. There is no such -steed as the trapper’s in my nation; I would have given a -thousand dollars for him, any day.”</p> - -<p>Tom Kyle never dreamed that that coveted horse was to -prove his death!</p> - -<p>They rode into the Indian village an hour after midnight. -Confusion filled the square, which was illuminated by torches -elevated on poles, and a strange sight greeted George Long’s -eyes as he took in the wild scene.</p> - -<p>He first saw Charley Shafer standing beside an Indian girl, -while Lina Aiken clung to his arm, looking with pallid features -upon the dark mob, which surrounded them with knives -and tomahawks.</p> - -<p>Near the chief who was haranguing the boisterous multitude,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_61">[61]</span> -when Kenoagla’s party rode into the village, lay two -dead bodies. The whitish lasso lying on the throbless -breast proclaimed the identity of one, while the absence of -plumes from the other head, proclaimed its owner a common -warrior.</p> - -<p>Tom Kyle’s eyes swept the entire scene in an instant, and -he drove the spurs into his animal’s flanks with an oath, which -was a frequent visitor to his lips.</p> - -<p>The speaker ceased, and a shout of triumph pealed from -his lips. He had attained the object of his harangue—time; -and at sight of the returning band the red-skins divided, and -the renegade halted in the “square.”</p> - -<p>“The other boy, by heavens!” exclaimed the renegade, his -eyes recognizing Tecumseh’s young rider. “Where’s the -horse?”</p> - -<p>“Safe in the Pawnee village,” answered an Indian.</p> - -<p>“Good! he’s mine.”</p> - -<p>The savages crowded about the band to learn the particulars -of their expedition, and terrible shouts rent the air when -the bursting of the cottonwood was made known. Fierce -looks were shot at George Long, who sat on the white mustang -at the renegade’s side; but the red-man’s anger reached -its loftiest pinnacle when a certain corpse was brought into -the circle.</p> - -<p>Tom Kyle had tried to prepare the savages for bad news; -but his words shot bitter arrows at the youthful captive, and -when the warriors laid the corpse of Red Eagle beside that -of White Lasso, his secret enemy, there was a perceptible -movement toward the boy. Winnesaw bent over the body.</p> - -<p>“Back!” cried the renegade, rising in his stirrups. “Do -not slay the boy in the heat of your anger. The upper Pawnees -are here; they claim the two pale boys; we gave them -to our river brethren when the white man’s trail fell into our -hands. We must listen to the upper Pawnees.”</p> - -<p>At this harangue the Indians paused, and looked toward -the group of Indians whose peculiar garments told that they -did not dwell on the Loup fork. Fifty stalwart fellows composed -the group, and all at once the plumed heads of the -chiefs came together in low conversation. The Loup and -Platte Pawnees were not ancient enemies, though, at times,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_62">[62]</span> -they had met as foemen on the battle-field; and a few words -were sufficient to rupture any peace that might exist between -them.</p> - -<p>The young white buffalo-hunters, as captives, belonged to -the Platte Pawnees, and when the survivors of Frontier -Shack’s victory besought their Loup brethren for aid, they -thought that the boys would be delivered over to them without -a word.</p> - -<p>But things had turned out strangely, to say the least. Frontier -Shack had not fallen into the Indians’ hands, and a ball -had entered Red Eagle’s brain. The chief’s death had, in the -event of the trapper’s disappearance, been charged to the -young adventurer, and the Loup Pawnees now clamored for -his hot young blood, and for the gore of his white comrade.</p> - -<p>The Indians whom Charley Shafer tried to signal while flying -over the prairies on Tecumseh’s back, had proved to be -the band of Platte Pawnees, on a buffalo-hunt, and they had -joined Tom Kyle’s avengers a few minutes before the terrible -explosion of the cottonwood. After the siege, they had been -persuaded to accompany Kenoagla’s band to the Pawnee village, -where a final disposition of George Long should be -made.</p> - -<p>The whispered consultation of the Platte chiefs did not -last long; their lips closed firmly over certain words, and, at -length, the Samsonian leader of the party advanced from the -group.</p> - -<p>“The chiefs say, ‘Give us our property!’” he said, in a -firm tone; “give us the white boys and we will seek our -lodges in peace.”</p> - -<p>Tom Kyle saw that he stood on the crust of a crater, and -his eye calmly swept the sea of red faces beneath his -perch.</p> - -<p>The fifty mounted Plattes regarded him with anxious faces -and their hands clutched the rifles with terrible determination.</p> - -<p>“Braves of the Loup, shall two pale boys dye Pawnee -ground with Pawnee blood?” asked the renegade, hurling his -voice above the clicking of a hundred rifle-locks, and the testing -of twice as many arrows. “This pale spawn will die in -our brothers’ hands, and Red Eagle will thus be avenged.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_63">[63]</span></p> - -<p>“No! no!” shouted White Lasso’s brother, springing to his -horse’s back. “The slayer of Red Eagle shall die by his -children’s hands. If Kenoagla is a Loup no longer, let him -go to the Apaches, in whose lodges he may be safer than -here.”</p> - -<p>It was the first outbreak of treason, and the yells of approval -that followed it, blanched the renegade’s cheeks.</p> - -<p>One glance at the Gold Girl, and he hastened to remedy -his mistake.</p> - -<p>“I spoke for peace,” he said; “not for the life of Red -Eagle’s slayer. The Plattes and Loups are brothers now; -shall all brotherly ties be severed?”</p> - -<p>“If they do not say to the Loups, ‘Take the white boy -and avenge Red Eagle’—yes!” cried the Little Buffalo.</p> - -<p>The fifty daring fellows in the midst of their three hundred -mad brethren bit their lips, and shook their heads resolutely.</p> - -<p>“Then, Pawnee Loups, we keep the pale-faces or die!” -cried the renegade, as the fifty threw the deadly weapons to -their shoulders.</p> - -<p>The women and children, with wild shrieks, fled from the -dangerous ground and cowered in their lodges, pitiable objects -of abject terror.</p> - -<p>But still the red fingers refused to press the triggers.</p> - -<p>Neither party seemed willing to inaugurate a conflict which -might grow into a war of extermination, and the silence which -reigned could almost have been <em>felt</em>.</p> - -<p>The feelings of the captives at this dread moment can not -be described. Their lives hung on delicate threads; death, -like the sword of Damocles, quivered over their heads, and -they waited with throbless hearts for the volley of fire and -lead.</p> - -<p>All at once, after three minutes’ silence, the Platte chief -spoke:</p> - -<p>“Shall we have the pale boys?”</p> - -<p>“<em>No!</em>”</p> - -<p>The little monosyllable pealed from three hundred throats -as from the throat of one man.</p> - -<p>Then the eyes that covered broad, bare breasts, dropped -nearer the rifle-barrels and bow-strings; but a voice, and the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_64">[64]</span> -springing of a girlish form from the body of Red Eagle, stayed -the hand of massacre.</p> - -<p>“Stay your hands, Plattes and Loups!” she cried, pausing -between the divided tribes. “The pale boy did not slay Red -Eagle. The ball that reached his brain came from Kenoagla’s -rifle!”</p> - -<p>The effect was electrical.</p> - -<p>Every rifle was lowered, and every eye fell upon Tom -Kyle.</p> - -<p>His face became as pale as death, and, trembling visibly, he -rose in his stirrups.</p> - -<p>“The red snake who basely shot White Lasso hates the -Pawnee King. She would save the pale boys, and see him -die. The warriors will not listen to her false tongue when -they can read her heart.”</p> - -<p>The red-girl’s voice quickly followed the renegade’s:</p> - -<p>“The Pale Pawnee’s rifle shoots a big bullet,” she said, -calmly, firmly. “It will not enter the muzzle of the white -boy’s gun. Take Kenoagla’s lead and try it. It will not fit -the white boy’s gun; but it will fit the hole between Red -Eagle’s eyes. And then, Kenoagla hated Red Eagle because -he got the Gold Girl.”</p> - -<p>Three Pawnees sprung from their steeds and griped the -rifle which George Long had retained with a deathly grip -while sinking in the quicksand.</p> - -<p>Tom Kyle tossed them a bullet.</p> - -<p>“Take it!” he hissed. “That girl can make the Pawnee -believe any thing.”</p> - -<p>The savages who were prominent actors in the cabal which -existed against the renegade, carried on the examination.</p> - -<p>Tom Kyle’s bullet would not fit the boy’s gun; but it could -be placed in the hole in Red Eagle’s brain. It fitted that -death-wound to a nicety.</p> - -<p>The examination concluded with a yell.</p> - -<p>The renegade handed his rifle to a chief.</p> - -<p>“If I slew Red Eagle I would fight; but, knowing that I -never aimed at his head, I surrender to my people.”</p> - -<p>The next moment he sprung from his horse, and, guarded -by a score of warriors, he was hurried away.</p> - -<p>“Curse that sharp-eyed girl!” he muttered. “I’ll have<span class="pagenum" id="Page_65">[65]</span> -her blood for this yet! And the Gold Girl shall be mine in -spite of all the red demons of the prairie! Though dethroned, -the Pawnee king is not friendless!”</p> - -<p>In the jaws of death, villains plot anew.</p> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_IX"><span class="gesperrt">CHAPTER IX</span>.<br /> -<span class="fs70">“YOU’VE GOT MY HORSE.”</span></h2> -</div> - -<p><span class="smcap">Tom Kyle</span> was thrown into the only strong wooden structure -that the Pawnee village contained, while the young adventurers -were placed in a lodge and guarded by equal numbers -of Platte and Loup Pawnees.</p> - -<p>Lina Aiken was taken to the Medicine’s wigwam, while -Winnesaw was, also, closely guarded, for she was guilty of -the death of two of her people, and she must certainly atone -for the crime with her own blood. But she had baffled White -Lasso, and succeeded in keeping the white boy from the -smoky lodges of the Sioux. That, at least, was a source of -comfort to her, when she knew that the Plattes would regain -their captives, and that she would die with her lips far from -his.</p> - -<p>Such a state of affairs had never before reigned in the -Pawnee village, and the Indians consequently were greatly -excited over it. The guilt and innocence of Tom Kyle were -discussed everywhere during the day; the Platte braves being -obliged to remain to await the result of the renegade’s trial, -which would take place the following day. The treason smothered -so long had now broken forth, and, in its strength, it -swept every thing before it. The conspiring chiefs chafed at -the delay; they demanded an immediate trial; but the majority -of the oldest sachems counseled the postponement of -the crisis, and they prevailed.</p> - -<p>Tom Kyle still possessed many true friends, and it was -true policy that their words should produce some effect.</p> - -<p>The afternoon was rapidly fading away, when a solitary -Crow Indian rode into the Pawnee village. His rifle was<span class="pagenum" id="Page_66">[66]</span> -thrown across his back, as the sign of peace, and his scalping -knife and tomahawk were inverted in his belt. A single -feather comprised his head dress, and it was interwoven in -his scalp-lock, in a curious and somewhat artistic manner. -He was an Indian of middle age, but the thick painting hid -many wrinkles, and several vermilion lines on his massive -breast revealed the presence of arrow or lance scars. His -leggings, as well as the sides of his horse, dripped with water, -which proclaimed that he had crossed the Loup fork at its -deepest point, and he busied himself in arranging the drenched -fringes of his nether garments, with a view to enhancing his -appearance in the eyes of his Pawnee brethren.</p> - -<p>He found himself besieged by hundreds of women and -children, long before he reached the council square; but he -resolutely pushed his animal through the masses, nor did -he draw rein until the warriors gathered about and demanded -his name and errand.</p> - -<p>A singular smile played with the Crow’s lips as he gazed -into the fierce faces that surrounded him, and, all at once, he -shook his head and put his finger over his lips, which he drew -close.</p> - -<p>The Pawnees exchanged looks of wonder and awe. They -seemed to comprehend that their visitor was a mute.</p> - -<p>Then one of the chiefs undertook to discover the Crow’s -errand, and, with a few motions of his hands, the visitor bade -the Pawnees form a great circle, which was done.</p> - -<p>Instantly new life seemed to inspire the Indian; he performed -a buffalo-chase so admirably that the Pawnees clapped their -hands, and made the air ring with “wewas,” their word for -“good!”</p> - -<p>The Crow’s actions told his auditors that he and a number -of his countrymen had embarked upon a great buffalo-hunt, -which had proved quite successful, but disastrous so far as the -Indians’ welfare was concerned. They had lost a number of -their party, and he had pursued the buffaloes to the borders -of the Pawnee country. His comrades, grieved by the loss -of two sub-chiefs, who had been killed by wounded bulls, -had returned, while he had embraced the opportunity of visiting -his Pawnee brethren for the first time.</p> - -<p>His looks, his carriage, pleased the savages, and they<span class="pagenum" id="Page_67">[67]</span> -gathered about him with delight, mingled with profound -respect. The American Indian always respects an unfortunate -person; they pity any one whom the Great Spirit has touched, -as they express affliction in any form, and they received the -mute Crow with dignified courtesy, mingled with sympathy -for his loss of hearing and speech.</p> - -<p>After performing his journey from the Crow village beyond -the Black Hills to the Pawnee lodges, the Indian produced -several pieces of white bark, and charcoal pencils.</p> - -<p>Upon the former he drew the picture of a sleeping bear, -and then pointed to himself.</p> - -<p>Then he sketched Tom Kyle; held the picture up to the -Pawnees, and looked inquiringly around.</p> - -<p>This was not a strange question, for the renegade’s person -and position was well known to the Crows, and it was quite -natural for the Indian to inquire about the king of such a -great nation as the Pawnees.</p> - -<p>His question was answered by signs and picture-writing, -and he expressed great surprise at the unexpected turn affairs -had taken.</p> - -<p>Then he dismounted and confided his horse to the care of -the officiating chief. This announced his intention of remaining -to witness the renegade’s trial and doom.</p> - -<p>A lodge was given him, food placed at his disposal, and the -curtain fell upon the Crow all alone.</p> - -<p>He did not seem to hear the loudest sound, for a gun had -been discharged close to his head, and he had not exhibited -the least curiosity regarding the shot.</p> - -<p>After remaining in the Pawnee lodge for the space of an -hour, Sleeping Bear raised the curtains and stepped out. The -shades of night were gathering from the four cardinal points, -and the mute wandered aimlessly, as it seemed, about the village.</p> - -<p>He encountered a warrior whose age reached his own, and -they walked, at the Crow’s request, toward the corral, which -contained perhaps a hundred horses. These animals were -newly captured or stolen ones, while the old Pawnee steeds -were browsing along the banks of the Loup fork, or sleeping -on the prairie near the village.</p> - -<p>The Crow’s companion was suspicious, and he watched his<span class="pagenum" id="Page_68">[68]</span> -nation’s guest narrowly, as they walked along, conversing by -signs. Sleeping Bear did not notice the Pawnee’s suspicious -nature; he seemed intent on telling the story of a famous -chase after the wild horses, and at last they reached the corral.</p> - -<p>The horses were biting and fighting each other like wild -beasts, and many already bled from wounds inflicted by hoof -or teeth.</p> - -<p>Prominent among them appeared a magnificent iron-gray -whose fore shoulders were branded with the letter S. This -horse seemed the king of the corral, for the others fled around -the inclosure at his approach, and many were cowed by his -flashing eyes.</p> - -<p>The two spectators watched the conqueror in silence, and -the Pawnee’s eyes dilated with triumph, when the horse suddenly -galloped toward them, and poked his neck forward at -the Crow with a low whinny of delight!</p> - -<p>The next moment the mute found his throat griped by -long fingers, and the Pawnee was bearing him to the ground -with quick ejaculations of success.</p> - -<p>“The horse has betrayed the white hunter,” hissed the Indian. -“He never leaves the Pawnee village, never!”</p> - -<p>The keen edged scalping-knife quivered over the tufted -head before its owner could recover his equilibrium, for the -Loup’s action was the work of a single moment.</p> - -<p>All at once the Pawnee felt his antagonist’s muscles swell -to the bulk of mill-ropes, and the next minute Sleeping Bear -sprung to his feet like the upward flash of the rocket, as sudden -and as resistless.</p> - -<p>The Pawnee tried to shriek; but the cry died in his throat -and the Crow’s hand choked him into the realms of insensibility. -Once the red hand opened partially, but suddenly -closed again, held the Pawnee at arm’s length, then let him -drop.</p> - -<p>One dead Indian lay at the edge of the corral!</p> - -<p>During the conflict the Crow, as he styled himself, did not -utter a word, and after the victory he maintained the dogged -silence which had kept his lips sealed since his entrance into -Pawneedom.</p> - -<p>The iron-gray still stretched his neck over the corral, and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_69">[69]</span> -the victor approached and patted it affectionately, but did not -utter a word.</p> - -<p>The tarry of the Crow in the village, and the scene at the -horse-pen, had occupied several hours, and the night was well -advanced when the last incident occurred. His absence was -not missed; several Indians had seen the Pawnee join him, -and they, no doubt, thought that they were yet together about -the corral.</p> - -<p>At length Sleeping Bear walked slowly back toward the -village, and entered his lodge, but a moment later he emerged -again.</p> - -<p>But few Indians were to be seen now, and the hunter -joined a small group standing near the lodge wherein slept -Lina Aiken. The savages noticed him and proceeded with -their conversation. The expression on the Crow’s face told -them that he was a true mute, for they said words designed -to startle him, but without effect.</p> - -<p>“The Plattes will take the pale boys to-morrow,” said -one Indian. “We do not want them. We will say that -Kenoagla killed Red Eagle, whether he did or not, and his -blood will satisfy our people.”</p> - -<p>It was agreed among the conspirators that, guilty or innocent, -Tom Kyle should die on the morrow, and it was evident -that none of the conspirators believed him guilty. -They argued that he dared not slay Red Eagle, when the -chief had been a professed friend, and they could not tell -what kind of rifle George Long might have used while in -the trapper’s hut.</p> - -<p>After a while the group dispersed, and the visitor returned -to his hut, or lodge.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>Half an hour later the door of Tom Kyle’s prison opened -slowly. It was opened by one of the guards, and an instant -later the renegade came forth unbound.</p> - -<p>“Where’s the girl?” he asked, in a low tone.</p> - -<p>“At the corral.”</p> - -<p>“Good! now let us hurry. If Kenoagla is found here to-morrow, -he’ll be roasted or shot, as sure as fate.”</p> - -<p>“And the braves who help their king.”</p> - -<p>“Yes, Indians, the traitors would scorch you, too.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_70">[70]</span></p> - -<p>With stealthy steps the trio moved toward the corral in -the darkness, and when they reached the inclosure, they -were joined by another Indian who held Lina Aiken in his -arms.</p> - -<p>“We’ll succeed better than White Lasso,” whispered the -renegade, when his eyes fell upon the Gold Girl. “He can’t -steal women worth a curse. Tom Kyle’s an old hand at -the business. Now,” he said, in a louder tone, but the -savage who had waited for his coming clutched his arm.</p> - -<p>“Hist! Kenoagla.”</p> - -<p>“What’s up?”</p> - -<p>“Somebody’s among the Pawnee’s horses.”</p> - -<p>“The devil!”</p> - -<p>“Rattlesnake heard him when he came here; but he has -not heard him for a minute.”</p> - -<p>“It’s some thieving Omaha,” hissed the renegade, “and -he has stolen away ere this. Catch the animals.”</p> - -<p>In a few moments four horses were captured, and led from -the corral at the furthest side. Among them was Tecumseh, -the iron-gray.</p> - -<p>“By heaven! the gray is mine at last!” exclaimed the -renegade, in a low but exultant tone, as he fondly caressed -the steed on whose back the marks of Frontier Shack’s Spanish -saddle were plainly visible. “Here, Rattlesnake, hold -the horse till I mount, and, Big Eyes, you take the girl.”</p> - -<p>The Indian grasped the bridle, and Tom Kyle threw himself -upon the iron-gray’s back. The next instant he gave -Tecumseh the spurs, and the horse dashed away, leaving the -three Indians standing beside their steeds.</p> - -<p>They dared not follow Tom Kyle! in the last moment -their courage had signally failed them, and they looked into -each others’s faces with mingled shame and cowardice.</p> - -<p>Tom was going to the Apaches, but they dared not ride -into those southern wigwams. They had stolen Apache -horses; they were known, and Tom, they now feared, could -not protect them there. Perhaps, when they had served -his purpose, he would desert them. They knew the treachery -of the man they had served.</p> - -<p>The renegade glanced over his shoulder and saw the motionless -forms in the starlight.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_71">[71]</span></p> - -<p>“The greasy cowards!” he hissed. “That’s Pawnee nature, -to desert a fellow when he needs help; but I don’t -turn back now. I’m riding from a stake, to authority over -a thousand Indians, who will not conspire for a fellow’s -gaudy clothes.”</p> - -<p>He sunk the spurs deeper than ever into Tecumseh’s -rowels, and glanced down into the pale face that looked up -to him with a smile of malicious triumph.</p> - -<p>Flying from a stake to a kingdom!</p> - -<p>It was a proud moment for Tom Kyle.</p> - -<p>At last he reached a small tributary of the Loup fork and -plunged into the water.</p> - -<p>Tecumseh gained the furthest bank, when three dark objects -sprung from the grass.</p> - -<p>“Ho!”</p> - -<p>Tecumseh halted suddenly, as if stricken by an arrow.</p> - -<p>Tom Kyle drew a pistol.</p> - -<p>An Indian sat bolt upright on a horse, not twenty yards -in his front, and he saw that a rifle covered his heart.</p> - -<p>He discovered more than this. He recognized Sleeping -Bear, the Crow, whose visit to the village he had lately witnessed -from his prison.</p> - -<p>The Crow had seemed a mute; but had not the exclamation -which brought Tecumseh to a halt fallen from his lips?</p> - -<p>The mental interrogative was soon answered to the renegade’s -satisfaction and astonishment.</p> - -<p>“Tom Kyle, you’ve got my horse!”</p> - -<p>The fugitive king saw all now.</p> - -<p>Sleeping Bear was Frontier Shack!</p> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_72">[72]</span></p> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_X"><span class="gesperrt">CHAPTER X</span>.<br /> -<span class="fs70">SHOT BY HIS OWN RIFLE.</span></h2> -</div> - -<p>“<span class="smcap">Tom Kyle</span>, I say you’ve got Tecumseh!”</p> - -<p>The reiteration of the trapper’s declaration followed a -minute’s silence.</p> - -<p>“Well, what if I have?” hoarsely grated the White Pawnee.</p> - -<p>“I want ’im.”</p> - -<p>“You do?”</p> - -<p>“Certainly; get off!”</p> - -<p>Tom Kyle gritted his teeth till they fairly cracked. Then -he lowered half unconscious Lina Aiken to the ground, but -remained on the iron-gray.</p> - -<p>“There’s the girl!” he said.</p> - -<p>“But I want the horse. Tecumseh is worth more to me -than all the girls in America.”</p> - -<p>“What will you do with me? Shackelford, I have saved -your life.”</p> - -<p>“And you would have saved it night before last if your -devils had caught me, too,” was the sarcastic rejoinder. “But -to business; get off that horse.”</p> - -<p>Shackelford’s voice was as stern as a winter storm, and the -renegade saw his head drop once more to the rifle-stock.</p> - -<p>“I mean business, Tom Kyle. We can’t wait here. If -you will be stubborn—”</p> - -<p>The fugitive from Indian vengeance interrupted the hunter -by springing to the ground.</p> - -<p>Frontier Shack now rode slowly forward, the remaining -horsemen following his example.</p> - -<p>“I pulled wool over the Pawnees’ eyes this time, Tom,” -he said, familiarly, and with a broad smile. “The water tells -me that I make a handsome Indian. You see I can play -the Crow pretty decently, for I’ve trapped with the varmints -but I never caught enough of their lingo to gabble it off to -advantage. Wonder what them Pawnees ’ud say if they -could hear Sleeping Bear talking like any other folks?”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_73">[73]</span></p> - -<p>He paused, and Tom Kyle saw fit to put a question.</p> - -<p>“How did you know I was escaping?”</p> - -<p>“I’ll tell ye. I first put an end to the two greasers what -guarded the boys, hyar, an’ then I sneaked around for the -girl, fur one o’ these chaps wouldn’t budge a peg ’thout her. -I found her nest empty, an’ I knew that you had a hand in -the pie. I knew that you would take my horse, because -you’ve wanted him for these several years. I daren’t go -back to the corral, for I thought I would run ag’in’ you, and -there’d hev been a game blocked. We caught Pawnee -horses on the prairie, and struck out for the Platte.”</p> - -<p>“But how did you know that I would ride southward?”</p> - -<p>“I knew your situation, Tom Kyle. The Pawnees hev -told me about the volcano that they were manufacturin’ -beneath your feet, and I knew that you had good inducements -to join the Apaches. So we came here and waited. -This is the old Apache trail. You war a fool for takin’ it -to-night.”</p> - -<p>“I know it,” said the renegade; “but what can’t be cured -must be endured, I suppose.”</p> - -<p>“It seems so; but we must be movin’. Allow me to tie -your hands.”</p> - -<p>The Pale Pawnee submitted to the operation with muttered -curses.</p> - -<p>Then he was placed upon the horse, which the trapper -had ridden from the Pawnee village, and his legs were lashed -to the sinewy girth.</p> - -<p>“Where are you going?” he asked, as Frontier Shack -vaulted upon the back of his favorite steed once more.</p> - -<p>“To Fort Kearney.”</p> - -<p>A pallor flitted across the renegade’s face.</p> - -<p>He did not want to go the frontier station.</p> - -<p>“Shackelford, this is the lowest kind of revenge.”</p> - -<p>The trapper smiled.</p> - -<p>“I can’t take vengeance for the Government,” he said. -“Tom Kyle, I’m going to turn you over to the authorities, -and I hope that they will deal justly with one who has -massacred so many helpless emigrants.”</p> - -<p>“Well, do as you like, but let me tell you now, Otis<span class="pagenum" id="Page_74">[74]</span> -Shackelford, that, should I escape, I will take your life if I -am obliged to hunt you a lifetime.”</p> - -<p>Another smile curled the hunter’s lips, and then the ride -over the prairies continued in silence.</p> - -<p>Fort Kearney, at that time, was a weak frontier post; but -it awed the savage in its vicinity, and kept him classed among -the comparatively harmless denizens of the West. The cannon -had a terror for him, and, as yet, he had not learned to -laugh at the blue-coated soldiery, who stood between him -and the great father at Washington.</p> - -<p>The western post, in question, was situated about sixty -miles from the point where Frontier Shack arrested the flight -of the Pale Pawnee, with his prize—the Gold Girl.</p> - -<p>Shackelford took a trail not much frequented by Indians, -but noted for being crossed and trodden by buffaloes.</p> - -<p>The quartette rode rapidly beneath the stars, which dotted -the azure vault, and wore a senescent aspect, which the trapper -noted with a half frown.</p> - -<p>He almost wished that the night might be interminable.</p> - -<p>At last day broke upon the vast prairie, and found the -fugitives still many miles from Fort Kearney.</p> - -<p>Objects assumed shape gradually, and the first one to speak -was Lina Aiken, who sat before the trapper on his old steed.</p> - -<p>“We must hurry,” she said, her eyes riveted upon a dark -mass which seemed to rest against the eastern horizon. “A -storm will burst upon us soon.”</p> - -<p>“A storm, girl? Why, where’s the clouds?”</p> - -<p>“Yonder.”</p> - -<p>“That’s buffalo.”</p> - -<p>Lina uttered an exclamation of wonder.</p> - -<p>Presently the thunder of hoofs was heard, and the army -of buffaloes advanced directly toward the Platte, almost -within sight of whose waters our fugitives were.</p> - -<p>The herd contained thousands, and the noise of their -feet as they rushed over the plain almost drowned the voice -of the spectators.</p> - -<p>“They’re makin’ for water,” remarked Shackelford. -“There’s a place hyarabouts where the river’s cl’ar of quicksands, -and them knowing beasts hev discovered it. It is -further down river, though, so we’ll sit hyar till they pass<span class="pagenum" id="Page_75">[75]</span> -in our front. Now, boys, look out for white bufflers! If -thar’s any in this world, ye’ll see ’em in that herd.”</p> - -<p>A crimson flush stole to the cheeks of the young adventurers, -and they exchanged smiles without glancing at the -trapper.</p> - -<p>Suddenly the line lengthened, and excitement faded from -the young Ohioan’s eyes.</p> - -<p>They turned to the trapper.</p> - -<p>“We’re in danger!”</p> - -<p>Frontier Shack did not reply, but watched the animals -whose extended ranks endangered their lives to an imminent -degree.</p> - -<p>“We stand between them and the water,” said Tom Kyle, -coolly, and with infinite pleasure, despite his situation. -“They are coming like lightning, and they could catch us before -we could reach the river.”</p> - -<p>“I know it,” replied the hunter; “but we must not die -here.”</p> - -<p>“We can’t fire the prairie, although the wind is in our -favor.”</p> - -<p>“No; the grass is green now.”</p> - -<p>“Then what will we do?”</p> - -<p>It was Lina Aiken’s question.</p> - -<p>“I can save the party. I could show you the Pawnees’ -plan for baffling buffalo.”</p> - -<p>“We can ride through the ranks.”</p> - -<p>“You can not, Shackelford: those ranks must be three -hundred deep. Through the ranks of a common herd we -might ride to safety; but not through those ranks.”</p> - -<p>The hunter reseated himself in the saddle, after surveying -the bisonic legion, that rushed forward, completely infilading -them, crazed for water to cool their tongues.</p> - -<p>Such a horde threatened to drain the Platte.</p> - -<p>“That’s so, Tom; we can’t ride through them. If they -war wild horses we’d fix them, but—heavens! what thunder!”</p> - -<p>“We’ve got to die when we can be saved,” grated the renegade.</p> - -<p>“No! there!”</p> - -<p>Tom Kyle stretched his limbs, and uttered a low ejaculation -when he found himself free.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_76">[76]</span></p> - -<p>“Now show us the Pawnee plan.”</p> - -<p>“I will, God helping me,” said the renegade, with determination. -“Your rifle.”</p> - -<p>Frontier Shack did not hesitate, but tossed Tom Kyle his -rifle.</p> - -<p>With a “Now,” which sounded terribly triumphant at that -perilous hour, the fugitive king rose in his stirrups and surveyed -the approaching herd, whose glaring eyes and long red -tongues were now distinctly visible.</p> - -<p>What would the renegade do?</p> - -<p>The spectators held their breath and fastened their eyes on -him.</p> - -<p>He seemed to be looking for a break in the dark-brown -ranks.</p> - -<p>Suddenly his eyes lit up with a strange, fierce fire, and -Frontier Shack, who also had risen in his stirrups with a revolver -clutched in either hand, saw what had rejoiced the -renegade.</p> - -<p>The buffaloes had extended their ranks until the files were -not dangerously deep, and two huge bulls, who were fighting -most furiously, promised to divide the herd.</p> - -<p>“Now, Tom—”</p> - -<p>The trapper suddenly paused, for the renegade had wheeled -in his stirrups, with an oath.</p> - -<p>“This is the Pawnees’ plan!” he hissed.</p> - -<p>There was the report of a rifle; the revolvers fell from -Shackelford’s hands, and he dropped on Tecumseh’s neck -without a sigh—without a groan!</p> - -<p>A cry of horror burst from the lips of the spectators of -this brutal deed, and Lina Aiken found herself dragged from -beneath the body of her preserver by a hand that griped her -like the jaws of a vise.</p> - -<p>With the girl in his arms, the renegade wheeled toward the -buffaloes. He rose in his stirrups again, as he executed the -movement, and a moment later he was standing on the saddle -with the ease of a circus-rider.</p> - -<p>One arm supported Lina Aiken and the trapper’s rifle, while -the other held his magnificent serape aloft, and flaunted it in -the faces of the thirsty herd.</p> - -<p>Straight at the quadrupedal ranks the Pawnee “buck-skin”<span class="pagenum" id="Page_77">[77]</span> -darted, and the renegade accompanied the waving of his serape -with yells that might have frightened the fiends in Pandemonium.</p> - -<p>The young adventurers’ eyes looked over white cheeks, -and George Long’s first intention was to cock his rifle.</p> - -<p>“Don’t shoot!” cried his companion, putting forth his hand. -“Our safety lies in following him. If he rides through the -ranks, why can not we?”</p> - -<p>The hammer fell gently on the percussion-cap.</p> - -<p>“Forward!”</p> - -<p>With a glance at Frontier Shack, whose hands griped Tecumseh’s -mane with the tenacity of death, the two boys shot -forward in the wake of the renegade.</p> - -<p>Their safety did lie in following Tom Kyle, who uttered a -light laugh when he glanced over his shoulder and saw them -giving their Pawnee horses spur and rein.</p> - -<p>The two heroes imitated the flying king as nearly as possible.</p> - -<p>They stripped themselves to their jackets, and rising in the -stirrups, they waved their garments at the bisons.</p> - -<p>For many moments it seemed that they were riding to a -terrible death beneath short horns and stony feet; but all at -once, that dreadful thought gave place to a wild cry of safety.</p> - -<p>The renegade rode almost directly toward the rising sun, -and the rich gold trimmings of his Spanish cloak dazzled the -eyes of the beasts; and at length the brownish ranks divided.</p> - -<p>A yell of triumph pealed from Tom Kyle’s lips, and a -minute later he passed the jaws of death! The young buffalo-hunters -followed him, and at their side dashed the iron-gray, -as eager to bear his motionless master through the dark -ranks as horse well could be.</p> - -<p>The renegade’s steed was no mean racer. He distanced the -other horses, and when the buffaloes had been baffled, he was -almost beyond rifle-range.</p> - -<p>He shouted something back which the young Ohioans could -not catch, and then they saw him drop into the saddle again -and turn his horse’s head in a south-westerly direction.</p> - -<p>“We can’t overtake him, George,” said Charley Shafer. -“We must stop here.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_78">[78]</span></p> - -<p>They curbed their mustangs with little difficulty, for the -beasts were jaded, and a quick “’Ho!” brought Tecumseh to -a sudden halt.</p> - -<p>“I wonder if he’s dead,” said young Shafer, riding up to -the trapper, while his comrade gazed, with gritted teeth and -clenched hands, at the villain who bore from him, with terrible -rapidity, the beautiful being whom his young heart had -learned to love.</p> - -<p>Frontier Shack still lay motionless on the iron-gray’s back, -and the horse turned his head with a softened look as the -youth put forth his hand.</p> - -<p>Tecumseh’s neck was crimsoned with blood; but the boy -raised the trapper’s head with flutterings of hope.</p> - -<p>That head seemed a lump of lead; but as Charley lifted it -high from the blood-clotted mane, the expressionless eyeballs -seemed to move. He looked again, this time with an exclamation -of joy!</p> - -<p>The dark eyes moved again, and the hands released the -horse’s mane.</p> - -<p>“George! George!” cried the overjoyed boy, “he lives! -he lives!”</p> - -<p>Called from the contemplation of the dark speck oscillating -against the distant horizon, George Long bounded forward.</p> - -<p>“Where’s the bufflers?”</p> - -<p>“At the river.”</p> - -<p>“Where’s that devil?”</p> - -<p>“Out of sight now,” said George, with a sigh.</p> - -<p>Frontier Shack was silent for a moment.</p> - -<p>“He’s showed me the Pawnee mode of beating bufflers,” -he said, at length, with a smile which, on his bloody face, -looked ludicrous in the extreme; “but if I don’t show him -Frontier Shack’s mode of beating renegades, then may the -wolves howl over my grave when the grass dies ag’in! Are -ye ready, boys?”</p> - -<p>“Yes.”</p> - -<p>“Then we move.”</p> - -<p>“To Fort Kearney?” asked George, who saw that the trapper -possessed no weapons.</p> - -<p>“I don’t see Fort Kearney nor the Stars and Stripes till I -wipe out that cussed pale whelp.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_79">[79]</span></p> - -<p>“And save Lina?”</p> - -<p>“Yes.”</p> - -<p>“And Mabel?”</p> - -<p>“Yes!”</p> - -<p>The boys grasped the trapper’s hands.</p> - -<p>“Boys, look hyar,” said Frontier Shack, solemnly, “you’ve -got fathers and mothers; I haven’t. I had parents once, but -they’re up yonder. I kin do what I’m going to do alone. I -might get along better without you; I really think I could. -Now suppose I guide you to Fort Kearney, and that you wait -till I bring the girls back. I’ll do it, so help me Heaven! I -want yer parents to see ye once more, and I tell ye truly that -yonder, across that river, lies the valley of death, and -yonder,” pointing toward the land of the Sioux, “the highlands -of destruction.”</p> - -<p>“Sir, dangers can not frighten us,” said Charley Shafer, -breaking the profound silence that followed the trapper’s last -words. “We are going with you, for we have determined -to rescue our friends from the red-skins or die in the attempt. -You can not guide us to Fort Kearney; there!”</p> - -<p>The old trapper slowly shook his head, and muttered in a -low tone:</p> - -<p>“If white bufflers hed a-kept out o’ yer heads! Si Gregg -hed no business to write sech a lie!”</p> - -<p>He loved the boys.</p> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XI"><span class="gesperrt">CHAPTER XI</span>.<br /> -<span class="fs70">A VOICE IN THE NIGHT.</span></h2> -</div> - -<p><span class="smcap">Near</span> the close of a beautiful day, an Indian sat in a saddle -on the banks of the Arkansas, not far from James’ Peak, -and gazed at an object which rapidly approached from the -north-east.</p> - -<p>That object appeared to be a horse, and the Pawnee -watched it intently, with shaded eyes, as it rose and fell like -a ball on the plain that separated them.</p> - -<p>He did not speak or look at the beautiful girl whose waist<span class="pagenum" id="Page_80">[80]</span> -his bare arm encircled, and held before him on his black -steed.</p> - -<p>She, too, saw the object which had attracted the savage’s -attention, and when its identity was plainly revealed, the -Pawnee started and uttered an exclamation of wonder.</p> - -<p>Mabel Denison looked up at him, questioningly, curiously, -but did not speak.</p> - -<p>“The Pale Pawnee seeks the Apaches,” said the Indian, -Wolf Eyes, in a low tone, which still bore traces of inward -astonishment. “Why does he ride thither now? Has the -storm of the chiefs broken overhead? and has he stolen from -the Pawnees at night, and ridden like the wind from the -lodges where he once reigned like a king?”</p> - -<p>The approaching horseman answered Wolf Eyes’ questions, -for when he suddenly checked the career of his beast, -the Pawnee saw the burden the “buck-skin” bore. He -glanced at Mabel, but, seeing that she had not recognized -Lina Aiken, he kept his lips closed, and executed the Pawnee -signal of peace with the rich sash which he had plundered -from some New-Mexican hacienda in days gone by.</p> - -<p>A peculiar motion proclaimed his identity, and presently -the renegade rode forward again.</p> - -<p>They met on the river’s bank, and a sharp cry of recognition -rose from the throats of the captive girls.</p> - -<p>Lovingly they put forth their arms for an embrace; but -the distance was too great for them to feel heart beat against -heart. Tom Kyle saw this and rode nearer Wolf Eyes.</p> - -<p>“There, Lina, embrace your friend,” he said, softly, lifting -his captive forward. “God knows I wouldn’t deprive you -of such happiness at this hour. I thought Wolf Eyes far -away from this spot, and I expected to meet the Old Harry -here as much as the chief.”</p> - -<p>The girls encircled each others’ necks, and mingled their -tears—tears of joy at meeting in the darkest hour of adversity, -when not a hand was near to chase the clouds away, and show -them the sun.</p> - -<p>“I thought you were with the Sioux,” said Tom Kyle, -addressing the chief, who watched the captives with a -stoicism that proved him as devoid of feeling as a stone.</p> - -<p>“When Wolf Eyes saw White Lasso fall, he knew that he<span class="pagenum" id="Page_81">[81]</span> -dared not ride into the wigwams of the Sioux alone; so, he -turned his horse’s head toward the Apaches’ land, and, behold! -he has met his white brother journeying to the same -place.”</p> - -<p>“Yes,” answered the renegade. “The storm broke at last -over my head, and for my life I had to fly. The Apaches -have waited for me long; Tarantulah has sent me offer after -offer, and I told him that, in the hour of need, I would fly to -his lodge, and teach his people war, as I have taught the -Pawnees. Oh, the rich haciendas I can ride through! Oh! -the golden crosses I can snatch from gilded shrines!”</p> - -<p>Wolf Eyes caught his king’s enthusiasm, and uttered an -exclamation of joy.</p> - -<p>“If Gold Feather still lived, Wolf Eyes would not ride to -Apache land,” said the Indian, suddenly relapsing into seriousness -again.</p> - -<p>“Gold Feather is dead?”</p> - -<p>“Yes,” and there was a flash in the midnight eyes. “Wolf -Eyes found him wounded once on the banks of the Platte—wounded -by a buffalo bull; and he tossed him into the water. -The Manitou’s lights shone then, and Wolf Eyes saw his -enemy sink to the swallowing sand. He rode toward the -Pawnee lodges to slay Wolf Eyes, but the buffalo stretched -him by the clear water.</p> - -<p>“Then, of course, you’ll be safe among the Apaches, and I -will stand by you. But, if Gold Feather was alive I could -not rescue you from his vengeance.”</p> - -<p>The Pawnee shook his head.</p> - -<p>A moment later the girls, who, during this time, had -conversed in low tones, were gently separated by the renegade.</p> - -<p>Before departing, they surveyed the land that stretched from -them to the north and east, and the last rays of the setting -sun fell upon the two captors fording the Arkansas, with their -horses’ heads turned toward Apachedom.</p> - -<p>Long, lone and drearisome days had intervened between -Tom Kyle’s escape from Frontier Shack, and meeting with -Wolf Eyes on the bank of the Arkansas.</p> - -<p>He had encountered wandering bands of Indians; but, -aided by his knowledge of plains life, he had managed to<span class="pagenum" id="Page_82">[82]</span> -elude them. Once he narrowly escaped running into an emigrant -train, which Lucy Aiken had signaled, hoping thereby -to escape from his clutches. The signal was seen, a number -of men had pursued the fugitive, but he outgeneraled them -completely.</p> - -<p>After leaving the Arkansas in their rear they did not fear -pursuit. Tom Kyle knew that the boys would not attempt to -follow, when their friend the trapper was dead, for he believed -that his ball had penetrated Shackelford’s brain, instead -of merely grazing his temple, and rendering him half-paralyzed, -as was the case. And, with the start which he -had from the Pawnee village, he felt assured that his red enemies -could not overtake him, even if they were to ride their -swiftest horses.</p> - -<p>“They didn’t want my blood, particularly,” he would murmur, -when he thought about such matters as I have just -penned; “they wanted me out of their way, and they ought -to be satisfied now. Ha! didn’t I outwit Red Eagle! I -never shoot at a creature twice. He won’t step into the Pale -Pawnee’s moccasins, and that leads me to think that blood -will flow over the question, ‘Who shall succeed Tom Kyle as -ruler of the Loups?’”</p> - -<p>The renegade and his red companion gave their steeds but -little rest. They crossed the mountains in safety, and at last -descended to the beautiful plain-lands of New Mexico.</p> - -<p>Here they were compelled to catch fresh horses, a duty -which the rifle and lasso performed, and after breaking the -steeds, an operation which lasted several days, the journey was -resumed.</p> - -<p>One morning, as the sun crept lazily over the mountains -that border Apache-land, the riders reached their journey’s -end.</p> - -<p>Boldly they rode into the great Apache village, amid demonstrations -of joy, for the renegade’s rich clothing had caused -his recognition, and Tarantulah had bidden his braves receive -him as a great ally.</p> - -<p>The council-square swarmed with savages of all ages and -conditions, and when the twain drew rein, a loud shout of -triumph broke forth.</p> - -<p>But, suddenly, Wolf Eyes uttered a low but terrible cry<span class="pagenum" id="Page_83">[83]</span> -of terror, and drawing back, he threw his horse upon his -haunches.</p> - -<p>The cause of the Pawnee’s agitation was easily discoverable.</p> - -<p>A young chief, whose head-dress consisted of a single feather, -dyed to an ocherous tint, was fitting an arrow to a bowstring, -and his dark eyes were riveted upon Tom Kyle’s red -comrade.</p> - -<p>Tarantulah saw the action and sprung forward with a sharp, -quick cry of command, to arrest the frenzied arm.</p> - -<p>Wolf Eyes still forced his horse back; but when he discovered -that stalwart Indians blocked his way, he tried to -shield his heart with Mabel Denison.</p> - -<p>But the shaft left the bow as he threw the murdered agent’s -daughter before his brawny breast, and he fell from his horse -with a loud cry!</p> - -<p>Gold Feather complacently unstrung his bow, while he -watched Tarantulah snatch Mabel from under the mustang’s -feet.</p> - -<p>The old grudge between Pawnee and Apache had been settled -at last.</p> - -<p>Tom Kyle surveyed the sea of upturned faces. There existed, -so far as he could see, no enmity against him.</p> - -<p>It is an Indian’s right to slay his enemy wherever he meets -him, and Gold Feather had exercised that right. He could -not be arrested, by savage law; it was justifiable homicide in -the red-man’s eyes—not cold-blooded murder, needing an expiation.</p> - -<p>Tarantulah found a lodge for the pale captives, and when -Tom Kyle had departed, after wishing them happiness in -their new quarters, they came together in a sweet embrace.</p> - -<p>“Now, Mabel, captivity begins in terrible earnest,” said -Lina Aiken. “The day for rescues has passed, for who is -there to hunt us now?”</p> - -<p>Mabel Denison looked up into the pale, sympathizing face -that bent over her, and answered, in a calm, determined -tone:</p> - -<p>“I do not despair, Lina. While there’s life there’s hope. -We have friends among these savages.”</p> - -<p>“Friends!” echoed Lina Aiken, astonishment depicted on<span class="pagenum" id="Page_84">[84]</span> -every handsome lineament. “Friends among fiends! No, -no, Mabel! You take wishes for reality.”</p> - -<p>Fair-eyed Mabel Denison glanced at the shadow of their -guard, which fell into the lodge, and drew nearer her sister.</p> - -<p>“We have one friend, at least, among the fierce Apaches,” -she whispered, “and that friend is the chief whom we have -heard called Gold Feather.”</p> - -<p>The night that succeeded the second day of the captives’ -sojourn in Apachedom was most beautiful to contemplate.</p> - -<p>For hours Mabel Denison and Lina Aiken stood behind -the lodge curtains, and gazed through the narrow opening at -the stars that glittered in the azure deep of the sky.</p> - -<p>They thought of friends who, secure in happy homes, far -toward the rising sun, slept and dreamed, perhaps of them.</p> - -<p>Such thoughts sent more than one tear down the girls’ -cheeks, and, as they turned to the skin couches which red -hands had prepared, a sigh for the hopes, the joys, the pleasures -of the past, escaped their lips.</p> - -<p>Sleep quickly followed their lying down, and near midnight -Mabel awoke from a strange dream, wherein home and deserts -were wildly commingled.</p> - -<p>A slight noise, like the scratchings of a ’coon, against the -back of the lodge, saluted her ears. With her heart in her -throat, she crept from the couch without disturbing Lina, and -put her ear against the side of the structure directly opposite -the noise.</p> - -<p>Now she knew that a knife was at work, and at last the -thin blade slipped through the bark and grazed her cheek.</p> - -<p>Then came a low voice.</p> - -<p>“Do the pale girls sleep?”</p> - -<p>“No!”</p> - -<p>A slight exclamation of joy followed.</p> - -<p>“Gold Feather’s mouth is full of good news. The pale-faces -who love the silver lilies are in the mountains! Can -the pretty squaws be ready to run for the hills?”</p> - -<p>“Oh, yes, at once!” they both cried.</p> - -<p>“Can the white squaws strike down the guard, if he opposes -the way?”</p> - -<p>“Try me!” said Mabel, with sudden fierceness which -showed how much she was willing to dare to escape.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_85">[85]</span></p> - -<p>“Then when you hear three owl-hoots, come forth, and -Frontier Shack and myself will be near at hand for the rescue,” -and with that the mysterious visitor glided away.</p> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XII"><span class="gesperrt">CHAPTER XII</span>.<br /> -<span class="fs70">THE BLOW FOR FREEDOM.</span></h2> -</div> - -<p><span class="smcap">A half-hour</span> passed, of intense anxiety to both girls. -Then they distinctly heard a noise again in the wigwam’s -rear.</p> - -<p>“Gold Feather is not able to take the girls out through the -village. The guard sleeps soundly. Go forth; take his gun, -and if he wakes not, make for the hills with soft steps. Gold -Feather will guard the way.”</p> - -<p>Parting the curtains, she peered out, but clouds obscured -the stars, and the blackness of darkness brooded over the village -like some monster eagle. The guard sat beside the -door, half-asleep as it seemed, for his head had fallen between -his knees, and his rifle lay on the ground.</p> - -<p>A moment later the curtains were drawn aside, and Lina -stepped out into the pure night air.</p> - -<p>Mabel followed, and as she dropped the curtain she stooped -to deprive the guard of his gun.</p> - -<p>Her slender hand clutched the barrel of the weapon; but -the butt, which she did not see, struck the Apache’s foot as -she drew it toward her, and starting from his sleep, fully -awake in an instant, he leaped to his feet.</p> - -<p>Lina Aiken uttered a low cry of horror and sprung backward -as the rifle shot upward, held by hands which, though -a woman’s, were nerved with fearful determination.</p> - -<p>The Apache took in the situation at a glance, and, without -a cry, he strode forward. He saw the clutched rifle, and perhaps -he caught the dark eye that fell upon him warningly, -for he threw his hand up to break the blow. But the girl -was too quick for him; the butt of the weapon struck his -head with a dull thud, and he staggered toward the lodge.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_86">[86]</span> -Once he tried to recover, and had almost succeeded, when the -rifle descended again, and then he sunk to the earth like a -stricken bullock.</p> - -<p>“Now, Lina!”</p> - -<p>The girls joined hands in the darkness, and started for the -mountains. They had miles to travel before dawn, and the -path to the fastnesses were beset with dangers.</p> - -<p>An unseen hand seemed to guide them, for they avoided -the somber lodges with an ease scarcely ever equaled, and had -proceeded to the suburbs of the village when the barking of -several dogs, quickly followed by the yells of Indians, attracted -their attention, and riveted them to the earth.</p> - -<p>“They’ve discovered the guard!” whispered Lina, breathlessly.</p> - -<p>“No,” said Mabel, as the yells increased, “they’ve caught a -white man. Hark!”</p> - -<p>“By heavens! Shackelford, I thought I had finished you! -I never missed a shot before, in all my life; but we’ll -take care that your life ends now. Where are the boys?”</p> - -<p>The girls heard a coarse laugh, which Lina Aiken knew -came from Shackelford.</p> - -<p>“What shall we do now, Mabel?”</p> - -<p>“Continue our journey. They have not caught the two -boys—only Frontier Shack, as the hunter is called. We may -yet escape.”</p> - -<p>Again they started forward; but soon realized that all was -lost.</p> - -<p>Every lodge was pouring forth its living humanity, and the -fugitives suddenly dropped to the ground, where, with wildly-throbbing -hearts they awaited developments.</p> - -<p>The winds blew from the mountains, and brought distant -sounds distinctly to their ears.</p> - -<p>Suddenly they heard the tramp of horses, and knew that -some persons were flying from the Apache camp.</p> - -<p>“Mabel, listen! we were so near <em>them</em>!”</p> - -<p>A sigh, a low “yes,” told that the fugitives were on the -brink of safety and yet did not know it.</p> - -<p>Charley Shafer and George Long were hurrying back to the -mountains.</p> - -<p>In the shadow of a lodge the girls continued to crouch,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_87">[87]</span> -until every Indian seemed to have reached the spot where the -daring trapper was held in durance vile. Then they rose to -their feet and started forward again; but were quickly seized—this -time by the squaws themselves, who, prowling around -the lodges, had discovered the girls, and a minute later -full twenty furious hags surrounded and held the girls, -while a legion of feet approached with quick, impatient -strides.</p> - -<p>Foremost among the warriors was Tom Kyle, minus serape, -sword, hat and moccasins. A pistol barrel glittered in either -hand, and he pushed his way through the captors with a series -of oaths.</p> - -<p>“So my birds tried to get away!” he said, with a grim -smile of satisfaction, when the torches revealed the pale faces, -whose cheeks touched each other, almost. “Well, you find -it extremely difficult to fly from Apachedom, eh, my eastern -finches? Here, women, give me my own. I return them to -the cage, and take good care that they shall not escape -again.”</p> - -<p>He tore the girls from their captors, and he and the -Apaches started back toward the center of the village.</p> - -<p>“By George! girls,” he exclaimed, stepping nearer Lina -Aiken, “that trapper is in the village. I thought I had -finished him; but, somehow or other, I didn’t, and he has -guided them two boys to Apache land. I tell you that he -never sees another night. He’s got to die to-morrow, as -sure as my name is Tom Kyle, and that, girls, is a fixed -fact!”</p> - -<p>The girls were silent, and, after a long period of quietude, -the renegade spoke again:</p> - -<p>“Who killed the guard?”</p> - -<p>“I did, sir.”</p> - -<p>It was Mabel Denison who spoke.</p> - -<p>“If the Indians find that out, it may go hard with you. -Even Tom Kyle may not be able to save you. Among the -Apaches, it is an eye for an eye and a tooth for a tooth. If -they accuse you, girls, of the death of the guard, deny it to -the bitter end. They do not know that he is dead.”</p> - -<p>The girls soon afterward found themselves back in their -old lodge again. Then the renegade departed, after whispering<span class="pagenum" id="Page_88">[88]</span> -a few commands to the three Indians who now guarded -the captives.</p> - -<p>Borne to the council-square, Frontier Shack was soon -pinioned to the single post ever ready there for its captive, and -the horrid fire-torture. The old hunter well knew his danger -but flinched not, nor betrayed the least sign of uneasiness -when the howling throng pressed around him.</p> - -<p>The death of the guard immensely excited the chief -Tarantulah. <em>Who</em> had killed the warrior? This secret he -tried to wrest from Shack, but the white man only laughed in -his face.</p> - -<p>“As if I would tell, even if I knowed!” was his contemptuous -answer.</p> - -<p>“And you have been helped by some red-man in your -visit to the Apache land. Who is he, that we may burn him -with you?” demanded the chief, fiercely.</p> - -<p>“What do you take me for, Indian?” cried the trapper. -“A durn fool, I s’pose. When I go back on anybody, call -me a craw-fish.”</p> - -<p>Tarantulah bit his lips, and started toward his braves.</p> - -<p>“The traitor is Gold Feather!” he cried, “and he has not -been seen to-night.”</p> - -<p>“He rode to the mountains when the Manitou’s light hung -in the sky,” answered a sub-chief.</p> - -<p>“But he returned,” said another.</p> - -<p>“To his lodge, Squatting Bear! Hunt him down, warriors! -He is the traitor! The red-man with a treacherous -white skin!”</p> - -<p>“What’s that, chief: Gold Feather not a true red-skin?” -asked the renegade, with evident surprise.</p> - -<p>“Gold Feather is a white man!”</p> - -<p>“I would never have dreamed that. How long has he -been with you?”</p> - -<p>The chief studied a moment.</p> - -<p>“Twenty summers.”</p> - -<p>Tom Kyle started at the reply.</p> - -<p>“I had a brother once,” he said. “My father took him to -Mexico about twenty years ago, for he and mother quarreled -and parted. But the Comanches caught and killed them. -No, Gold Feather is not my brother; he—”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_89">[89]</span></p> - -<p>An Indian suddenly paused before the twain, and broke the -renegade’s sentence.</p> - -<p>It was Gold Feather.</p> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XIII"><span class="gesperrt">CHAPTER XIII</span>.<br /> -<span class="fs70">THE SWOOP OF THE AVENGER.</span></h2> -</div> - -<p>“<span class="smcap">Gold Feather</span> is here. Is the chief angry with him -that he should put the warriors on his track?”</p> - -<p>“Yes,” he cried; “why did Gold Feather ride to the -mountains, and meet the pale-faces in the shadows of the -crags? Let him speak the truth, for Tarantulah knows all.”</p> - -<p>“Gold Feather’s skin is white,” was the firm reply, “and -when he accidentally met the pale-faces among the hills, his -heart went out to them, and he resolved to help them, even -against the Pawnee king.”</p> - -<p>“Then Gold Feather told the trapper where Kenoagla -slept?”</p> - -<p>“Yes.”</p> - -<p>“Traitor!” hissed Tarantulah; “the Apaches shall mete -out a terrible punishment to the dog that betrays.”</p> - -<p>With yells a score of Indians set to work to plant another -stake, which operation was completed in a short space of time, -and the young traitor was quickly lashed thereto.</p> - -<p>“This is quite a change of fortune, Shackelford,” said the -renegade, approaching the trapper, and facing him with a -devilish leer. “I guess I will not go to Fort Kearney with -you. I am quite content here.”</p> - -<p>“Had it not been for those bufflers you’d ’a swung in Fort -Kearney ere this,” responded Shackelford.</p> - -<p>“What are they waiting on?” he cried, impatiently, turning -to an old chief who stood at his side. “I’m getting -anxious to see the fun.”</p> - -<p>“Gold Feather wants to die a pale-face,” was the reply, “and -the paint of the Apaches must be washed from his body before -the strong fire comes.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_90">[90]</span></p> - -<p>“Well, it’s natural for him to want to die decently,” -grated Tom Kyle, “and I shall curb my eagerness for the -burning with the impatience to see what kind of a looking -white man the traitor makes.”</p> - -<p>Presently several warriors advanced to Gold Feather, -and applied strong alkali-water to his person. Then, after -thoroughly soaking his skin, as it seemed, they rubbed him -with coarse skins which served as towels.</p> - -<p>Beneath this operation a startling metamorphosis manifested -itself.</p> - -<p>Gold Feather was a white man once more!</p> - -<p>Tom Kyle stood off, and gazed on the singular spectacle; -and stepped to Tarantulah’s side.</p> - -<p>“Now let them die!”</p> - -<p>“When the pale-girls come.”</p> - -<p>“What! must those sensitive creatures witness this horrible -sight?” cried the renegade. “No, chief, rather let them -remain in the lodges, and when the fire dies out let them view -the blackened trees.”</p> - -<p>“Tarantulah is sachem of the Apaches,” was the stern -rejoinder. “Kenoagla is an ally, not yet a great Apache -chief; but he will be, soon. The pale girl must fling the -lie into Gold Feather’s teeth before he dies. Ha! they -come.”</p> - -<p>The next moment the Apache ranks divided, and Mabel -Denison and Lina Aiken were led into the circle.</p> - -<p>Though daylight was not far distant, it was very dark, but -innumerable torches revealed the terrible scene, and clothed it -in a garment which day could not own.</p> - -<p>“Sir, must we witness this torture of two brave men?” -asked Lina Aiken, when the renegade stepped to her side. -“Have you no authority here? I find your boastings to be -lies; yourself the lowest of men—an Indian’s slave!”</p> - -<p>Tom Kyle bit his lip, and muttered a few words which the -Gold Girl could not comprehend, for his voice shook with -passion, and could scarcely be heard.</p> - -<p>“Girl,” cried Tarantulah, at this juncture, suddenly pausing -before Mabel Denison, and griping her slender arm, -“who slew Long Arrow, your Apache guard?”</p> - -<p>“These hands,” was the undaunted reply, and Mabel put<span class="pagenum" id="Page_91">[91]</span> -forth her hands, which touched the sachem’s wampum. “I -killed him—struck him twice before he fell.”</p> - -<p>“Long Arrow saved Tarantulah’s life.”</p> - -<p>The chief’s whole frame shook with emotion.</p> - -<p>“Another stake!” he cried.</p> - -<p>Tom Kyle stepped between him and his new victim.</p> - -<p>“The pale girl’s mind is wandering,” he said. “The -minions of White Lasso, the Pawnee, slew her father, when -they drove her from the lodges. Her head is cracked; she -does not know what she is saying. It was the trapper who -slew Long Arrow.”</p> - -<p>The executioners, who had caught the renegade’s words, -paused and looked at Tarantulah.</p> - -<p>The chief heard Tom Kyle patiently, and his anger fled, -when he turned to them, slowly, deliberately.</p> - -<p>“Another stake!”</p> - -<p>The Pawnee king turned away with an oath.</p> - -<p>“By George! I’m nobody here, after all,” followed the -evil word. “I’m no better than a dog in Tarantulah’s eyes, -when the devil creeps into his heart. To-morrow night, Miss -Aiken and I will take another ride into the city of Mexico. -They will burn Miss Denison; I can’t help her longer.”</p> - -<p>When the words “another stake,” uttered for the second -time, fell from Tarantulah’s lips, Mabel Denison crept forward -and threw her arms about her fair, tearful companion in misfortune.</p> - -<p>“Lina, we part forever here,” she murmured, as Lina’s lips -touched her cheek, and glued themselves there. “The stake -is my portion; what yours is, Heaven will disclose!”</p> - -<p>“No! no! Mabel; if you die here, so will I,” was the -determined response, couched in a calm tone. “What were -life to me without you, girl? No, no, dear Mabel; our -troubles end together. Chief! Tom Kyle is my captor, I -know; I am his, by your Indian law; but he is a white man, -and has no right to me; so give me leave, chief, to perish -here with my friend. Better—oh, a thousand times better -this than a life with the outlaw, Tom Kyle!” she cried, with -a touching pathos.</p> - -<p>“Kyle! Kyle!” cried Gold Feather, from his stake. “Is -your white name Kyle?”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_92">[92]</span></p> - -<p>The renegade was too astonished to speak for a moment, -during which time he moved nearer Gold Feather.</p> - -<p>“Yes, my name’s Kyle—Tom Kyle,” said the renegade, at -last. “What’s your real name?”</p> - -<p>“Ned Kyle, if I haven’t forgotten the past,” was the reply.</p> - -<p>Tom snatched a torch from an Indian and shot forward -like a startled horse.</p> - -<p>“If there’s a scar on your shoulder, you’re my brother,” he -cried; and the next moment a loud cry welled from his -throat.</p> - -<p>He dropped the torch, which revealed a scar on Gold Feather’s -shoulder, and his knife began to sever the young chief’s -bonds.</p> - -<p>This action was met by furious yells, and the Indians drew -their knives and tomahawks in a menacing manner. The -dread circle, bristling with iron and steel, also contracted.</p> - -<p>“Gold Feather is a traitor—he shall die!”</p> - -<p>“He’s my brother!” grated the renegade, in a fierce, determined -tone, and he shielded the marked man with his body. -“Apaches, listen to me. Many moons ago—”</p> - -<p>The vengeful yells drowned Tom Kyle’s words, and he -stopped in the beginning of a narrative and cursed the red -fiends from the depth of his heart.</p> - -<p>“I’ve been a devil, I have!” he shouted; “but I won’t desert -my brother. I’ll stand by him to the last, and if you get -him, ’twill be over the King of the Pawnees.”</p> - -<p>“Tom Kyle, you’re a man once more. I wouldn’t shoot -you now for the world.”</p> - -<p>It was Frontier Shack who spoke, and over the flames that -were now lighted up before him, he looked upon the striking -tableau.</p> - -<p>The Indians were furious.</p> - -<p>Tom Kyle had not a red friend in the village now, and over -all the monster death spread his black wings and slowly descended.</p> - -<p>The chord of life was being rent in twain for many.</p> - -<p>Nearer and nearer came the Indians; the outer ones pushed -the front ranks, and Tom Kyle saw that he was to be taken -alive.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_93">[93]</span></p> - -<p>His days of sovereignty were ended. He who had controlled -a nation could not now control a single man.</p> - -<p>“You’re near enough now!” he shouted, raising the revolver -which his right hand clutched, and a click, click at his elbow -told him that Gold Feather was about to use the weapon -which he had thrust into his hand. “We’ve got twelve loads -for you, and twelve wigwams shall be without warriors, by -heaven, if you come two paces nearer.”</p> - -<p>The determined visage awed the Indians, and several involuntarily -shrunk from the muzzles of the weapons which the -red-man dreads.</p> - -<p>But the outer circle, with wild yells, still crowded their -brothers forward, and the renegade’s finger touched the trigger, -when a war cry, which palsied many a savage heart, -drowned every shout of Apache vengeance.</p> - -<p>Tarantulah turned; the red circle broke, and in places disappeared -like mist before the sun.</p> - -<p>The tramp of hundreds of horses was mingled with war-cries -of the most startling nature, and the flaring of torches -revealed Pawnees, Ogallahs and Omahas riding like demons -of destruction through the village.</p> - -<p>“Great heavens!” cried Tom Kyle, as he cut Frontier Shack’s -bonds, “what an hour of destruction this is!”</p> - -<p>“I never saw its like,” was the reply; “and if we’ve got to -die, Tom, let us die like men!”</p> - -<p>“We will; but look yonder!”</p> - -<p>Shackelford looked, and beheld Charley Shafer and George -Long lashed to horses whose bridles were held by a giant -Ogallah.</p> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XIV"><span class="gesperrt">CHAPTER XIV</span>.<br /> -<span class="fs70">TECUMSEH’S VICTORY.</span></h2> -</div> - -<p><span class="smcap">The</span> confusion that followed gave the precious moment for -action to the whites.</p> - -<p>“Now, Tom, be a man, and help us out of this!” cried -Shack.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_94">[94]</span></p> - -<p>“I’m with you, Shack, now, to the last!” cried Tom. -“Take the girls and make at once for the boys on the horses. -I’ll revolver every red-skin in the way; so come on!” and forward -they all started.</p> - -<p>True to his promise, Tom Kyle shot down the Ogallahs -guarding the boys, and in a few moments more all were -mounted for a desperate dash for the hills, miles away.</p> - -<p>Already the cries of the victors were ascending from the -field of slaughter; it was wonderful that the Apaches had -withstood the avalanche so long, and the shouts of the northern -barbarians drove the whites from the scene of their little -victory.</p> - -<p>Tom Kyle rode a fiery black mustang, and held Mabel -Denison before him, while Lina was encircled by the strong -arm of Frontier Shack, who rode beside Charley Shafer.</p> - -<p>“How did the greasers come to catch you chaps?” he -asked, as they dashed over the plain that lay between life -and death.</p> - -<p>“We waited for you last night until we knew that something -terrible had transpired in the village,” was the reply. -“Then we thought of rescue, but a thousand feet drove us -back to the mountains, but ere we could reach them, the -Pawnees came out from their fastnesses, and we fell an easy -prey. Not so easily after all,” and the boys’ eyes lit up with -pride; “we fought the whole troop for a while, and five empty -saddles told the story of the battle.”</p> - -<p>And while they conversed as they rode, Tom Kyle and -Ned were making their explanations.</p> - -<p>Gold Feather thus questioned his brother:</p> - -<p>“Whither do you wish to go?”</p> - -<p>“I want to see mother once more.”</p> - -<p>“Then we go to Mexico.”</p> - -<p>“To Mexico? I left mother in Baltimore, Maryland. Why -should she be in Mexico?”</p> - -<p>“She would not believe that the Comanches had killed -you. She yearned to see her stolen boy again, and came -thither to hunt you.”</p> - -<p>A tear stood in Ned Kyle’s black eyes.</p> - -<p>“But these people with us? They do not want to go to -Mexico?”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_95">[95]</span></p> - -<p>“No, we go without them.”</p> - -<p>“’Tis well; I know the trail, and we will safely reach -mother’s side. Oh, Tom, I never dreamed of such a meeting.”</p> - -<p>The renegade smiled and glanced at Mabel Denison, who -had been transferred, at her own request, to a seat before the -youth whom she loved.</p> - -<p>“Look here, Ned,” and Tom Kyle’s voice sunk to a whisper. -“Don’t you want a wife?”</p> - -<p>“I leave one in the Apache camp.”</p> - -<p>“Of course,” responded Tom, “but I’m talking about a -white wife.”</p> - -<p>“I may find one in Mexico.”</p> - -<p>“Pshaw! can’t you see what I am driving at? I say, -don’t you want that black-haired girl behind us?”</p> - -<p>“I don’t know. She has a lover already.”</p> - -<p>“Don’t be so accursed conscientious. The other girl is -mine, and you might as well take the brunette.”</p> - -<p>Gold Feather was silent; the battle between right and -wrong was going on in his mind, and when he looked up, the -keen eyes of his brother were fastened upon him.</p> - -<p>“Tom, we can’t get them without spilling pure blood, and -then we have no right—”</p> - -<p>“Pish! who cares for a little blood?” interrupted the -Pawnee king. “You didn’t the other day, when you dropped -Wolf Eyes. Come, Ned, don’t be so infernal scrupulous. -Work with me. I owe that trapper one. He tried -to take me to Fort Kearney, and if I ever get there I’ll swing, -p’r’aps. He’ll try to get me there now, and you, too, boy. -He’s a veritable devil who smiles when he plots against us. -I hate him; he hates us both!”</p> - -<p>“True, Ned?”</p> - -<p>“As true as mother’s heart. We’ll take the girls?”</p> - -<p>“Ned will help Tom.”</p> - -<p>A sigh followed the youth’s words, and his lips closed -with the fearful determination behind it.</p> - -<p>Half an hour later the party reached the mountains, and, -far above the level plain, Tom Kyle drew a highly ornamented -field glass from beneath his jacket, and turned it toward -the Apache village.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_96">[96]</span></p> - -<p>A moment later an oath burst from his lips. He had -descried a black mass moving toward the mountains.</p> - -<p>Shackelford took the glass.</p> - -<p>“Chased, by Joshua!” he exclaimed; “but if we manage -it right, they won’t catch us.”</p> - -<p>“No,” said the renegade, “but we must prepare for a -long race. They’re far away, as yet, and we have a few moments -here.”</p> - -<p>The next moment they had dismounted, for the purpose -of tightening their steeds’ girths. Frontier Shack was busily -employed in this operation, when a loud neigh saluted his -ears, and looking down the pass, he beheld a great iron-gray -horse trotting forward.</p> - -<p>“Tecumseh, by Joshua!” he exclaimed. “Boy, I thought -he was captured with you.”</p> - -<p>“No!” answered young Shafer. “I should have told -you. Tecumseh broke from us when we rode from the village -last night; and his wild neighings soon died away to -our left.”</p> - -<p>“Dash me! if we ain’t lucky,” ejaculated Shackelford, -leaving the Ogallah mustang, and a moment later he griped -the bridle of his own dear horse.</p> - -<p>In the exuberance of his joy, he was stroking Tecumseh’s -neck, when a shriek, followed by Tom Kyle’s stern voice, -saluted his ears!</p> - -<p>He turned and beheld Gold Feather covering the young -buffalo-hunters with a brace of revolvers, while the renegade’s -rifle was aimed at his own head. Kyle sat bolt upright -in the saddle.</p> - -<p>“Shackelford, we’re going to part here,” said the Pawnee -king, “and I guess we’ll leave you to the buzzards. Curse -your heart! you tried to take me to Fort Kearney once, but -I didn’t go, eh, Shackelford? Now, say your prayers. Ned, -count twenty-five in the Apache tongue, and, at the end of -that count, we’ll empty our weapons and go to Mexico.”</p> - -<p>The White Apache began in a low tone, and the doomed -ones looked at each other in silence.</p> - -<p>There seemed no escape from death now; it had grown into -a palpable monster and was very near.</p> - -<p>Frontier Shack stood beside the iron-gray whose jaws<span class="pagenum" id="Page_97">[97]</span> -champed the bit impatiently, and his eyes regarded the determined -renegade.</p> - -<p>Lina Aiken and Mabel Denison stood spellbound in the -mountain pass, feeling that they were the innocent cause of -the dreadful tableau.</p> - -<p>The “count” had reached the thirteenth numeral, when -Frontier Shack slowly stepped from his horse. As he executed -the movement, his broad palm struck Tecumseh’s shoulder, -and, with a fearful plunge, that would have overthrown -the best human equilibrium, the horse shot forward!</p> - -<p>Tom Kyle blocked the narrow pass; his brother stood beside -his horse, and they uttered ejaculations of horror when -they saw the trapper’s steed’s intention.</p> - -<p>Gold Feather lifted the revolvers from the boys, and -poured two shot at point blank range into Tecumseh’s front.</p> - -<p>The brave horse reared, as blood spirted from the wounds, -then staggered forward, on his hind feet, and came down -with a crash upon Tom Kyle and his horse!</p> - -<p>The renegade shrieked at the top of his voice, when he -saw his fate; but the cry was broken by Tecumseh’s attack, -and he found himself beneath his steed, crushed as it seemed, -into the stony earth!</p> - -<p>“Back, hunter,” cried Gold Feather, as Frontier Shack -sprung forward with drawn pistol; but the trapper would -not obey.</p> - -<p>Once, twice, the White Apache delivered his fire; but -ere he could send a third shot after the heart he would -cleave, a report that came from a place above their heads, -saluted the ears of all, and he staggered back upon the dying -horse.</p> - -<p>“Tom Kyle, you’ve deserved all this,” said Frontier -Shack, drawing the renegade from his terrible position. “I -intended to part from you in peace, for I owed you much; -but all is over now. You are dying!”</p> - -<p>“I know that, Shackelford. Your horse’s foot struck me -squarely in the breast. I never dreamed that he would -prove my death. Look out for the Indians.”</p> - -<p>The trapper took the field-glass, and brought it to bear -upon the plains below.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_98">[98]</span></p> - -<p>“They’re not far off, now,” he said, lowering the instrument. -“Tom, we must go. They’ll never find you alive.”</p> - -<p>“Thank Heaven for that!”</p> - -<p>Then he tried to rise, but in vain; he fell back again, his -hands clawed the bloody earth, and he died, gasping:</p> - -<p>“<em>Thank Heaven for that!</em>”</p> - -<p>Tecumseh was already dead. Ned Kyle’s shot had finished -the career of the noble horse, and Frontier Shack clipped a -bunch of the iron-gray mane, ere he turned away:</p> - -<p>“The old horse remembered his training to the last,” he -said, proudly. “He knew that that slap on the shoulder -meant ‘charge!’ and dash me! didn’t he go for them rascals -lively?”</p> - -<p>He brushed a tear from his eyes, as he thrust the lock of -equine hair into his bosom, and a few moments later they -had left the spot.</p> - -<p>But they had scarcely cleared a hundred yards when the -trapper suddenly drew rein. A human figure had dropped -into a clump of bushes beside the dusky trail.</p> - -<p>“Indians!” he ejaculated, riding slowly forward again; but -a moment later he uttered a new cry.</p> - -<p>The figure had crept from the bushes, and, with their support, -was standing erect.</p> - -<p>“Winnesaw, upon my life!” exclaimed Charley Shafer, recognizing -the Pawnee girl who had loved him during his captivity.</p> - -<p>The party soon reached the girl’s side, and saw at once -that she stood on the brink of the dark river.</p> - -<p>“Winnesaw escaped from the Pawnees,” she said, in feeble -tones, “and she sought her mother who lives among the Apaches. -She reached the mountains, and in the darkness she met the -bear. They fought; Winnesaw conquered with her knife; -but the beast tore her limbs. She is dying; she shot the pale -Indian when he fired at the white trapper.”</p> - -<p>She sunk to the earth from exhaustion, but Frontier Shack -raised her up.</p> - -<p>“Gold Girl,” she gasped, her eyes falling upon Lina Aiken, -“Winnesaw love you. She loves boy with black eyes, too. -But she give him up now; she go to light the fires in Red -Eagle’s lodge in Manitou lands!”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_99">[99]</span></p> - -<p>Frontier Shack sprung into the saddle again.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>“Look here, youngster, don’t this mean you?”</p> - -<p>The speaker was a United States soldier, and he thrust a -small piece of paper into the hands of a handsome youth who -sat near an old hunter within the walls of Fort Kearney.</p> - -<p>The boy held the paragraph before his eyes, and read:</p> - -<div class="blockquot"> - -<p>“<span class="smcap">Still Unknown</span>: We learn that the whereabouts of the -sons of Messrs. Shafer and Long importers on Fourth street, -still remain unknown. It is generally believed, now, that they -have reached St. Louis, and joined some emigrant caravan at -that place. A standing reward of $1,000 is offered for their -persons, or for information that may lead to their recovery.”</p> -</div> - -<p>“Read that to me, boy!” said the hunter, as the youth -looked up with a tear in his eye.</p> - -<p>The youth complied.</p> - -<p>“Well, I see you’re worth five hundred dollars to the old -folks,” said the old man, with a smile. “And I guess I’ll -claim the reward. But, I do wish you could take some white -buffler hides home with you, anyhow. This hes been a wild-goose -chase, Charley, hesn’t it?”</p> - -<p>“Yes, so far as white buffaloes are concerned,” replied the -boy, with a deep blush.</p> - -<p>“Well, what have you gained by it?”</p> - -<p>The youth drew nearer the hunter, and glanced at two -beautiful girls standing in the little barrack yard, conversing -with a youth of about their own age.</p> - -<p>“Oh, I see!” exclaimed the man. “You needn’t tell me, -Charley. This has not been a wild-goose chase for you two -boys. You’ve gained something worth a million billion of -buffler hides, and I’m going to stay in Cincinnati till I see you -hitched.”</p> - -<p>“Oh, Frontier Shack, we owe you so much!”</p> - -<p>“If you talk that away, I’ll be dashed if I go back with -you. You don’t owe me any thing. Boy, I thought that -this thing was going to turn out all right, when the boat struck -the sunken island that terrible night, and throwed George -among the quicksands. I can’t tell how I managed to git -into the boat again, but heaven helped me, I guess. The -water carried me too far down-stream to help George then.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_100">[100]</span> -Golly! how ’stonished I war to find him in the Pawnee -village, with you at his side. But every thing has turned out -right. I’m a lone man now,” he continued, after a pause. -“Tecumseh and Massasoit are gone; they war my brothers. -Peace to their ashes!”</p> - -<p>A month later a happy reunion took place in the Queen -City of the West, and smiles came back to faces to which -they had long been strangers.</p> - -<p>The runaways had returned, and when their overjoyed fathers -asked to behold the results of their escapade, they led -the plain-found girls blushingly forward.</p> - -<p>“These girls are better nor white buffler-skins,” said Frontier -Shack, in his rough way. “The boys hev won ’em, and -if they don’t git ’em, Frontier Shack will raise a rumpus and -clean the ranche.”</p> - -<p>Into the palatial homes of the Cincinnati merchants the -fair girls were warmly welcomed, and, in due time, a double -wedding proved a fitting sequel to the wild hunt for white -buffalo-skins.</p> - -<p>After the grand affair above mentioned, Frontier Shack returned -to the Plains, but, several years ago, he left them in -disgust.</p> - -<p>He said that the railroads were “spoiling a trapper’s fun” -in the wild West, and so, seeking retirement, he came to spend -the remaining days of his life with those whose lives his -bravery had saved.</p> - -<p>I need not say that he met a hearty welcome in two stately -mansions in Ohio’s proudest city, and to this day he relates -to attentive children the thrilling story which has called forth -the service of my humble pen.</p> - -<p class="pfs80 p4">THE END.</p> - - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="bbox pg-brk"> - -<p class="pfs100 bold">DIME POCKET NOVELS.</p> - -<p class="pfs70">PUBLISHED SEMI-MONTHLY, AT TEN CENTS EACH.</p> - -<table class="autotable fs80" width="85%" summary=""> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">1</td> -<td class="tdl">Hawkeye Harry.</td> -<td class="tdl">56</td> -<td class="tdl">The River Rifles.</td> -<td class="tdl">111</td> -<td class="tdl">The Texas Tiger.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">2</td> -<td class="tdl">Dead Shot.</td> -<td class="tdl">57</td> -<td class="tdl">Hunter Ham.</td> -<td class="tdl">112</td> -<td class="tdl">The Crossed Knives.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">3</td> -<td class="tdl">The Boy Miners.</td> -<td class="tdl">58</td> -<td class="tdl">Cloudwood.</td> -<td class="tdl">113</td> -<td class="tdl">Tiger-Heart.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">4</td> -<td class="tdl">Blue Dick.</td> -<td class="tdl">59</td> -<td class="tdl">The Texas Hawks.</td> -<td class="tdl">114</td> -<td class="tdl">The Masked Avenger.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">5</td> -<td class="tdl">Nat Wolfe.</td> -<td class="tdl">60</td> -<td class="tdl">Merciless Mat.</td> -<td class="tdl">115</td> -<td class="tdl">The Pearl Pirates.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">6</td> -<td class="tdl">The White Tracker.</td> -<td class="tdl">61</td> -<td class="tdl">Mad Anthony’s Scouts.</td> -<td class="tdl">116</td> -<td class="tdl">Black Panther.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">7</td> -<td class="tdl">The Outlaw’s Wife.</td> -<td class="tdl">62</td> -<td class="tdl">The Luckless Trapper.</td> -<td class="tdl">117</td> -<td class="tdl">Abdiel, the Avenger.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">8</td> -<td class="tdl">The Tall Trapper.</td> -<td class="tdl">63</td> -<td class="tdl">The Florida Scout.</td> -<td class="tdl">118</td> -<td class="tdl">Cato, the Creeper.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">9</td> -<td class="tdl">Lightning Jo.</td> -<td class="tdl">64</td> -<td class="tdl">The Island Trapper.</td> -<td class="tdl">119</td> -<td class="tdl">Two-Handed Mat.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">10</td> -<td class="tdl">The Inland Pirate.</td> -<td class="tdl">65</td> -<td class="tdl">Wolf-Cap.</td> -<td class="tdl">120</td> -<td class="tdl">Mad Trail Hunter.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">11</td> -<td class="tdl">The Boy Ranger.</td> -<td class="tdl">66</td> -<td class="tdl">Rattling Dick.</td> -<td class="tdl">121</td> -<td class="tdl">Black Nick.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">12</td> -<td class="tdl">Bess, the Trapper.</td> -<td class="tdl">67</td> -<td class="tdl">Sharp-Eye.</td> -<td class="tdl">122</td> -<td class="tdl">Kit Bird.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">13</td> -<td class="tdl">The French Spy.</td> -<td class="tdl">68</td> -<td class="tdl">Iron-Hand.</td> -<td class="tdl">123</td> -<td class="tdl">The Specter Riders.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">14</td> -<td class="tdl">Long Shot.</td> -<td class="tdl">69</td> -<td class="tdl">The Yellow Hunter.</td> -<td class="tdl">124</td> -<td class="tdl">Giant Pete.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">15</td> -<td class="tdl">The Gunmaker.</td> -<td class="tdl">70</td> -<td class="tdl">The Phantom Rider.</td> -<td class="tdl">125</td> -<td class="tdl">The Girl Captain.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">16</td> -<td class="tdl">Red Hand.</td> -<td class="tdl">71</td> -<td class="tdl">Delaware Tom.</td> -<td class="tdl">126</td> -<td class="tdl">Yankee Eph.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">17</td> -<td class="tdl">Ben, the Trapper.</td> -<td class="tdl">72</td> -<td class="tdl">Silver Rifle.</td> -<td class="tdl">127</td> -<td class="tdl">Silverspur.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">18</td> -<td class="tdl">Wild Raven.</td> -<td class="tdl">73</td> -<td class="tdl">The Skeleton Scout.</td> -<td class="tdl">128</td> -<td class="tdl">Squatter Dick.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">19</td> -<td class="tdl">The Specter Chief.</td> -<td class="tdl">74</td> -<td class="tdl">Little Rifle.</td> -<td class="tdl">129</td> -<td class="tdl">The Child Spy.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">20</td> -<td class="tdl">The B’ar-Killer.</td> -<td class="tdl">75</td> -<td class="tdl">The Wood Witch.</td> -<td class="tdl">130</td> -<td class="tdl">Mink Coat.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">21</td> -<td class="tdl">Wild Nat.</td> -<td class="tdl">76</td> -<td class="tdl">Old Ruff, the Trapper.</td> -<td class="tdl">131</td> -<td class="tdl">Red Plume.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">22</td> -<td class="tdl">Indian Jo.</td> -<td class="tdl">77</td> -<td class="tdl">The Scarlet Shoulders.</td> -<td class="tdl">132</td> -<td class="tdl">Clyde, the Trailer.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">23</td> -<td class="tdl">Old Kent, the Ranger.</td> -<td class="tdl">78</td> -<td class="tdl">The Border Rifleman.</td> -<td class="tdl">133</td> -<td class="tdl">The Lost Cache.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">24</td> -<td class="tdl">The One-Eyed Trapper.</td> -<td class="tdl">79</td> -<td class="tdl">Outlaw Jack.</td> -<td class="tdl">134</td> -<td class="tdl">The Cannibal Chief.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">25</td> -<td class="tdl">Godbold, the Spy.</td> -<td class="tdl">80</td> -<td class="tdl">Tiger-Tail, Seminole.</td> -<td class="tdl">135</td> -<td class="tdl">Karaibo.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">26</td> -<td class="tdl">The Black Ship.</td> -<td class="tdl">81</td> -<td class="tdl">Death-Dealer.</td> -<td class="tdl">136</td> -<td class="tdl">Scarlet Moccasin.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">27</td> -<td class="tdl">Single Eye.</td> -<td class="tdl">82</td> -<td class="tdl">Kenton, the Ranger.</td> -<td class="tdl">137</td> -<td class="tdl">Kidnapped.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">28</td> -<td class="tdl">Indian Jim.</td> -<td class="tdl">83</td> -<td class="tdl">The Specter Horseman.</td> -<td class="tdl">138</td> -<td class="tdl">Maid of the Mountain.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">29</td> -<td class="tdl">The Scout.</td> -<td class="tdl">84</td> -<td class="tdl">The Three Trappers.</td> -<td class="tdl">139</td> -<td class="tdl">The Scioto Scouts.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">30</td> -<td class="tdl">Eagle Eye.</td> -<td class="tdl">85</td> -<td class="tdl">Kaleolah.</td> -<td class="tdl">140</td> -<td class="tdl">Border Renegade.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">31</td> -<td class="tdl">The Mystic Canoe.</td> -<td class="tdl">86</td> -<td class="tdl">The Hunter Hercules.</td> -<td class="tdl">141</td> -<td class="tdl">The Mute Chief.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">32</td> -<td class="tdl">The Golden Harpoon.</td> -<td class="tdl">87</td> -<td class="tdl">Phil Hunter.</td> -<td class="tdl">142</td> -<td class="tdl">Boone, the Hunter.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">33</td> -<td class="tdl">The Scalp King.</td> -<td class="tdl">88</td> -<td class="tdl">The Indian Scout.</td> -<td class="tdl">143</td> -<td class="tdl">Mountain Kate.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">34</td> -<td class="tdl">Old Lute.</td> -<td class="tdl">89</td> -<td class="tdl">The Girl Avenger.</td> -<td class="tdl">144</td> -<td class="tdl">The Red Scalper.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">35</td> -<td class="tdl">Rainbolt, Ranger.</td> -<td class="tdl">90</td> -<td class="tdl">The Red Hermitess.</td> -<td class="tdl">145</td> -<td class="tdl">The Lone Chief.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">36</td> -<td class="tdl">The Boy Pioneer.</td> -<td class="tdl">91</td> -<td class="tdl">Star-Face, the Slayer.</td> -<td class="tdl">146</td> -<td class="tdl">The Silver Bugle.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">37</td> -<td class="tdl">Carson, the Guide.</td> -<td class="tdl">92</td> -<td class="tdl">The Antelope Boy.</td> -<td class="tdl">147</td> -<td class="tdl">Chinga, the Cheyenne.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">38</td> -<td class="tdl">The Heart Eater.</td> -<td class="tdl">93</td> -<td class="tdl">The Phantom Hunter.</td> -<td class="tdl">148</td> -<td class="tdl">The Tangled Trail.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">39</td> -<td class="tdl">Wetzel, the Scout.</td> -<td class="tdl">94</td> -<td class="tdl">Tom Pintle, the Pilot.</td> -<td class="tdl">149</td> -<td class="tdl">The Unseen Hand.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">40</td> -<td class="tdl">The Huge Hunter.</td> -<td class="tdl">95</td> -<td class="tdl">The Red Wizard.</td> -<td class="tdl">150</td> -<td class="tdl">The Lone Indian.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">41</td> -<td class="tdl">Wild Nat, the Trapper.</td> -<td class="tdl">96</td> -<td class="tdl">The Rival Trappers.</td> -<td class="tdl">151</td> -<td class="tdl">The Branded Brave.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">42</td> -<td class="tdl">Lynx-cap.</td> -<td class="tdl">97</td> -<td class="tdl">The Squaw Spy.</td> -<td class="tdl">152</td> -<td class="tdl">Billy Bowlegs.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">43</td> -<td class="tdl">The White Outlaw.</td> -<td class="tdl">98</td> -<td class="tdl">Dusky Dick.</td> -<td class="tdl">153</td> -<td class="tdl">The Valley Scout.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">44</td> -<td class="tdl">The Dog Trailer.</td> -<td class="tdl">99</td> -<td class="tdl">Colonel Crockett.</td> -<td class="tdl">154</td> -<td class="tdl">Red Jacket.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">45</td> -<td class="tdl">The Elk King.</td> -<td class="tdl">100</td> -<td class="tdl">Old Bear Paw.</td> -<td class="tdl">155</td> -<td class="tdl">The Jungle Scout.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">46</td> -<td class="tdl">Adrian, the Pilot.</td> -<td class="tdl">101</td> -<td class="tdl">Redlaw.</td> -<td class="tdl">156</td> -<td class="tdl">Cherokee Chief.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">47</td> -<td class="tdl">The Man-hunter.</td> -<td class="tdl">102</td> -<td class="tdl">Wild Rube.</td> -<td class="tdl">157</td> -<td class="tdl">The Bandit Hermit.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">48</td> -<td class="tdl">The Phantom Tracker.</td> -<td class="tdl">103</td> -<td class="tdl">The Indian Hunters.</td> -<td class="tdl">158</td> -<td class="tdl">The Patriot Scouts.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">49</td> -<td class="tdl">Moccasin Bill.</td> -<td class="tdl">104</td> -<td class="tdl">Scarred Eagle.</td> -<td class="tdl">159</td> -<td class="tdl">The Wood Rangers.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">50</td> -<td class="tdl">The Wolf Queen.</td> -<td class="tdl">105</td> -<td class="tdl">Nick Doyle.</td> -<td class="tdl">160</td> -<td class="tdl">The Red Foe.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">51</td> -<td class="tdl">Tom Hawk, Trailer.</td> -<td class="tdl">106</td> -<td class="tdl">The Indian Spy.</td> -<td class="tdl">161</td> -<td class="tdl">Beautiful Unknown.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">52</td> -<td class="tdl">The Mad Chief.</td> -<td class="tdl">107</td> -<td class="tdl">Job Dean.</td> -<td class="tdl">162</td> -<td class="tdl">Canebrake Mose.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">53</td> -<td class="tdl">The Black Wolf.</td> -<td class="tdl">108</td> -<td class="tdl">The Wood King.</td> -<td class="tdl">163</td> -<td class="tdl">Haak, the Guide.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">54</td> -<td class="tdl">Arkansas Jack.</td> -<td class="tdl">109</td> -<td class="tdl">The Scalped Hunter.</td> -<td class="tdl">164</td> -<td class="tdl">The Border Scout.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl">55</td> -<td class="tdl">Blackbeard.</td> -<td class="tdl">110</td> -<td class="tdl">Nick, the Scout.</td> -</tr> -</table> - -<div class="blockquot"> - -<p class="negin1 fs80 pad2"><span class="bold">165 Wild Nat, the -Gulch Terror</span>; <span class="pad1">or, The Border -Huntress.</span> <span class="pad1">By W. J. Hamilton.</span> <span -class="pad1">Ready</span></p> - -<p class="negin1 fs80 pad2"><span class="bold">166 The Maid of Wyoming</span>; -<span class="pad1">or, The Contest of the Clans.</span> <span class="pad1">By James L. Bowen.</span> <span class="smcap">Ready</span></p> - -<p class="negin1 fs80 pad2"><span class="bold">167 The Three Captives.</span> <span class="pad1">A -Tale of the Taos Valley.</span><span class="pad1"> By Edward Willett.</span> <span class="pad1">Ready</span></p> - -<p class="negin1 fs80 pad2"><span class="bold">168 The Lost Hunters</span>; <span class="pad1">or, -The Mohave Captive.</span><span class="pad1"> By Capt. J. F. C. Adams.</span> <span class="pad1">Ready</span></p> - -<p class="negin1 fs80 pad2"><span class="bold">169 Border Law</span>;<span class="pad1"> or, The -Land Claim.</span> <span class="pad1">By Mrs. Frances Fuller Barritt.</span> <span class="pad1">Ready</span></p> - -<p class="negin1 fs80 pad2"><span class="bold">170 The Lifted Trail</span>; <span class="pad1">or, -The White Apache.</span> <span class="pad1">By Edward Willett.</span> <span class="pad1">Ready</span></p> - -<p class="negin1 fs80 pad2"><span class="bold">171 The Trader Spy</span>; <span class="pad1">or, -The Victim of the Fire-Raft.</span> <span class="pad1">By J. Stanley Henderson.</span> <span class="pad1">Ready</span></p> - -<p class="negin1 fs80 pad2"><span class="bold">172 The Forest Specter</span>; -<span class="pad1">or, The Young Hunter’s Foe.</span> <span class="pad1">By Edward Willett.</span> <span class="pad1">Ready</span></p> -</div> -<p class="pfs100 bold">BEADLE AND ADAMS, Publishers, 98 William Street, New York.</p> -</div> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"></div> - -<div class="transnote"> -<p class="center bold">Transcriber’s Notes</p> - -<div class="blockquot"> - -<p>The Table of Contents at the beginning of the book was created by -the transcriber.</p> - -<p>Inconsistencies in hyphenation such as “buffalo-hunters”/“buffalo -hunters” have been maintained.</p> - -<p>Minor punctuation and spelling errors have been silently corrected -and, except for those changes noted below, all misspellings in the -text, especially in dialogue, and inconsistent or archaic usage, have -been retained.</p> </div> - -<ul> -<li><a href="#tn33">Page 33</a>: “A large quantity of valuaable” changed to “A large quantity of valuable”.</li> - -<li><a href="#tn38">Page 38</a>: “young lips closed emphatically behind the monosylable” changed to “young lips closed emphatically behind the monosyllable”.</li> - -<li><a href="#tn55">Page 55</a>: “but she had no occason” changed to “but she had no occasion”.</li> - -<li><a href="#tn56">Page 56</a>: “two bore human-shaped objects in ther” changed to “two bore human-shaped objects in their”.</li> - -</ul> - -</div> -<div style='display:block; margin-top:4em'>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE ISLAND TRAPPER ***</div> -<div style='text-align:left'> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will -be renamed. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United -States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg™ electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG™ -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following -the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use -of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for -copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very -easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation -of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project -Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may -do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected -by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark -license, especially commercial redistribution. -</div> - -<div style='margin:0.83em 0; font-size:1.1em; text-align:center'>START: FULL LICENSE<br /> -<span style='font-size:smaller'>THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE<br /> -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK</span> -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project -Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg™ License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg™ -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg™ electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person -or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg™ electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg™ electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg™ -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the -Foundation” or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg™ -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg™ name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg™ License when -you share it without charge with others. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg™ work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country other than the United States. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg™ License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg™ work (any work -on which the phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the -phrase “Project Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: -</div> - -<blockquote> - <div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most - other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions - whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms - of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online - at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you - are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws - of the country where you are located before using this eBook. - </div> -</blockquote> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase “Project -Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg™ -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg™ License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg™ -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg™. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg™ License. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg™ work in a format -other than “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg™ website -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original “Plain -Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg™ License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg™ works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works -provided that: -</div> - -<div style='margin-left:0.7em;'> - <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> - • You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg™ works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, “Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation.” - </div> - - <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> - • You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™ - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™ - works. - </div> - - <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> - • You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - </div> - - <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> - • You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg™ works. - </div> -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg™ electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of -the Project Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set -forth in Section 3 below. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg™ collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg™ -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain “Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right -of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg™ electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg™ -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg™ work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg™ work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg™ -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Project Gutenberg™ is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg™’s -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg™ collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg™ and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state’s laws. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -The Foundation’s business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, -Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up -to date contact information can be found at the Foundation’s website -and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact -</div> - -<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without widespread -public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state -visit <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/donate/">www.gutenberg.org/donate</a>. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate -</div> - -<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg™ electronic works -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg™ concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg™ eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Project Gutenberg™ eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Most people start at our website which has the main PG search -facility: <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -This website includes information about Project Gutenberg™, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. -</div> - -</div> - -</body> -</html> diff --git a/old/65528-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/65528-h/images/cover.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 2496b81..0000000 --- a/old/65528-h/images/cover.jpg +++ /dev/null |
